Home

Focus POS Systems - C

1. KO C 1 2 2OY OY OY Oi On S 4S 4S C0 C CO EB ES 1 1 1 On 4S 4S 4S 4S CO CO CO CO E ES B C Owe E 1 tO 0 gt O C O 1 O N 20 00 20 14 20 7 17 20 14 67 20 15 20 29 19 10 26 17 18 33 20 30 20 44 16 6 0 2 7 33 20 45 20 59 13 3 4 1 6 67 21 00 21 14 4 4 2 4 3 33 21 15 21 29 10 7 0 3 5 67 21 30 21 44 8 0 2 8 3 33 21 45 21 59 0 0 1 4 0 33 Totals 382 343 331 295 352 00 Figure x x Production Report Fields Field Description Time The interval defined in the report setup Units Whole number Units sold during the defined interval time Average The Average number
2. Jorge 0 10 65 LOURDES 2 9 26 Mariel 3 98 Mario 6 73 Martin S 10 72 Miguel N 8 29 8 2 28 Ricardo 1 19 02 Roberto C 3a 22 Rosa J U 16 09 Rosalina R 9 17 TOGO 5 81 Employee Totals 112 53 112 53 Expo tip out 05 21 200X Monday Angel R 1 01113 54 5 2 5 2 40 Beto b 9 51 114 02 5 2 5 2 19 Ciro J 6 55 22 02 5 2 5 2 3 89 Claudia 1 30122 05 5 2 5 2 6 62 Efrain C 1 33 4 00 5 2 5 22 0 24 Elvin T 9 49 13 38 5 2 5 2 35 Elvin 7 33121 43 5 2 5 2 2 76 Jorge 0 51113 43 5 2 5 2 03 Jorge 6 53 21842 5 2 5 2 3 50 Mariel 0 44113 50 5 2 5 2 65 Mario G 7 02 21 52 5 2 5 2 2 75 Martin S 0 53 13 39 5 2 5 2 17 Martin S 6 50 21 59 5 2 5 2 2 85 Oscar S 1 02114 58 5 2 5 2 0 26 Oscar S 6 54 22 23 5 2 5 2 0 89 Ricardo L 0255 21 23 572 5 2 7 43 TOGO LET Les 12 572 5 2 60 TOGO 7 20 21 18 5 2 5 2 31 Totals 41 89 0 00 Employee totals Angel R 40 Beto b 19 Ciro Ji 3 89 Claudia V 6 62 Efrain C 0 24 Elvin T 4 11 Jorge 4 53 Mariel H 65 1 24175 Martin 5 4 02 Oscar 5 zd Ricardo L 7 43 TOGO 2 91 Employee Totals 41 89 0 00 Figure x x Tip Pool Report Fields Field Description Employee The employee s name Time In The time the employee clocked in Time Out The time the employee clocked out Date In The date the employee clocked in Date Out The date the employee clocked out
3. Price Levels Price Levels Name Beverage Sizes Espresso Shots Price Name Screen Format Image File Name LIR Transparent 4 4 15 2 Transparent 1 6 3 8 is r 4 8 combo disc 5 None 4 8 v 4 Close Save Cancel Figure x x Price Level Fields Field Description Name Enter a name for each Price Level i e size The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Enter a name up to 15 alphanumeric characters for each price 1 6 For example for a Price Level Price Name for soda sizes enter Small Medium and Large X large for the Price Names Screen Format Select the Screen Format that the buttons will display Image File Select an image that represents the Price Level Procedure to Establish Price Levels Prepare a list of Price Levels and Price Names Enter the name of a Price Level in a separate Name text box Select the appropriate options Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Price Levels TOP 10 12 Table Types Purpose The Table Types Window is used to configure the Tables to be placed on Canvases If the Floor Plan Canvas is used the Focus System will change the color of the Tables to the type selected Accessing the Table Types Window While in Focus Setup select Order Entry gt Table Types Table Types Table Typ
4. Freezer Totals Chicken 8 chicken Chicken Wings Whole Dark Chicken Wingers Chicken Totals Cleaning 3 Register Paper Aprons Bleach Brooms Brown Roll Towels China Markers Comet With Bleach Dawn Deck Brush Degreaser Dust Pan Fryer Cleaner Powder Fryer Gloves Hair Nets Hand Sanitizer Latex Gloves Mop Handle Mophead Oven Cleaner Paper Towels Plastic Gloves Safeguard Hand Soap Sanatizer Sanatizer test strips Scouring Pads Season Gloves Spic amp Span Floor Cleaner Spic amp Span Glass Cleaner Squeegee Stainless Steel Cleaner Toilet paper Trash Liners Wipes 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 Es H E gt 40 gt ur UN OVO p H BoB MO C
5. sday Wednesday Monday Net Net Net Net Sales Units Sales Sales Units Sales 17 00 28 00 194 60 30 35 5 00 27 79 21 901 6 00 41 70 41 70 5 00 Sees 79 60 3 00 20 85 62 55 6 00 41 70 16 50 2 00 13 90 158 45 13 00 86 87 25 50 0 00 0 00 90 35 13 00 84 79 0 00 10 00 66 02 0 00 2 00 1190 8 15 2 00 11 90 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 9 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 9 50 0 00 4 00 9 00 0 00 00 2 25 10 50 7 00 12 25 42 00 8 00 14 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 15 0 00 2 00 2 30 18 30 4 00 36 60 45 75 0 00 0 00 11 45 0 00 0 00 11 45 1 00 11 45 25 2 00 2 50 1 25 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 61 00 1 00 1 5251 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 4 95 0 00 0 00 9 90 2 00 9 90 19 90 0 00 0 00 0 00 2x00 19 90 18 00 0 00 0 00 36 00 2 00 18 00 35 88 9 00 8 15 1 3 51 25 7 00 66 63 5 95 00 5285 44 82 00 5 95 4 00 2 00 4 00 2 00 3 00 6 00 0 00 4 00 43 00 32 5251 4 00 43 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 12 95 11 90 4 00 27 40 Thursday Net Units Sales 12 00 76 44 4 00 27 80 5 00 34 75 18 00 121 62 18 00 118 14 2 00 11 90 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 4 50 5 00 7 87 1 00 3 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 18 30 1 00 5 73 0 00 0 00 1 00 15 75 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 4 95 1 00 95 95 2 00 18 00 6 00 61 50 3 00 17 85 1 00 2 00 7 00 75525 0 00 0 00 2 00 13 70 Friday
6. Address Procedure to Import Accounts Information Access the Customers gt Accounts Window Click Tools Click Import Input the File Name for the file to Import Select the fields you wish to Import Click OK Related Topics Job Right Office Accounts TOP 7 1 6 Export Customer Accounts Purpose The Customer Import Export Format Window is used to import or export various information from the Customer database Items that appear in the Included Fields section will be printed in the order they are listed The File Name field is the location the imported file resides Options Available to Print First Name Last Name Picture Account Address 1 Address 2 Apartment City State Zip Code Phone Number Phone Number 2 Fax Number E mail Address Comment Delivery Instructions 1 Delivery Instructions 2 Delivery Instructions 3 Zone Do Not Deliver Bad Check Allow Charge VIP Charge Limit Birth Date Prefix Suffix Last Visit Order Total Number of Orders Company Last Payment Date Balance Anniversary Date Returned Mail Require Approval Loyalty Plan 1 Loyalty Plan 2 Loyalty Plan 3 Loyalty Plan 4 Loyalty Plan 1 Current Points Loyalty Plan 2 Current Points Loyalty Plan 3 Current Points Loyalty Plan 4 Current Points Loyalty Plan 1 Total Points Loyalty Plan 2 Total Points Loyalty Plan 3 Total Points Loyalty Plan 4 Total Points Loyalty Plan 1 Coupons Discounts Issued Loya
7. Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup 12 3 1 29 1 Sample Tip Pool Report Purpose A sample Tip Pool Report and description of the fields are listed below Passe X Cancel TOP Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Tip Pool Report Focus Cafe Tip Pool Report for 5 21 200X at Employee Bar tip out Time Time In Out 05 21 200X Monday Ciro d Claudia V Elvin T Elvin T Jorge O Mariel H Mario G Martin S Oscar S Oscar S 30 22 05 49113 38 331 21 43 53121 42 44113 50 02121 52 50 121 59 02114 58 54122 23 CO OW Date In 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 24 200 11 06 26 1 Date Out 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 Collected Amount NERO X RJ OO OU 54 91 16 23 vod 92 01 Distributed Amount 9 02 12 57 Ricardo 1 T0455 21323 54211 5721 3 12 Totals 21 59 21 59 Employee totals Ciro J 5 54 Claudia V 6 91 Elvin T 1 39 1 19 1 1 0 51 Mario G 0 92 Martin S 2 01 Oscar S 21 59 Ricardo L Sua Employee Totals 21 59 21 59 Busser tip out 05
8. 00 00 CO 4S CO Q Ui Q 4S 0 4S USD N C ND SBS OY XO CO OY Oy gt lt lt C 103 15 261 204 263 310 47 24 332 23 328 142 321 327 109 WO CO Focus Cafe Batch Report for 4 5 200 at 4 5 200X 3 49 11 Page 4 Account 0392XXXXXX5915 425XXXXXX1215 425XXXXXX5019 425XXXXXX8813 O21XXXXXX6227 616XXXXXX1195 616XXXXXX2872 616XXXXXX3696 616XXXXXX4276 616XXXXXX8595 un Approval 902109 021414 044414 015212 074618 29C382 19665F 23E4D8 DABE62 9BDOAF Amount WW 514756XXXXXX0017 10 07 058330 36 26 6 00 42 26 258 514756XXXXXX5016 12 07 034217 23 85 0 00 23 85 322 514798XXXXXX9288 07 09 616421 8 39 2 00 10 39 8 514922XXXXXX2198 07 09 046668 21 60 3 40 25 00 262 517800XXXXXX8932 09 08 005294 18 11 2 00 20 11 321 520001 2763 06 09 005647 9 00 3 00 12 00 142 528722 1012 06 08 096388 40 46 8 00 48 46 200 528722XXXXXX3010 01 09 025238 13 31 3 00 16 31 57 528722XXXXXX3013 02 08 080590 8 98 0 00 8 98 240 528722XXXXXX4010 04 08 020159 80 50 8 00 88 50 170 528722XXXXXX4013 09 08 010684 21 33 3 50 24 83 96 528722XXXXXX6010 04 08 059164 5 00 1 00 6 00 206 528722XX
9. 1010 08 09 526825 42 14 8 86 51 00 311 373180XXXXX3011 05 10 503436 43 30 8 00 51 30 299 373962XXXXX1001 01 08 131124 51 86 8 00 59 86 265 378268XXXXX8008 08 07 544757 55 70 8 00 63 70 199 378292XXXXX2111 06 10 565874 3 12 3 00 16 12 242 378367XXXXX5005 03 09 524368 2 18 2 50 14 68 65 378765XXXXX7004 09 10 54807 6 78 3 50 20 28 49 378766XXXXX1009 12 10 56603 46 34 8 00 54 34 302 37901 7XXXXX4141 05 08 583244 9 05 5 00 24 05 150 Tota 846 86 153 19 1000 05 Visa 400344XXXXXX9669 07 10 00223B 6 66 1 00 7 66 36 401174XXXXXX4830 06 08 605251 9 76 3 00 22 76 87 402411XXXXXX8112 02 09 02591B 139 85 0 00 139 85 290 403995XXXXXX7089 07 09 000082 1263 2 00 9 63 3 404615XXXXXX5046 02 10 037749 47 91 4 00 51 91 329 406315XXXXXX8449 06 08 607305 37416 7 00 44 16 279 408161XXXXXX6778 08 07 084913 38 51 6 00 44 51 159 411507XXXXXX8801 05 09 077787 6 78 2 50 19 28 67 412092XXXXXX1022 10 08 016795 24 35 5 00 29 35 250 414709XXXXXX6287 06 10 00687C 33 72 5 00 38 72 270 415433 4420 09 07 005606 24 52 5 00 29 52 192 415710XXXXXX9581 08 08 005010 25 22 5 00 30 22 37 415726XXXXXX4137 01 09 079340 71 00 14 00 85 00 212 41572 6XXXXXX5146 10 09 177840 20 57 5 00 25 57 114 41572 6XXXXXX6427 02 10 914010 6 50 1 00 7 50 291 415726 6427 02 10 061150 41 16 8 94 50 10 297 415726 6734 421764XXXXXX8 620 422847XXXXXX1143 422847XXXXXX6729 424631XXXXXX7790 424631XXXXXX7876 Focus Cafe Batch Report for 4 5 200X
10. 5 44 6 29 9 21 6 43 6 56 1525 8 29 7 30 8 10 10 03 1 38 Bros 53 54 32 64 18 50 29 114 39 63 98 21 33 40 65 120 24 I9 44 10 19 26 23 29 30 48 42 43 Sors 76 61 76 52 40 45 39 10 08 00 69 01 05 09 00 78 69 16 12 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 60 00 36 00 00 00 00 00 292 26 00 52 2417 28 39 80 78 222 12 31 98 04 00 00 27 00 59 32 70 20 58 29 130 39 pom 98 3T 38 46 74 120 27 22 50 131 22 30 26 334 34 73 48 47 155 66 32 76 61 76 52 40 45 39 10 08 00 29 73 87 51 45 95 00 80 21 463158 6570 435603XXXXXX3183 474472XXXXXX0585 408161XXXXXX3117 474472XXXXXX1826 438504XXXXXX9814 412092XXXXXX1990 441105XXXXXX7938 474472XXXXXX3378 435603XXXXXX5368 474472XXXXXX3012 43238 6XXXXXX0806 432374XXXXXX2011 201174 151 415726XXXXXX8409 422968XXXXXX0018 474472XXXXXX4390 486236XXXXXX5551 441105XXXXXX1670 432374XXXXXX5701 441103XXXXXX2767
11. Ged Check Require Approval Email Address Company Birth Date Anniv Date Loyalty Plans 3 service Figure x x Design Loyalty Setup Window Fields Field Description Screen Design The list of fields in the Window Top The Top positioning attribute of the field may be set Left The Left positioning attribute of the field may be set Height The Height of the field may be specified Width The Width of the field may be specified Visible Turn this option on to view the field Tabbed The Tab order may be specified Required Specify if the field is Required Related Topics none TOP Purpose 14 3 8 Loyalty Receipt The Loyalty Receipt Window is used to configure the customer s receipt Accessing the Loyalty Receipt Window While in Focus Setup select Miscellaneous gt General gt Loyalty Receipt Oeneral Screen Layout Screen Layout Commands Timekeeping Restaurant Ceedt CaraPMO OM Cae Customer Loyalty Receipt rater cott Lines Header Format Completon Format Body Format nasce rita 0 Guest Check Survey X Figure x x Loyalty Receipt Fields Field Header Lines Header Format Image Footer Lines Completion Format Body Format Guest Check Survey Related Topics Description Enter the header for the Loyalty Receipt Specify the number of blank lines to p
12. 00 40 41 Spicy Spread 00 25 75 Sporks Squeegee Stainless Steel Cleaner 00 3 80 Straws 00 25 512 Tartar Sauce 100 3 14 Toilet paper Tomato 00 8 782 Trash Liners 00 9 92 Tray Liners 700 27 14 Water Cups 00 48 60 Wipes Ziplock Bags Quart 00 20 70 TYSON Contact LINDA 8 pc chicken Chicken Wings Whole 00 57 27 Dark Chicken Wingers Box Case Case Case Box Bag Box Bag Box Box Roll Box Box Pair Box Bag Box Box Box Box Case Case Case Case Case Box Box Case Box Ea Box Case Box Case Case Box Box Case Box Box Case Case Case Case 71 36 43 27 20 d ds 20 21 27 31 19 41 0 Case s 47 03 1 Box 92 5 Bag s 69 0 51 Bag s 11 8 Case s 5 94 Chub s 91 Box 59 52 Bag s 17 Bag 20 15 Lb s 10 1 50 BOtlis 57 0 12 Lb s del Box 0 88 Bag 48 Box 1 Botl 81 0 Roll s 28 1 00 Box s 76 7 Box s 29 Pair 22 26 51 Bag s 00 0 Lb s 60 0 5 85 0 5 50 Box 3 Ea s 25 87 0 Ea s 23 Case 4 94 Slv s 91 Case 1 27 Slv s 77 6 Case s 0 57 Slv 85 4 88 Slv s 54 2 Case s 1 62 Slv s 94 Box 41 1 75 Botl s 75 6 97 Chub s 16 2 86 Box s 02 2 Ea s 80 1 Botl 51 12 92 Bag s 14 193 Ea s 60 1 Case 2 Roll s 92 0 Case s 92 5 Roll s 14 0 48 Box s 60 15 Slv s ved lo BOR 70 0 74 Box s 21 32 09 Cas
13. Account Transacton Rep Figure x x Media Report Options Option Description Type Sort Time Account Text File Format Comma Delimited Account Number Payments Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup 12 3 1 17 1 File Format Purpose a Report 1 Report Options Type 7 Account Time Payments np uoa a Rego Fite Format Tet Comma Detmites Account Number Even Cash VISA MasterCard I Discover CHECK 2000 NEXT 1 House Charge lt Employee Charge Local Account om Card ran Basme X conce Payments are sorted by Payment type Payment number and then by time Payments are sorted by time regardless of Payment type Account number sorts Payments Subtotals are displayed for each Account The default view used to view and print the report Select this option to export the report to a comma separated value Input a specific sting of numbers for the report to search through Select the Payments for which the report will display data Multiple Payment types may be selected If a Payment is not sel payment When cash is selected all forms of cash payment are reported including Tender Even TOP The File Format Option on the Media Report is used to select the fields you wish to export The File Format option must be set to Delimited in the Report Win
14. 18 00 Hostess 2281 9 00 8 27 Dishwasher 12 28 Prep Cook 8 09 16 00 17 00 Checks 13 Guests 22 Sales 284 20 Total Sales 2406 11 Labor 28 71 Total Labor 28 69 Liquor 16 78 25 Beer 9 17 00 Food 25 18895 Server 9 56 Bartender T12 Manager 18 00 Hostess 4 04 Busboy 19 80 Cook 9 23 Dishwasher 7 09 Prep Cook 6 75 17 00 18 00 Checks 18 Guests 33 Sales 386 32 Total Sales 2792 43 Labor 51 13 Total Labor 31 79 Liquor 13 79 00 Beer 17 50 25 Food 40 257 07 Server 32 55 Bartender 1150 18 00 Hostess 24 50 Busboy 48 57 Cook 35 53 Dishwasher 13 50 Prep Cook 13237 18 00 19 00 Checks 15 Guests 44 Sales 505 51 Total Sales 3297 94 Labor 40 72 Total Labor 33 16 Liquor 29 189 75 Beer 17 52 25 Food 4l 26351 Server 33 32 Bartender 17 50 Manager 18 00 Hostess 24 50 Busboy 49 00 Cook 36 50 Dishwasher 13 50 Prep Cook 13 50 19 00 20 00 Checks 23 Guests 93 Sales 1097 55 Total Sales 4395 49 Labor 18 75 Total Labor 29 56 Liquor 43 268 75 Beer 29 87 15 Food 97 741 05 Server 33 32 Bartender 1750 Manager 18 00 Hostess 24 50 Busboy 49 00 Cook 36 50 Dishwasher 13 50 Prep Cook 13 50 20 00 21 00 Checks 29 Guests 99 Sales 1752 44 Total Sales 6147 93 Labor 11 52 Total Labor 24 42 Liquor 91 564 00 Beer 65 198 25 Food 135 990 19 Server 33 32 Bartender 17 50 18 00 Hostess 22 50 Busboy 46 98 Cook 36 50 Dishwasher 13 50 Prep Cook 13 50 21 00 22 00 Checks 26 Guest
15. 22 95 91 58 58 38 293 68 70 37 48 08 28 28 00 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 05 24 2007 leishman Gin leishman Gin leishman Gin leishman Gin 22 49 47 leishman Gin 22350221 23 54 37 leishman Gin 239553408 00225258 Fleishman Gin 00 26 26 Total Fleischmanns Gin Goldschlager Goldshlager 18 06 Gold 18 06 Gold 234053 Gold 00 24 Gold 00 24 Total 1 1 1 1 NU WA ND Q ldschlager Jack Daniels Black 8 52 39 Jack Daniels 8 53 45 Jack Daniels 9 13 41 21 37 38 Jack Daniels 21 38 15 21 53 49 Jack Daniels 21 58 20 23 36 50 Jack Daniels 23 41 19 Total Jack Daniels Black Jagermeister Jagar bomb 22 46 20 Jagar bomb 23 16 01 Jager 00 12
16. Enter the name of the Termination Reason in the Name text box Enter an explanation or description of the Termination Reason in the Description text box Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Termination Reasons TOP 6 8 Time Cards Purpose Whenever an employee clocks in or out of Focus a Time Card is saved These Time Cards contain the time and date of the clock in time and date of the clock out Job Revenue Center Sales credit card tips and break times Time card data may be edited or added by an employee with the Edit Time Cards job right Restrictions If the employee does not have the Edit Time Cards Job Right the Time Cards Menu option is disabled If the user is restricted to specific Jobs then only employees who have one of those Jobs appear in the list Terminated employees do not appear in the list Accessing the Time Cards Window While in Focus Setup select Employees gt Time Cards Time Cards 26 7007 3 01012007 Time Cards Borde Kurt Time In Time Out Date tn Date Out HEU Job Revenue Comtor Break On Break Off B II x __ Declared Tips Sales Adjust Charge Tip Adjust PET Total Hours 000 Figure Time Cards Filters Filter Description From Enter the start date of the Time Card to be displayed Clicking on the word From will automatically advance the start date and edit date to the previou
17. Total 50 Disc 99 72 20 Disc 1 Taquitos Santos S 04 27 11 43 HECTOR T 1 19 9 Ice Tea Santos S 04 27 11 38 Juan M 0 35 Juan 0 35 Juan 0 35 Juan IS Enchiladas Mexi Juan M lo83 Beef Fajita Juan M 0 00 SPEC 1 Juan M 51288 POLLO LOCO Juan M 0 00 Sabinas Juan M 1 19 Beef Fajita Juan M 0 00 BURRITO Juan M 0 00 EXTRA FAJITA Juan M 0 40 Beef Fajita Juan M 0 00 Tostadas Juan 1 19 Beef Fajita Juan M 0 00 Sour Cream Juan M 0 00 Total 20 Disc 8 53 Discount Total 133 26 Changed Mind 33 SPECIAL 3 Santos S 04 27 12 10 Juan M 6 95 33 SPECIAL 3 Santos S 04 27 12 10 Juan 6 95 8 95 8 95 55 95 da Total Changed Mind 66 25 Void Total 66 25 69 1 Ice Tea Santos S 04 27 14 05 Juan 96 Enchiladas de R Santos S 04 27 17 04 EDGAR A 27 Quesadillas Santos S 04 28 01 15 Rene A 27 Quesadillas Santos S 04 28 01 15 Rene A 27 Guacamole Fies Santos S 04 28 01 15 Rene 66 1 Pepsi francisco p 04 27 20 37 RUBEN B 66 Slice francisco p 04 27 20 37 RUBEN B 92 Taquitos Santos S 04 27 21 27 EDGAR A 248 Fuzzy Navel Santos S 04 28 01 15 Rene A Figure x x Discount Void Report Fields Field Type Reopen Check Item Approved By Date Time Employee Source Discount Void Related Topics none 12 3 1 10 External Report Purpose Description
18. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 at Tue Saturday Sunday Net Net Price Units Sales Units Sales Units SALSA 12 0 00 0 00 SPEC 7 27 80 0 00 SPEC 1 76 61 6 00 51 00 2 00 SPEC 4 13 00 139 00 2 00 23 207 2 00 SPEC 5 6 00 75 02 9 00 89 55 8 00 SPEC 6 9 00 53 85 5 00 82 50 1 00 SPECIAL 2 24 00 30 90 1 00 8 50 3 00 SPECIAL 43 13 00 359 05 1 00 9225 0 00 Sabinas 0 00 10 7 0 00 0 00 1 00 Shredded Cheese 0 00 0 00 00 1 65 0 00 Shrimp Chile Rel 0 00 11 75 0 00 0 00 0 00 Shrimp Enhilada 0 00 0 00 00 9 95 0 00 Shrimp Quesadill 1 00 0 00 00 9 50 0 00 Side Guaca 0 00 9 00 00 2 25 2 00 Slice 6 00 47 25 35 00 61 25 24 00 Sopapillas 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Sour Cream 0 00 1 15 0 00 0 00 0 00 Spinach Enchilad 2 00 9 15 3 00 27 45 5 00 Steak Mexicana 1 00 45 80 7 00 80 15 1 00 Stuffed Jalapeno 1 00 2 50 2 00 2590 00 T Bone Mex 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 T Bone Ranchero 0 00 15 25 2 00 30 50 4 00 T Plancha B Faji 0 00 0 00 1 00 9 75 0 00 Taco Nino 1 00 9 90 3 00 14 85 2 00 Taco Salad 2 00 0 00 1 00 9 95 0 00 1 1 2 00 112 50 4 00 36 00 4 00 Tacos Carbon 4 00 235 75 18 00 84 50 5 00 Tamales 1 00 8 15 0 00 0 001 6 00 Tamarindo 2 00 0 001 7 00 14 001 00 Tampiquena 0 00 0 001 4 00 43 00 3 00 Tampiquena Mar 0 00 25 901 1 00 2 95 0 00 Taquitos 2 00
19. 40 00 00 00 74 05 00 221 00 00 00 00 00 74 67 46 18 50 02 32 81 00 55 00 98 00 TS 84 35 76 00 00 00 140 269 85 238 85 169 360 270 326 48 85 182 85 268 76 233 184 85 190 60 68 63 81 95 56 453 60 00 99 21 44 98 19 03 99 00 01 02 00 03 60 70 32 00 84 92 70 00 03 22 11 21 31 32 43 56 22 00 01 0 67W 0 72W 4 70W 2 62W 11 24W 0 48W 4 65W 31 65W 56 06W 0 71W 3 69W 0 75W 0 17W 10 60W 27 15 04 16 72 191 14 62 78 11 81 265 48 0 00 0 00 Olide Juan 209 30 0 00 0 00 Osorio Jorge 102 06 0 00 0 00 Plascencia Juana 190 7 0 00 0 00 Portillo Manuel 210 18 0 00 0 00 Portillo Maria D 241 80 0 00 0 00 Portillo Santos 268 73 0 00 0 00 Ramirez Everardo 250 74 0 00 0 00 Ramirez Jose 46 68 0 00 0 00 Ramirez Simon 308 22 0 00 0 00 Ramirez mario 84 75 0 00 0 00 Reyes Rosalina 88 06 0 00 0 00 Rivera Angel 87 86 0 00 0 00 Rivera Jose 40 14 0 00 0 00 Rocatti Michelle 205757 0 00 0 00 Rodriguez Nora 237 94 0 00 0 00 Sanchez Martin 93 49 0 00 0 00 Sanchez Oscar 286 7 0 00 0 00 Serna Cristal 82 27 0 00 0 00 Sosa Reina 67 45 0 00 0 0
20. Ae amp mp Pres Screen Forma Command Bar we r ackground mage Background Color Background Image Fecuslog beo Proset Amount Format et commands EXTRA BMP 8 8 X conce Figure x x Screen Layouts Commands Fields Field Other Commands Options Modifier Command Options Command Ribbon Button Options Related Topics Description Screen Format Command Format Number Pad Format Number Pad OK Format Background Image Preset Amount Format Sub Extra No Display Right of Guest Check Screen Format Background Color Background Image Height Width Job Right Office General Purpose Select the Screen Format used for buttons that are displayed on fixed windows where the user must make a choice for example Select Gratuities Order Types etc Select the Screen Format used on commands that are displayed on windows i e the Remove Command on the Select Gratuity Window Select the Screen Format used to draw the number buttons on windows with number pads Select the Screen Format used to drawer the Command Buttons on a Number Pad i e OK Cancel Select the Background Image that is displayed on the background of other windows Select the Screen Format used to draw the preset buttons on windows i e preset guest buttons preset quantity buttons Enter an alternate descriptor for the Su
21. Chef Manager Joe 13 3 4 15 7 Figure x x Attendance Report Options Option Attendance Overtime Limit Report Options Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup Description _ Report J close X Conca Select the jobs that are to be included in the Labor percentage report 12 3 1 2 1 Sample Attendance Report Purpose A sample Attendance Report and description of the fields are shown below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Attendance Report Focus Cafe Attendance Report for 04 28 200X at 05 07 200X 5 19 12 PM Page 1 Time Time Date Date Tipped 8 00 Charge Declared Employee Job In Out In Out Hours Breaks Sales Sales Tips Carlos R To GO 3 52 15 53 4 28 4 28 2 02 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Carlos R To GO 6 36 22 41 4 28 4 28 6 08 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Carlos R Busboy 3 57 21 27 4 28 4 28 7 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Carlos R Busboy 3 55 23 00 4 28 4 28 8 08 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Francisco Server 6 51 22 30 4 28 4 28 5 65 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Server 6 55 23 34 4 28 4 28 6 65 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Cook 6 56 23 22 4 28 4 28 6 43 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Hostess 6 51 22 35 4 28 4 28 5 73 0 00 0 0
22. Collected Amount The amount collected from the employee This amount is the same amount included on the employee s The distributed amount is calculated as follows For example if a Busboy worked from 11 00am until 9 00 Distributed Amount had a time range of 11 00am until 3 00pm and a dinner tip pool that went from 3 00pm until 11 00pm the eligible during the lunch tip pool and 6 hours eligible during the dinner tip pool Employee Totals Related Topics none 12 3 1 30 Production Report Purpose The Production Report displays the amount of an ingredient that was used on an interval basis Accessing the Production Report Options The totals for all employees While in Focus Setup select Reports Setup and then select the Production Report Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Cumulative Sales Report Daly Count Report Production Report Daily Report Distourtevoids Report External Report Production Report Options Hour Report Stat Time End Time inter Inventory On Hand Report 0000 inventory Reorder Report iranton Usage Day Inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Report Media Report Ingredent Overtme Report gt Paid Out Report Payroll 15365 Accountatuty Rep Sales Contest Report Weebly tem Count Report Employee Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep Account Statement Report Menu ltem Report Git Card
23. Focus Setup F e Employees Customers lewertory Printers Locators Reports Menu Meclaneous Cose About Focus Cate Modules A Module is a part of the Focus System that allows a user to access parts of the software The Optional Modules which are not part of the basic Focus System are listed below Figure x x Module Description Name Description EDC Credit Card Module PMS Property Management Module BOF Back Office Module SCH Scheduling Module INV Inventory Module CUS Customer Module GFT Gift Card Module NEP Net ePay Module TOP 3 Focus Info The Focus System Information in this manual is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of Focus Point of Sale Systems Inc This software and manual are provided as is without any warranty Focus Point of Sale Systems Inc in no way guarantees the accuracy correctness or reliability of this software or manual The entire risk of using this software and manual is assumed by the user including any incidental or consequential damage Focus Point of Sale Systems Inc disclaims all warranties expressed or implied including but not limited to implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose The software described in this document and this document is copyrighted and Focus Point of Sale Systems Inc reserves all rights Only the original purchaser may legally use this software Use of this softwa
24. Item Item Buy and Get Rate Amount Selected Items One Item All Items Select if the Discount is to be a percentage of the subtotal amount Select if the Discount is to be a maximum dollar amount deducted from the subtotal amount due before tax Select if the Discount is to be a percentage of an item amount Select if the Discount is to be a dollar amount deducted from an item price Select if the Discount uses the Buy and Get process where a customer must purchase specific item s in order to receive a free item s or item s reduced in price by a percentage or dollar amount If the computation method is Subtotal or Item enter a percentage between 0 and 100 00 If a value greater than 100 00 is entered an error message displays If the computation method is Subtotal or Item the rate is disabled If the computation method is Buy and Get the rate is required Enter the of the get price item For example if the promotion is a Buy a dinner Get an appetizer free the rate would be 100 If the promotion is a Buy a dinner Get an appetizer for half price the rate would be 50 A flat dollar amount the Discount is used for Select if the Discount is to be applied to manually selected items or by pre defined requirement Select if the Discount is to be applied automatically to the first item eligible for discount Select if the Discount is to be applied to all items eligible for discount Select
25. TOGO Subtotal Office Order Type Dine In CAR STORE None None New None None Recall Car None None 206 None None 5 None CHICKEN PIECES None None BISCUITS None None DINNER COMBO CHICKEN BOX COMBO STRIP BOX COMBO CHICKEN BOXES STRIP BOXES STRIP DINNERS EXTRA SAUCE Figure x x Packages Fields Field Description Name The name of the Package dur EE The image to be used for the Package Name Type Select the type of function for the Package Figure x x Packages Functions Field Description Option Select a Menu Quantity Menu Item Item for the Package Price Level Select a Discount Discount for the package Do Not Display Messages Description If a Quantity has been configured for the Menu Item then it may be selected to be part of the Package If a Price Level has been configured for the Menu Item then it may be selected to be part of the Package If this option is on then the message The discount was not applied No eligible items Is NOT displayed This would be the case where the user wants to Discount the entire check but wants to do so with separate Discounts for food and liquor Thus they create a package with both Discounts inside of the package but there may not be any items eligible for one of the Discounts
26. The number of minutes up to 999 that the employee may clock out late without requiring manager approval If this value is zero then the late clock out grace period is not enforced The user can clock out as late as they want without requiring manager approval The number of minutes up to 999 after that the employee s pay is docked Example if an employee is on break for 30 minutes and the Dock Pay option is set to 15 minutes then only the first 15 minutes of the break is paid The number of minutes up to 999 that the employee must remain on break if they have been on break longer than the minimum limit The number of minutes up to 999 after which the employee must remain on break before clock in Off Break is allowed The number of minutes up to 999 after which the employee s pay is docked Example if an employee is on break for 30 minutes and the dock pay option is set to 15 minutes then only the first 15 minutes of the break is paid The number of minutes up to 999 that the employee must remain on break if they have been on break longer than the minimum limit The number of minutes up to 999 after which the employee must remain on break before clock in Off Break is allowed TOP 6 2 4 Commands The Commands Window is used to configure the Command Ribbon used in Focus Order Entry Each Job may have a different Command Ribbon Only select the Commands that are required by the selected Job Some Command
27. The user must have this right to assign a check to drivers other than themselves NE Turn this option on if the employee will be the delivery driver Drivers may be assigned checks with the Driver command as well as the Assign command on the Dispatch screen Drivers are automatically prompted to close their open orders to cash when returning from route when logging in Turn this option on if the guest check should print when it is assigned to a driver This option applies to both the Driver command and the Assign command on the Dispatch screen Turn this option on if the customer should be prompted to choose an Order Type before looking up a customer This is used if the order taker asks the customer up front whether the order is delivery or pickup Since the Order Type is known the proper search criteria and fields are displayed for the customer Turn this option on if the user may approve Discounts which have the Require Approval option Turn this option on if the user may apply or remove any Gratuity The user may change count on items from Focus Order Entry The user may change the price of a menu item from Focus Order Entry The number of times each item has been ordered but not sent is placed on the canvas item The user may place items out of stock from Focus Order Entry Turn this option on if the user may select a Menu The user may enter the customer Name on the check NE The user is pro
28. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Omron T Hostess 11 04 15 04 4 28 4 28 4 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Omron T 10 54 14 06 4 28 4 28 3 20 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto Dishwasher 9 09 15 08 4 28 4 28 5 98 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 D Roberto H Server 9 59 14 27 4 28 4 28 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Cook 9 51 13 09 4 28 4 28 3 30 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Cook 9 05 15 11 4 28 4 28 6 10 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Prep Cook 9 50 15 01 4 28 4 28 5 18 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Busboy 9 50 13 06 4 28 4 28 3 27 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Roberto H Server 9 53 14 37 4 28 4 28 4 73 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Focus Cafe Attendance Report for 04 28 200X at 05 07 200X 5 19 12 PM Page 2 Time Time Date Charge Declared Date Tipped 8 00 Employee Job In Out In Out Hours Breaks Sales Sales Tips Tips Roberto H Cook 9 04 15 07 4 28 4 28 6 05 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Prep Cook 9 34 15 26 4 28 4 28 5 87 09 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Busboy 9 50 13 06 4 28 4 28 3 27 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto Prep Cook 9 05 15 06 4 28 4 28 6 02 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 hector d Manager 10 00 4 00 4 28 4 29 18 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E hector d Bartender 10 33 21 30 4 28 4 28
29. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Busboy 11 10 14 04 4 28 4 28 2 90 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Omron T Server 10 53 22 50 4 28 4 28 10 95 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Omron T Server 10 54 14 33 4 28 4 28 3 65 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Omron T Server 10 55 11 00 4 28 4 28 0 08 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Omron T Hostess 11 04 16 58 4 28 4 28 5 90 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Omron T Hostess 11 04 15 04 4 28 4 28 4 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Omron T 10 54 14 06 4 28 4 28 3 20 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto Dishwasher 9 09 15 08 4 28 4 28 5 98 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 D Roberto H Server 9 59 14 27 4 28 4 28 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Cook 9 51 13 09 4 28 4 28 3 30 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Cook 9 05 15 11 4 28 4 28 6 10 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Prep Cook 9 50 15 01 4 28 4 28 5 18 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Busboy 9 50 13 06 4 28 4 28 3 27 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Roberto H Server 9 53 14 37 4 28 4 28 4 73 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Focus Cafe Attendance Report for 04 28 200X at 05 07 200X 5 19 12 PM Page 2 Time Time Date Date
30. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 335 26 324 10 56 41 16 47 pow 58 162 36 00 90 00 519 225 IS 00 00 00 00 00 00 9 87 50 95 00 00 70 75 25 00 70 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 50 72 00 60 19 Chips 7 00 20 65 Chips basket 12 00 32 45 Churros 60 00 183 2541 Codorniz 284 00 4819 55 Coffee 612 00 828 87 Corn Tortilla 195 00 57 45 Daikiry Virgen 55 00 192 50 Dinner De Lujo 262 00 2346 94 EXTRA FAJITA 157 00 244 25 Emp Aguas F 12090 0 46 Enchilada Dinner 361 00 3105 19 Enchilada Nino 614 00 3007 08 Enchiladas Mexicanas 1427 00 123371 3 Focus Cafe 1 00 4 00 5 00 0 00 0 00 5 00 2 00 0 00 3 00 28 24 64 00 95 50 80 419 00 00 79 00 00 50 75 04 Cumulative Item Count for Page 6 Year 101 01 0 05 03 0 Enchiladas Verdes 538 00 4600 87 Enchiladas de Rancho 348 00 2997 32 Extra Shrimp 22 00 35 00 FILETE EMPANIZADO 14 00 96 44 FILETE PLANCHA 33 00 196 79 FILETE RELLENO 24 00 299 9 Fajitas 679 00 28307 18 Flan 87 00 511 4
31. 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 14 25 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 50 50 00 00 00 00 14 52 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 19 98 20 1945 66 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 50 00 50 00 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 19 56 20 64 34 53 194 42 85 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 50 00 75 00 00 00 00 00 00
32. 6 1 3 Deleting an Employee Purpose The steps to delete an employee are listed below Restrictions If the user does not have the Edit employees Job Right then the user will not be able to delete an employee If the employee is currently clocked in the error message An employee may not be deleted while clocked in is displayed You will need to clock the employee out or manually clock them out through the Time Cards Module Procedure to Delete an Employee Access the Setup gt Employees gt Employees Window Select the employee name in the Employee List to display the employee information for the selected employee Verify that the employee to delete is highlighted Click Delete Click Yes to confirm the deletion Related Topics Job Right Employees Edit Employees Job Right Employees View Employees Time Cards TOP 6 1 4 Printing a List of Employees Purpose The steps to print employee information are listed below You can print the information for the current employee or a list of all employees Procedure to Print a List of Employees Access the Setup gt Employees gt Employees Window Click Tools Employee Tools Click the appropriate Print Current or Print All option amp Print Employee Report Options 0 First Name Last Name Termination Date 2 Nickname Termination Reason 0 101 W4 Information 8 102 2 Employment Status Access Code 0 Jo
33. 7 00 48 00 Marg Midori 3 00 14 25 Marg Peach 7 00 68 00 Martell 200 6 00 Martini 2 00 57 00 Medori 00 4 50 Mex Coffee 00 5 50 Mexican Flag 54 00 324 00 Michelada Domestica 583 00 2264 00 Michelada Importada 1220 00 5395 50 ORGASMO 3 00 18 00 Orange Juice 5 00 9 75 Patron 401 00 9064 25 Patron Anejo 00 7 00 Patron Jumbo Margarita 42 00 504 00 Patron Margarita S 4 00 24 00 Patron XO 00 5 00 Focus Cafe 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 0 00 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 Cumulative Item Count Rep for Page 3 101 01 0 05 03 0 Net 005 03 0 Net 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 4 75 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 14 00 56 00 26 00 117 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 6 00 39 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 8 00 32 00 20 00 90 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 6 00 39 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 200X 5 3 200X at 5 21 200X 3 52 37 PM Week 04 29 0X 05 03 0 Net Month 05 01 0 05 03 0 Net Pina Colada 1206 00 5932 50 Pineapple Juice 2 00 3 90 Presidente 39 00 175 50 RED BULL 34 00 102 00 REMY GRAPE 2 00 8 00 REMY MARTIN 2 00 9 00 Red Bull Blaster 81 00 526 50
34. Aow Last Name fo Card Murder Search Detsut Loyalty Plan t Defaut Loyaity Pian 2 Defaut Loyety Plan 3 Owtut Plan 4 Use Designed Customer Lovety Screen J Require input Multole Orders Require Approval Figure x x Customer Fields Field Customer Options Customer Loyalty Options Description Default Phone Prefix Display Streets on New Customer Customer Maps Enter City Name Not in List Default Loyalty Plan 1 4 Use Designed Customer Setup Screen Design Customer Setup Screen Unique Account Type Order Card Prefix crore The Default Phone Prefix appears when a new customer is added and also on number If a Default Phone Prefix is not specified then the Default City State Turn this option on if the customer will select from predefined Streets when a Turn this option on to allow maps to customer addresses to be viewed or prir view maps Turn this option on to allow the user to enter a City Name when adding or ed have not already been created Set the Default Loyalty Plan values for new customers If this options is off then the screen is set to the default design If this option enabled Press this button to design the Customer Setup Window Turn this option on to require Unique Account s for each customer Focus Local loyalty functions uses the local Focus customer database This option determines the ord
35. Box Box Botl Ea Box Box Case Bag Chub Bag Ea Gal Ea Botl Ea Slv Box Case Ea Bag Box Botl Pair Chub Box Bag 20 400 80 28 24 200 10 72 1600 I2 89 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 24 415 35 58 58 00 00 06 00 00 05 03 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 41 00 00 02 01 00 00 74 00 00 28 14 Honey Packets Box Jalepeno Peppers 5 89 Can s Jelly Packets Box etchup Packets 1 92 Box s ids Meal Toys Ea 5 ing Shrimp Bag s Large Drink Cup 8 88 Slv s Large Drink Lids Case s 1 95 Slv s Latex Gloves Case s 4 Box s Leaf Lettuce Box s Liquid Shortening Starter Botl s Liver Bag s Louisiana Hot Sauce Box Mashed Potatoes Box s 23 06 Bag s Mayonise 3 99 1 Medium Drink Cups 18 66 Slv s Mississippi Mud C
36. Declared Tips Tipped Sales Tip 9 o of Tipped Sales Cash Tips Charge Tips CC Tip Fee Net Charge Tips Tips Owed by Me Tips Owed to Me Description The tips the user declared when they clock out The total of all Order Type Sales that are tipped as well as the Order Type Charges for those sales Discounts do Sales The tip reporting defined in Focus Setup is multiplied by Tipped Sales The tips entered on cash Payments that the employee has earned The tips entered on all non cash Payments that the employee has earned The Tip Fee on all tips that the employee has earned Charge tips minus CC Tip Fee The tips I owe to other employees are printed The tips are net of the CC Tip Fee The tips that are owed to me by other employees The tips are net of the CC Tip Fee Note The option Include Cash Payments in Detail must be on for the cash Payments to appear Figure x x Detailed Payment Section Fields Field Description Cash Chk The check number for the Payment Amount The amount of the Payment Tip The tip amount for the Payment Total The Amount plus Tip Declared Cash The amount of cash declared is displayed Net Cash The amount of cash that should be accountable Starting Bank The amount of the Starting Bank Over Short Subtract the Net Cash and Starting Bank from the Declared Cash Figure x x Open Checks Section Fields Field Description Name The employee name who has the Open Check is d
37. Employee Job In Out In Out Hours Breaks Sales Sales Tips Tips Roberto H Cook 9 04 15 07 4 28 4 28 6 05 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Prep Cook 9 34 15 26 4 28 4 28 5 87 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Busboy 9 50 13 06 4 28 4 28 3 27 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto Prep Cook 9 05 15 06 4 28 4 28 6 02 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 hector d Manager 10 00 4 00 4 28 4 29 18 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E hector d Bartender 10 33 21 30 4 28 4 28 9 95 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 D hector d Busboy 10 50 11 11 4 28 4 28 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E hector d Busboy 10 58 16 38 4 28 4 28 5 67 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 hector d Hostess 10 51 14 01 4 28 4 28 3 17 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Totals 371 14 7 00 0 00 0 00 A Add E Edit D Delete O Automatic clockout at close day Figure x x Paid In Report Fields Field Description Date The date of the Paid In Time The time of the Paid In Payment The Payment type of the Paid In Amount The Amount of the Paid In Account The Account Number for the Paid In Employee The employee s name who entered the Paid in Customer Account The Customer s Account Number if defined is displayed under the Account heading Customer Name The Customer s Name if defined is displayed beneath the employee Totals Totals for each Paid Out type are displayed Grand Totals Grand Totals total up all of the individual Paid Out Totals Related Topics none TOP
38. Figure x x Entering Invoices Fields Field Description Item Select the Item and enter the Quantity and Price Qty The Quantity received Unit The Units received Price The Price of the Item received Extension Automatically filled in calculation of Qty Price Figure x x Entering Invoices Commands Field Description Close Allows the operator to exit the New Invoice Window Save Saves the Invoice without posting Post Posts the Invoice Print Allows the operator to print the Invoice Reopen If an Invoice has been Posted and corrections need to be made then it can be Reopened Double Click an Item to receive A scanner may also be used to receive the Item Enter the Qty and Price of the Item Click Save to Save the Invoice Click Post to Post the Invoice Related Topics Job Right Office Enter Invoices TOP 8 3 Groups Purpose The Inventory Groups Window is where up to 100 Inventory Groups are configured Accessing the Inventory Groups Window While in Focus Setup select Inventory Inventory Groups x The image cannot be displayed The may have been moved renamed or deleted Verify that the ink points to the correct and location Figure x x Inventory Groups Fields Field Description Inventory A list of Names for Inventory Groups Group Required A unique name for each Inventory Group The name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters
39. Payment Modifier Modifier Command Command Price Level If this option is on then specify the specific Price Levels Restriction that the Discount is applicable Turn this option on to apply the Discount to all seats i e a 5 discount to On Duty Police they come in and order and they want separate checks the manager has to put the Discount on every check separately Apply to All Seats An Order Type may be specified so only checks with that Order Type appear on the Tab List Window If an Order Type is specified then the Order Type name appears on the caption of the Tab List Window Selects a Payment type to be used Select a modifier to be used to modify an item in the Modify Window If used in the Order Entry Window you must use the commands Modify and Modify Complete in conjunction with Modifier The Package should read Command gt Modify Modifier gt specified modifier and then Command gt Modify Complete You can select if the modifier options Sub Extra and No These options are defined in Miscellaneous gt General gt Screen Layout Commands Combine Seat Combines multiple seats on a check to the same seat Allows the employee to delete Menu Items which have not been Delete saved or sent Select the specific Gratuity to be applied If a Gratuity is not selected Gratuity then the user is prompted for a Gratuity If a Gratuity is not selected and the user selects the Re
40. Request Tare Weight Increment Guests Include in Item Price Countdown Guest Check Fraction Quantity Inventoried Food Stamp Eligible Time Rate The user is prompted for the price of the item The item will automatically be highlighted so that when the check is recalled selecting the Repeat Command can easily reorder it The user is prompted for a comment when the item is ordered The modifier will follow the item that it modifies to the Remote Printer The item increments the Required Beverage total The item decrements the Required Beverage total The price is printed on the remote check Item is placed in Out of Stock status when this option is selected and cannot be ordered This option indicates that the Menu Item is scaleable and an automatic scale is provided The weight of the item will be received into the quantity field via an RS232 scale interface when the item is ordered The user is prompted for a tare weight when the item is ordered The number of guests is incremented when the Menu Item is ordered The price of the modifier is included in the item s price on the guest check The number of items in stock is displayed on the Canvas Item This option is used in conjunction with the quantity entered in the Count field When selected the quantity available will be decremented dynamically at each workstation each time the associated Menu Item is ordered The Modifier is printed on
41. 02 93 759 253 27 36 38 70 95 sot 90 20 240 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 235 89 2 9 69 01 29 41 zo a A 293 29 31 61 09 84 86 217 3 26 56 83 19 MO 87 247 481 ed EA 29 59 11 ES 09 29 259 35 24 10 16 14 897 elg 33 73 59 89 15 495 07 24 02 48 38 26 29 67 20 33 x12 73 91 91 48 03 40 76 80 89 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 22 22 22 22 22 23 Total
42. 21 21 14 22 14 11 16 15 14 15 14 13 15 15 13 05 03 00 31 04 56 20 50 27 00 53 02 44 58 04 50 33 00 58 04 06 08 27 09 11 01 06 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 10 10 12 05 62 43 15 88 35 60 45 93 92 15 52 75 90 95 65 08 90 00 20 98 30 10 18 27 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Roberto Server 9 53 14 37 4 28 4 28 4 73 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Focus Cafe Attendance Report for 04 28 200X at 05 07 200X 5 19 12 PM Page 2 Time Time Date Date Tipped 8 00 Charge Declared Employee Job In Out In Out Hours Breaks Sales Sales Tips Tips Roberto
43. 435603XXXXXX9616 432378XXXXXX6909 488893XXXXXX8374 046 7811 046 7811 904XXXXXX2789 B 0354 8830 441103 917 461046 6979 441103XXXXXX2767 441103XXXXXX2767 440213XXXXXX1162 463158XXXXXX3423 um 05 7206 486830XXXXXX4800 02 10 10 09 02 11 01 10 07 09 06 09 11 0 05 08 09 09 03 08 04 11 07 0X 05 09 06 09 09 08 05 09 02 10 04 09 05 08 09 0X 01 10 02 09 04 08 06 08 05 08 05 08 11 09 02 10 02 10 02 10 01 10 01 10 09 08 03 09 05 08 01 10 964270 Focus Cafe 60 CALDERON 61 RAUL G 64 SARA B 64 SARA B 000420 74 Rene A 000816 77 FERNANDO A 090401 77 FERNANDO A 180438 78 SARA B 571895 79 ANGELICA I 024023 200 CALDERON 04554 206 052818 206 042192 207 CALDERON 064423 207 CALDERON 044423 221 SARA 122700 226 HECTOR 161476 226 HECTOR T 131484 227 ERIKA C 06450 231 ERIKA 022300 233 599761 233 ERIKA 182290 239 5 150386 247 02873 259 SARA 999999 261 5 154074 270 061244 ANDRES 2 00 0 04 0 36 1 42 2401 2 01 25 26 05 30 355 61 45 45 4
44. Baud Panty Data Stop Bes Figure x x Available Devices Field Description Scanner This devise is used to configure serial scanners Scale This device is for a Scale to be used with Tare Weights Pole Display This device is used to configure a Pole Display Drawer This device is used to configure Cash Drawers Changer This device is used to configure Coin Changers Caller ID Fingerprint Berg Bar Vision IP Log Camera This device is used to configure Caller ID systems This device is used to configure a Fingerprint scanner This device is used to configure the Berg interface This device is used to configure the Bar Vision interface This device is used to configure the IP Log Camera interface Figure x x Devices Field Port Device Baud Parity Data Bits Stop Bits Initialize Access Related Topics Description Select the port which the device is connected Select the device type from the list of available Devices Note If present printer drawer number one must be configured as device 1 If present printer drawer number two must be configured as device 2 Select the Baud Rate for the Port Select the Parity of Port Select the number of Data Bits for the Port Select the number of Stop Bits for the Port The hexadecimal codes that are sent to initialize the Device i e pole display brightness The hexadecimal codes that are sent to access the Device i e
45. Check Filters Add remove and maintain Check Filters Discounts Add remove and maintain Discounts Gratuities Add remove and maintain Gratuities Order Types Add remove and maintain Order Types Packages Add remove and maintain Packages Paid Ins Add remove and maintain Pain Ins reasons Paid Outs Add remove and maintain Paid Outs reasons Payments Add remove and maintain Payments Price Levels Add remove and maintain Price Levels Table Types Add remove and maintain Table Types Tare Weights Add remove and maintain Tare Weights Taxes Add remove and maintain Taxes Voids Add remove and maintain Void reasons Related Topics none TOP 10 1 Blackboards Purpose The Blackboards Window is used to establish a convenient way of delivering messages to all of the staff Example The Weekly Specials Blackboards are configurable to display at all or only selected Stations Restrictions The files must be stored in the Focus C Focus Images directory Editing Blackboards should be done at the file server The Focus system will update all Stationss when editing Blackboards The file types that are displayed are txt Text files rtf Rich text files and bmp Bitmap files Accessing the Blackboards Window While in Focus Setup select Order Entry gt Blackboards Blackboards Blackboards Name File Name Weekly Specials Weekly Specials board nf bmp 48 Board 2 Active Days Board 3 Iv Sunda
46. Configure Blackboards Customers Customer Setup Deposits Discounts Edit Blackboards Enter Inventory Enter Invoices Exit Software Fingerprint Registration General Gratuities Inventory Setup Jobs Labor Groups Locations Loyalty Menu Office Software Order Types Packages Paid Ins Paid Outs Payments Allows the user to configure Check Filters Allows the user to Close Day Allows the user to configure Blackboards in Focus Setup as well as in the Detail button see Manager s Wrench gt Blackboard and from the Manager Wrench in Focus Order Entry see Entry Screen gt Manager Wrench gt Blackboards gt Details Allows the user to Add Edit and Delete Customers Allows the user to edit customer Coupons Plans Phone Prefixes Streets and Zones Allows the user to enter Deposits Allows the user to configure Discounts Allows the user to edit Blackboards from the Manager Wrench Allows the user to Enter Inventory Allows the user to Enter Invoices Allows the user to terminate the software Allows the user to register a fingerprint for an employee Allows the user to configure options in the General Window Allows the user to configure Gratuities Allows the user to edit Inventory Groups Ingredients Recipes Subgroups Units and Vendors Allows the user to configure Jobs Allows the user to configure Labor Groups Allows the user to configu
47. Enter the Approval number received from the processor for the Force Procedure to Force a Credit Card Select the Force Button Enter the payment type Enter the account number of the credit card Enter the expiration date of the credit card Enter the amount of the credit card Enter the approval number you received from the processor Note Entering a fictitious approval number may result in a batch that cannot be settled Related Topics none TOP 15 3 2 4 Reconcile Purpose The Reconcile screen displays the reasons why the batch is not in balance Accessing the Reconcile Window While in Focus Setup select Close Day gt Credit Cards gt iFace gt Reconcile FACE 4 0 29 Status Log Batch Detaa Reconcie Records in batch mot im check file Figure x x Reconcile Window Fields Field Description Mismatched Records The number of records not in balance Records in Check File The number of records in the check file but not in the batch file This occurs when the Not in Batch batch was settled before Close Day occurs Records in Batch not in The number of records in the batch but not in the batch file This occurs when the Close Check File Day occurs before the batch was settled Related Topics none TOP 15 3 3 Offline Purpose The Offline Window is used when the credit card process is not responding due to a phone line or Internet connection being down When in Offline Mode
48. Jerome Sat Joshua Keith J Kendell KERHESHA J KEYNATA W Kurt B Levi J Marc G LT MASHIKA M Procedure to Enter Availability Select the Employee Enter the Start Date and End Date Enter the Time In and Time Out that the employee is able to work The second group of In and Out is for a second shift during the day Click Save and Close Related Topics Job Right Time Clock View Schedule Job Right Time Clock Enter Availability TOP 6 6 Skills Purpose The Skills Window is used to establish Skill Names and Codes Skills allow levels of competency to be assigned to employees for specific tasks They are used in Scheduling to ensure that only qualified employees are assigned to shifts that require a specific Skill Examples of Skills may include Head Waiter Carver Prep Steam etc Skills are assigned in the Employee Window and used for Scheduling Up to 19 Skills may be maintained in the system Accessing the Skills Window While in Focus Setup select Employees gt Skills Skills Name Head Waiter Code 15 v Close Save X Cancel Figure x x Skills Fields Field Description Name A unique name of up to 15 characters for each Skill A unique one character shortcut code for the named Skill which will be printed and displayed in the Schedule Code Module Procedure to Establish Skills Make a list of the Skill name
49. Par level Min Purchase Purchase cost Select the Inventory Subgroup that the item belongs The Vendor that the Inventory Item will be purchased Clicking the word Vendor will open the Vendors Window The Item Number that the Vendor uses on the Vendors Invoice This number appears on the Inventory Reorder Report User defined conversions Select a Unit that describes the quantity of the item as it is used in Recipes or as it is sold if itis a sale unit The quantity that will be sold to equal the Stock Unit Select a Unit that describes the container for the item as it is counted for taking inventory The quantity that will be sold to equal the Purchase Unit Select a Unit that describes the container for the item as it is purchased from the Vendor The quantity that will be in stock before reorder point is reached for the Inventory Reorder Report The quantity that will be reordered on the Inventory Reorder Report The initial purchase cost of the Inventory Item Figure x x Inventory Items Commands Close Save Add Delete Print Recipe Items Cancel Related Topics Closes and exits the Inventory Items Window and saves changes to the current screen Saves the changes in the Inventory Items dialog box without closing the dialog box Allows a new Inventory Item to be added to the Inventory Items list Default values are copied on all of the fields of the previously selected Item except name Note
50. Select this option to sort by the Sales amount Select this option to sort by the Sales 96 by guest Ranking Select this option to sort by the Unit to Unit 96 Sales to Sale 9 o Select this option to sort by the Sales to Sale 96 Number of Guests Select this option to sort by the Number of Guests Unit by Guest Select this option to sort by the Unit by Guest Date Today Select today if the promotion will used the current sales date If the date is a range enter the start date and end date of the promotion All day Select if the promotion is to be in effect for the entire business day Time Partial Select partial day if the promotion is only for a part of the business day Start Date Enter the start date if the Partial time is selected End Date Enter the ending date if the Partial time is selected Start Time Enter the start time if the Partial time is selected End Time Enter the ending time if the Partial time is selected Menu item filter Select the menu filter that will be used for the selected promotion of Employees Enter the number of employees that will be ranked in the promotion Select the filter that will be used for the primary filter Example If your promotion was on Hot wings and it was based appetizers the person that sold the most hot wings by percentage of appetizers sold will be displayed Include Gift Cards Select if including Gift Cards on the report Gift card activations and inc
51. down list box Select all of the options in the Options box that apply to this Remote check Select the header attribute by line and position if the Print header at top of check option is selected Select the format for each of the header attributes included in the Header list boxes Click Save Related Topics Job Right Remote Check Formats TOP 9 4 2 Header Purpose The Remote Check Formats gt Header Window is used to position various information on the Remote Check Header Accessing the Header Window While in Focus Setup select Printers gt Remote Check Formats gt Header Remote Check Formats x Formats Header Chase Printing Cold 1 Server Time Bar 2 Printer name None PMS 3 Check None Expedter N 4 TablefTabd 54 Deivery 5 Order type None video format 6 None 23 None gt 9 7 10 8 None None Close Save X conet Figure x x Header Fields Field Description Position 1 1 8 The attribute that will print in position 1 of each line Position 2 1 8 The attribute that will print in position 2 of each line Figure x x Available Attributes Attribute Printer Name Revenue Center Order Type Server Time Station Table Tab Check Guests Date Related Topics Description The Remote Printer Name that prints
52. 0 00 Server 0 00 Hostess 16 16 17 16 17 16 16 15 16 16 14 14 14 15 14 11 11 11 10 10 10 11 58 59 13 58 03 59 59 52 01 58 00 23 05 55 03 59 14 00 04 58 53 13 13 10 53 54 55 04 23 23 22 23 23 23 23 13 23 15 16 22 20 14 22 23 22 23 21 22 23 21 21 14 22 14 11 16 49 26 00 26 25 10 28 09 26 05 03 00 31 04 56 20 50 27 00 53 02 44 58 04 50 33 00 58 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 10 10 85 45 78 47 37 18 48 28 42 12 05 62 43 15 88 35 60 45 93 92 15 52 75 90 95 65 08 90 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
53. 00 00 08 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 01 3 94 15 Chicken Wings Whole 05 21 0X Case 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Case s Dark Chicken 05 21 0X Case 5 00 0 00 0 26 4 74 Case s Wingers 05 21 0X Case 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Case s COKE 2 liter coke 05 21 0 Ea 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 5 Bottled Water 05 21 0 Ea 107 00 0 00 1 00 4 Case s 10 Ea 5 Vendor 4 Breast Fillets Batch 9 Batc 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Batc s Breast Strips Batch Batc 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Batc s Cajun Rice batch Batc 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Batc s Cole Slaw Batch 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Batc s Crawfish Batch Batc 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Batc s Crawfish Etouffee Batch 2 Batc 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Batc s Dinners Batch Ea 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Ea s Fried Chicken dark Ea 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Ea s Fried Chicken mixed Batc 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Batc s King Shrimp Batch Batc 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Batc s Popcorn Chicken Batch Serv 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Serv 5 Red Rice Batch Batc 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Batc s Snack Batch Ea 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Ea s Spicy Cajun Wings Batch Batc 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Batc s Figure x x Inventory On Hand Report Fields Field Description Item Name The name of the Inventory Item Beg Date The date that a physic
54. 11 52 Slv s 2 Case s 187 5 Case 110 Ea s 5 Box s Case 0 89 Botl 8 71 Box s 22 Case s 290 Ea 5 3 48 Slv s 0 Gal 5 0 Bag s 6 89 Bag s 4 Case s 4 74 Bag s 4 Ea 5 8 5 4 5 4 57 5 68 Ea 5 Il Ea s 0 5 0 5 0 5 5 4 03 Chub s 5 Case 2 94 5 Gal s orf amp 0 Box s 3 Case s 6 35 Bag s 2 Case s 1 85 Chub s 7 Bag s 25 65 Lb s 1 Box 28 42 Bag s 1 Box 28 42 Bag s 28 Box s 3 Box s 23 94 Bag s Case 2 Slv s Box 95 Box s 97 Box s Box 2 Botl s Box 24 Ea s Box Box s 48 Case s 5 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 114 72 Crawfish Etouffee Base 00 41 28 Crawfish Season QQ 23 25 Creamy Creole Sauce 00 I5 Dawn Deck Brush Degreaser Dipping Sauce Dome Lids 00 35 54 Drink Mix Drink Trays Dust Pan French Fries Fry Bags 00 1 76 Fryer Cleaner Powder 00 129 00 Fryer Gloves Gravy Base 00 52 64 Hair Nets 00 6 00 Hand Sanitizer Honey Packets Jalepeno Peppers 00 5 20 Jelly Packets etchup Packets ids Meal Toys 00 108 67 ing Shrimp 00 174 42 Large Drink Cup 00 29 4
55. 14 15 53 52 53 50 50 51 58 51 58 59 13 58 03 59 59 52 01 58 00 23 05 55 03 59 14 00 04 23 14 22 23 23 22 21 22 23 23 22 23 23 23 23 13 23 15 16 22 20 14 22 23 22 23 21 27 55 45 38 11 30 20 03 49 26 00 26 25 10 28 09 26 05 03 00 31 04 56 20 50 27 00 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 57 05 87 80 65 37 20 85 45 78 47 37 18 48 28 42 12 05 62 43 15 88 35 60 45 93 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Maricruz A Prep Cook 14 58 22 53 4 28 4 28 7 92 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 0
56. 20 00 10 00 00 2 00 0 00 1 00 0 00 0 00 4 00 00 0 00 1 00 1 00 4 00 2 00 0 00 1 00 0 00 14 00 23 00 0 00 32 16 0 00 Texas Combo 9 15 2 00 Tostadas 4 76 3 090 Vallarta 11 901 0 00 Food Total 6095 49 734 00 0 00 18 301 24 45 6216 22 5 00 38 75 4 00 20 82 0 00 0 00 2 00 18 30 0 00 0 00 1 00 00 S 5 00 3 17 1 00 5 95 2 00 16 30 0 00 0 00 1 00 00 8 15 0 00 0 00 3 00 17 85 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 5 95 394 00 2373 59 334 00 2056 27 396 00 2354 24 929 00 455 00 3376 45 308 00 1720 16 Grand Total 524 00 2932 34 641 00 3323 02 630 00 3306 9911905 00 10410 4911549 00 10048 92 651 00 4294 951 357 00 1902 41 Figure x x Weekly Item Count Report Fields Field Item Price Units Net Sales Report Group Total Grand Total Related Topics none Description The Menu Item name The price the Menu Item was sold The number of Units sold The Net Sales of the Menu Item sold The total Units and Net Sales of the Menu Items in the Report Group The Grand Total of all Report Group Totals TOP 12 3 1 24 Employee Performance Report Purpose The Employee Performance Report is a customizable report based on employee sales data A user may create custom column names fields and filters Accessing the Employee Performance Report Options While in Focus Setup s
57. 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 10 10 47 37 18 48 28 42 12 05 62 43 15 88 35 60 45 93 92 15 52 75 90 95 65 08 90 00 20 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Roberto Dishwasher 9 09 15 08 4 28 4 28 5 98 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 D Roberto H Server 9 59 14 27 4 28 4 28 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Cook 9 51 13 09 4 28 4 28 3 30 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Cook 9 05 15 11 4 28 4 28 6 10 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Prep Cook 9 50 15 01 4 28 4 28 5 18 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Busboy 9 50 13 06 4 28 4 28 3 27 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Roberto H Server 9 53 14 37 4 28 4 28 4 73 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Focus Cafe Attendance Report for 04 28 200X at 05 07 200X 5 19 12 PM Page 2 Time Time Date Tipped 8 00 Charge Declared
58. 54 28 59 599 00 37 26 26 00 292 92 00 81 67 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 5255304 5 56 54 5457409 Ladies 6 08 09 6 12 02 6 28 09 Ladies 6528 232 6 34 59 6 35 34 6236718 Ladies 6 36 54 6 50 27 6 50 32 Fleischman Vodka Fleischman Vodka Fleischman Vodka Fleischman 6 51 42 Fleischman 6 51 44 6 53 14 Ladies 64533732 6158127 1203235 Ladies 7512524 7 16 46 Ladies 7 17 46 Ladies 7 18 00 30 03 Ladies 14 33 29 7 45 34 Mads 21 Ladies 7 47 33 7 48 23 7 54 17 7 54 53 8 02 52 Ladies 8 03 06 Vodka Vodka Vodka Vodka Vodka Vodka Fleischman leischman Vodka SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR POUR SALE SALE POUR SALE POUR POUR SALE POUR POUR POUR SALE SALE POUR SALE POUR POUR SALE SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE 54 50 30 38 50 22
59. Batch Batch Current batch Card Count Amount 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Visa MC Disc Priv Din CB JCB Total ojo E E E E Ea EE E E E E o E e M E 1 E 1 E 1 E 1e 7 IN BALANCE Could not locate batch status file C Focus status SETTLE Figure x x Batch Commands Command Description Settle Settles the current batch Reconcile Reconciles any mismatched transactions If the batch is not in balance you must first click Reconcile before you are able to Settle the batch Print Prints the current batch totals Close Closes the Batch Window Procedure to Settle the Batch Click Settle If the batch is not in balance an error will appear and you will have to Reconcile before settling the batch 0 Records in batch not in check file Reconcile Print The Reconcile screen shown above displays the reasons why the batch is not in balance After determining why the batch is not in balance and adjusting the problems accordingly click on the Settle button to settle the batch Related Topics none TOP 15 3 2 IFACE Purpose The iFace Window is used to view the Status Log Batch Detail and Reconcile the current credit card batch Accessing the 1 Window While in Focus Setup select Close Day gt Credit Cards gt iFace og Batch Detail Reconcile Figure Windows Opti
60. Breaks Description A Date Range may be specified to accumulate the report over multiple business dates The dates default to the current business date The payroll cut off time is used in conjunction with the start and end date to filter time records The Time Card records are filtered by Revenue Center not the individual check The Job the employee worked for the shift The Nickname of the employee An O appears next to the time records that have been clocked out automatically at close day appears next to the time records that have been added E An E appears next to the time records that have been edited D A D appears next to the time records that have been deleted The clock in time The clock out time The date the employee clocked in The date the employee clocked out The number of hours the employee worked The number of hours is represented in hundredths of an hour i e 2 hours and 30 minutes is represented as 2 5 hours The amount of time the employee was on break The number of hours is represented in hundredths of an hour i e 2 hours and 30 minutes is represented as 2 5 hours Break In and Out Times The time the employee went on break and came off break is displayed for each break Tipped Sales The amount of Tipped Sales for the employee of Tipped Sales The tip reporting multiplied by Tipped Sales Net Charge Tips Tips on credit card and account Payments min
61. Checks Cash amp Checks Credit Card Account Gift Certif Description The employee s name Total Sales equals Net Sales plus Total Tax The total of all Paid Outs The total of all Paid Ins plus Gift Cards Tips to be paid with the payroll The Tip Fees of Payments that the employee is accountable The total dollar amount of all Drops Total Accountable equals Total Sales minus Paid Outs plus Paid Ins plus Retained Tips plus Tip Fee plus m Total Payments equals Net Cash plus Credit Card plus Account plus Gift Certificates plus Employee Meals The number of cash Payments and the total amount of cash collected from all Payments minus Cash Tips If the Tips option is set to Pay out all tips then all tips on non cash payments are paid out Net Cash equals Gross Cash minus Paid Outs plus Tip Fee minus Tips Paid Out minus Advances plus minu The total of all check Payments Cash amp Checks equals Net Cash Checks The total of all credit card Payments including Tips minus Refunded Payments The total of all Account Payments including Tips The total of all Gift Certificate Payments The total of all Employee Meal Payments Totals The totals for all individual Activity Reports Related Topics none TOP 12 3 1 22 Sales Contest Report Purpose The Sales Contest Report displays user defined criteria for Menu Item sales The Sales Contest Report can also be displayed on Blackboar
62. Click Save to save the new Menu Item and exit the Add mode To exit the Add mode without saving the information or adding an Item click Cancel Click Delete to remove an Inventory Item from the Inventory Items list A message prompts the operator to confirm the deletion Print will print the Inventory Items and Recipe information that has been configured Allows a Recipe for Ingredients to be created and cost calculated Returns you back to the Items Window from the Recipe Window Cancels changes made prior to Saving Job Right Office Inventory Setup 8 5 Recipe TOP Purpose The Inventory Items Recipe Window is used to input the recipe of the Inventory Items Accessing the Inventory Items Window While in Focus Setup select Inventory gt Inventory Items gt Recipe Inventory items Inventory items Recipe Ingredients Qty Unit bread Stee 2 000 Stic Grape 2000 Peanut Buter ______ 2000 Oz kNone gt 10 None Total 0 80 Figure x x Inventory Item Fields Field Description Inventory The name of the Inventory Item Items Ingredients Select the Inventory Items that will be used in the recipe The Units and Cost fields are the same as the ones configured in Inventory Items Qty Enter the Quantity of the Ingredients to be used Unit The Unit of the Inventory Item Cost The extended Cost of the Ingredient Total The Total is the Cost for this Inventory I
63. Click on an unused Unit Click on the Name field Enter the Unit name Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Inventory Setup TOP 8 9 Vendors Purpose The Inventory Vendors Window is used to enter the Vendors that will be used throughout the Inventory process Up to 100 separate Inventory Vendors can be established Accessing the Inventory Vendors Window While in Focus Setup select Inventory gt Vendors Inventory Vendors x Vendors Name Address B State pm Phone Number Fax Number Contact 0 Email Address Delivery Information Notes Route Arrival Information Order information Terms jcise Pasa X Cancel Figure x x Inventory Vendor Fields Field Vendors 0000 A list of Vendors in the A list of Vendors in the system Name A unique name for each Inventory Vendor The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters address Enter Enter the Address of the Vendor Address of the Vendor City Enter the City for the Vendor State Enter the State for the Vendor Zip Code Enter the Zip code for the Vendor Phone Number Enter the Phone number Ext Enter the phone Extension number Fax Number Enter the Fax number E Mail Address Enter the E Mail address for the Vendor Contact Enter the Contact for the Vendor Route Enter information about the Route Arrival Information I
64. EMPTY OPEN PO UR POUR SA SA SA LE LE LE POUR POUR POUR SA SA LE LE POUR SA LE POUR POUR SA SA LE LE POUR 55 ek 39 era 83 64 58 sol 14 54 79 78 68 88 68 78 88 28 21 45 2710 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 90 Tuy 26 56 67 06 36 66 231 67 50 80 10 74 32 83 97 Od 30 60 90 20 98 66 54 84 14 82 12 90 78 08 38 38 lt 21 22 25 22 18 14 ds 225 25 21 18 20 LPs 20 23 20 16 16 28 30 09 2938 64 475 02 46 4 99 205 10 38 14 45 249 TS 92 02 12 22 58 18 TL 30 96 67 41 12 04 97 97 00 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 20
65. Edit Allows the operator to view and or Edit an existing Invoice Delete Allows the operator to Delete an Invoice Related Topics Job Right Office Enter Invoices TOP 8 2 1 Adding New Invoice Purpose The procedures to enter a New Invoice are listed below Restrictions Inventory Worksheets must be defined in Reports gt setup before entering New Invoices All the Inventory Invoices will need to Post in order for the Items on the Inventory Invoice to be added to the Inventory The Inventory Items may be entered and Posted at a later time New Invoice Post Date Invoice Worksheet Check Out Rpt Inv Bar Inv Kitchen Figure x x New Inventory Fields Field Description Post Date Select the date to witch the invoice was received Invoice Enter the Invoice Number that will correspond with the New Invoice Worksheet Select the Worksheet that will be used for the Invoice Invoice Worksheets are configured in Reports gt Setup select the report type of Inventory Worksheet Report Create Allows the operator to cerate a New Invoice Cancel Allows the operator to exit the New Invoice Window Procedure to Add a New Invoice Access the Inventory gt Enter Invoices Window Select the date of the Invoice Enter the Invoice Number Select the Worksheet to add an Invoice Click Create Invoice 12 08 2009 Inv Kitchen Unit Extension Peanut Butter Subtotal
66. Job Right Checkout Report Print Job Right Checkout Report Print if No Open Checks Tips 12 3 1 1 1 Sample Activity Report Purpose A sample Activity Report and description of the fields are shown below TOP Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Activity Report Focus Cafe Activity Report Page 1 5 21 200X 3 44 03 PM Labor Cost 0 00 0 00 Average Check 2 22 15 Average Guest 3 15 7 Average Time 4 36 03 Voids 0 0 00 Discounts 0 0 00 Liquor 1 5 00 Food 6 40 50 Total 3 45 50 To Go 1 24 Subtotal 46 74 Inclusive Tax 0 00 Subtotal Disc 0 00 Net Sales 46 74 Sales Tax 3 34 Total Tax 3 34 Total Sales 50 08 Paid Outs 0 00 Paid Ins 0 00 CC Tip Fee 0 00 Refunds 0 00 TOTAL ACCOUNTABLE 50 08 PAYMENTS SUMMARY Gross Cash 0 0 00 Paid Outs 0 0 00 Tip Fee 0 00 Tips Paid Out 0 00 Net Cash 0 00 Master Card 0 0 00 Visa 0 0 00 Amex 0 0 00 Discover 0 0 00 Gift Cartificat 0 0 00 Check 0 0 00 Diners Club 0 0 00 MC Visa 0 0 00 Gift Card 0 0 00 TOTAL PAYMENTS 0 00 PAYMENTS DETAIL Payment Amount Tip Total Master Card 0 00 0 00 0 00 Visa 0 00 0 00 0 00 Amex 0 00 0 00 0 00 Discover 0 00 0 00 0 00 Gift Cartif 0 00 0 00 0 00 Check 0 00 0 00 0 00 Diners Club 0 00 0 00 0 00 MC Visa 0 00 0 00 0 00 Gift Card 0 00 0 00 0 00 Pi EN Cy
67. Jum Gran Gold F 24 00 0 00 Jumbo Rox 367 00 28 00 Jumbo Gold Froze 10 00 6 00 Jumbo Gold Rocas 30 00 0 00 b 0 b b 0 b 00 00 11 Jumbo Mango 32 0 0 00 Jumbo Midori Fz 9 50 0 00 Jumbo Peach Marg 64 0 6 00 Jumbo Sangria Ma 95 50 0 00 Jumbo Strawberry 416 00 61 00 JumboMarg Frozen 888 00 112 00 Kahlua 0 00 1 00 Kamikaze 0 00 3 00 1 L I Tea 7 00 4 00 2 Liquor 36 00 0 00 M WATER 0 00 0 00 Malibu 4 50 2 00 Marg Pitcher 0 00 1 00 2 Marg Straw 19 00 23 00 1 Marg Froz 72 001 6 00 0 001 2 00 Marg Peach 4 00 0 00 Martini 0 00 0 00 Michelada Domest 76 00 13 00 Michelada Import 157501 27 00 Orange Juice 0 00 1 00 Patron 4 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 14 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 8 75 0 00 0 00 6 50 0 00 0 00 5 251 0 00 0 00 9 50 0 00 0 00 1 50 0 00 0 00 8 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 3 00 190 00 6 00 0 00 60 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 48 00 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 8 00 488 00 8 00 43 00 744 00 46 00 0 00 6 00 0 00 0 00 6 50 0 00 0 00 8 00 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 9 00 0 00 2 00 5 00 0 00 1 00 09 25 2 00 9 00 19 00 0 00 1 00 7 00 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 52 00 6 00 4 00 121 50 6 00 0 00 1954 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 3 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00
68. Name Procedure to Establish Inventory Groups Click on an unused Groups Click on the Name field Enter the Groups Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Inventory Setup TOP 8 4 Inventory Items Purpose The Inventory Items Window is where Inventory Items as well as Menu Items with the Inventoried option on are configured An example of a Menu Item that would have the Inventoried option on is bottled beer that is sold as well as inventoried Accessing the Inventory Items Window While in Focus Setup select Inventory Inventory Items Inventory tems Inventory Items 156 Name leventory Subgroup Vendor Vendor Item Number Unit conversions Recipe Unit Stock Unit Purchase Unit EET M E d c Ordering Information Pat Level Min Purchase EL oe Beginning Information Purchase Cost 25 85 TETTA Figure x x Inventory Item Fields Field Description Subarou Filters the Inventory Items by Subgroups Clicking on the word Subgroup will group open the Inventory Subgroup Window Filters Vendor Filters the Inventory Items by Vendor Clicking the word Vendor will open the Vendors Window Inventory Items The name of the Inventory Item Name The name of the Inventory Item ID The ID of the Inventory Item Inventory Subgroup Vendor Vendor Item Number Unit Conversions Recipe Unit Quantity1 Stock Unit Quantity2 Purchase Unit
69. Sales Accountatiity Rep Sales Accountability Report Bach Repo Sales Accountability Report OpSons tem C Cumulative Sales Report Consolidate Sales Data from Clockans Daly tem Count Repon Jobs Day Report p lDiecounts voids Repost REM Report 9 he Hourly Report 5 4 3 ory On Hand Report Cook 19 Inventory Reorder Repon pw 19 irreentoey Usage Ireentory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Report E hef Media Report Asst Manager Overtime Limit Report Paid Out Report 3 Parolli Report a Sales Contest Repon Weekly hem Count Report Employes Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep Pa save X ance Figure x x Sales Accountability Report Options Field Description Consolidate Sales Data From Multiple Clockins Select this option if the sales data form multiple clock ins will be reported on the report with one total per employee Only one line is printed for each employee Jobs Select the jobs that are to be included in the report Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup TOP 12 3 1 21 1 Sample Sales Accountability Report Purpose A sample Sales Accountability Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Sa
70. TOP 6 5 3 Adding Sales Projection Purpose The Projection Sales Window is used to create and adjust Projected Sales for the Schedule Projected Sales may use data from previous week s sales or be adjusted by a percentage up or down Procedure for Adding and Adjusting Projected Sales Access the Setup gt Employees gt Scheduling gt Projected Sales Window A Scheduling Sat 1 Fri 01 05 All Jobs Select the Projected Sales tab A blank Projected Sales Screen will be displayed Select Load from File Projected Sales Start Date ll 5 Enter the Start Date of the sales information to import or click on the calendar to select the date Select the Day or Week to set Click OK to import the sales information Adjusting Projected Sales Check the Edit Box Enter the percentage to change Click Apply Change to make the changes Manual changes may only be made to schedule templates Related Topics Job Right Time Clock View Schedule 6 5 4 Availabilty Purpose TOP The Availability Window allows you to program the employee s times they are available to work Scheduling Sat 12 30 Fri 01 05 All Jobs Schedule Projected Sates Avaliablity Employees Start date End date _ 8 8 Anthony Anthony Blake F 4 Catherine L David Demond M Tue denise Deveshia G 4 Guy W Thu Hosea M Installer F In Out In Out
71. The type of the Void or Discount If the check has been Reopened then Yes appears in this column The check number The name of the Menu Item that was Voided or Discounted If a Gift Card was Discounted then the Gift Cz field The employee that approved the Void or Discount The date the Discount was approved The time the Discount was approved The owner of the Menu Item that was Voided or Discounted The Discount Source entered by the user The amount of the Discount The amount of the Void TOP The External Report allows the Focus system to call another program file or website from within the Report screen Accessing the External Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the External Report Report Setup Reports Output format Activity Report Attendance Report External Report External Report Batch Report Cottection Report External Report Optens Cumutative tem Count Rep Program Cumulative Sales Report Ru Daily Item Count Report Daily Report DistourteVoids Report Hourly Report Inventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Report Ariventory Usage Analyses Inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Report Report Overtime Limit Report Paid Out Report Payroll Report Sales Accountability Rep Sales Contest Report Weebly tem Count Report Employee Performance Rep Account TransactonRep V Figure x x External Report
72. View Employees Job Right Employees View Access Code Job Right Employees View Jobs Job Right Employees View Pay Rates Job Right Employees View Employment Status Job Right Employees View Skills Add a New Employee Modify Existing Employee Information Deleting an Employee Printing a List of Employees Finding Employees Import Employees TOP 6 1 1 Add a New Employee Purpose The steps to add a new employee to the system are listed below Procedure to Add a New Employee Access the Setup gt Employees gt Employees Window Click Add The Job Rates Require Card Extend Rights Clock In Out Only Enforce Scheduling Language W4 Status of Allowances W4 Additional Amount and Employment Status fields are automatically initialized to the fields of the current employee Enter the employee s information see Figure x x Click Add or press the Enter key to save the employee and continue adding employees Click Save to save the employee and exit add mode Click Cancel or press the Escape key to exit add mode without saving the current employee Click Close to close the form without saving the employee Related Topics Job Right Employees Edit Employees Job Right Employees Add Employees Job Right Employees View Employees Job Right Employees View Access code Job Right Employee
73. Whole Case 00 Case 00 Dark Chicken Case X 00 Case 00 Wingers Case X 00 Case 00 Cleaning 3 Register Paper Ea X 50 00 Case 00 Aprons Box 00 Box 00 Bleach Gal X 6 00 Case 00 Brooms Ea X 00 Ea 00 Brown Roll Towels Ea X 12 00 Case 00 China Markers Box X 00 Box 00 Comet With Bleach Botl X 3 00 Box 00 Dawn Gal X 3 00 Box 00 Deck Brush Ea X 00 Ea 00 Degreaser Botl 4 00 Box 00 Dust 00 Ea 00 Fryer Cleaner Powder Botl X 4 00 Box 00 Fryer Gloves Pair 00 Pair 00 Hair Nets Box X 00 Box 00 Hand Sanitizer Bag X 6 00 Box 00 Latex Gloves Box X 10 00 Case 00 Mop Handle Ea X 00 Ea 00 Mophead Ea X 00 Ea 00 Oven Cleaner Ea X 6 00 Box 00 Paper Towels Ea 30 00 Case 00 Plastic Gloves Box X 00 Box 200 Safeguard Hand Soap Botl 2 00 Box 00 Sanatizer Botl X 3 00 Box 00 Sanatizer test strips Roll X 00 Roll 00 Scouring Pads Box X 00 Box 00 Season Gloves Spic amp Span Floor Cleaner Spic amp Span Glass Cleaner Squeegee Stainless Steel Cleaner Toilet paper Trash Liners Wipes Batter amp Season Butterfly Season Chicken Season Mild Chicken Season Spicy Cinnamon Sugar Crawfish Season Red Rice Season Drink Mix 2 liter coke Bottled Water Drink Mix Paper 10 Caryouts 15 5 Bags 16 oz bean cups 200 Food Trays 23 Bags 300 Food Trays 6 lb bags 7 oz bean cups 9 Caryou
74. off the clock as soon as business volume cannot justify the cost of the scheduled staff The purpose of this option is to eliminate the need for a manager to authorize the unscheduled Clock Out If a specific skill level is required to do the job scheduled efficiently click on the Skill drop down list and select the Skill required Click on the Level List and select the level of skill required to do the job efficiently Multiple skills may not be selected Click Save to schedule the employee f the employee has the appropriate Skill Level entered into their employee record the shift will be entered into the schedule on the day selected If the employee does not have the specified Skill Level entered into their record the confirmation message The employee does not have the required skill level Schedule anyway Yes No To disregard the skill requirement and schedule the employee click Yes The Edit Schedule Time dialog will be closed and the schedule day will be updated with the shift To enforce the Skill requirement click No The employee will not be scheduled and either the employee selection or the Skill Level must be changed Click Save Click Close to close the Schedule Window TN Enter Schedule Employee Job COUNTER CASHIER v Timein Time Out Skill Level Comment Don t Enforce Time Out Related Topics Job Right Time Clock View Schedule Job Right Time Clock Print Schedule
75. open cash drawer Job Right Office Stations Purpose TOP 11 3 3 Information The Information Window is used to view the Devices and functions attached to a particular Station The Devices will be displayed under the Information list box There are no settings in this window to configure Accessing the Information Window While in Focus Setup select Locations gt Stations gt Information Stators Devices Stations intormabon 01 Focu 4 Stason check printer 02 Backup Port LPT1 Staten report printer 02 Backup Port LUPTI 03 P083 Station CC printer 02 Backup Port LPT 04 POS4 Figure x x Information Fields Field Description Remote Printers If a Station has a Remote Printer on it then the name of the Remote Printer and its Port is displayed in the list box Check Printer Station has Check Printer then the name of the Station and its Port is displayed in the list Report Printer If a Station has a Report Printer then the name of the Station and its Port is displayed in the list box CC Printer If a Station has a CC Printer then the name of the Station and its Port is displayed in the list box Close Day ee 5 8 Station If the Station is the Close Day station then Close Day Station appears in the list Event Station If the Station is the Event Station then Event station appears in the list Email Server If the Station is the E mail Station then Email server
76. the Employee option will work Select the Employee you wish to view checks You may select a particular Location by making them with a You may select particular Menu Items for the Check Filter Mark these items with a Iv Defaults to no Order Types You may select a particular Order Type by marking them with a Iv You may select a specific Payment for the Check Filter Mark these items with a Figure 1 1 Check Filter Commands Command Close Save Clear Cancel Description Closes the Check Filters Window Saves changes made in the Check Filter Window Clears the content of the currently selected Check Filter Cancels changes made in the Check Filter Window Related Topics Job Right Office Check Filters 10 4 Discounts Purpose The Discounts Window is used to establish and maintain the Discount Discounts are the means by which a specific Menu Item range of Menu Items or an entire transaction can be Discounted Discounts may be a percentage or a dollar amount and may be used to enter coupons or promotions A specific Discount Canvas may be created to show all Discounts or individual Discounts may be shown on various Canvases The use of Discounts may be strictly controlled using the Required Items and Application Items features In addition to management authorization use of specific Discounts at a Location may be inhibited by the configuration of Canvases Accessing the
77. w SPC CHICKEN PIECES Ww BISCUITB DINNER COMBOS 57 CHICKEN BOX COMBO V STR COMBOS V CHICKEN BOXES STR BOXES STRIP DINNERS 1 Main Counter Menu 3 Name 3 Menu Menu 2 Mens 3 Puce Ti Active Time DINNER COMBOS 1 CHICKEN BOX TRIP BOX 008 Time Activated Man Counter CHICKEN BOXES Copy Paste Brow Rive Qus X Conca Figure x x Menus Fields Field Goto Modifiers Forced Price Times Menu Description If selected the Modifier Canvases associated with the Menu Items on the Canvas will be displayed automatically in Focus Order Entry This option should be selected when the Menu will be used at a Station where modifiers must be sent to a preparation area The option would be inappropriate in a bar environment where the bartender who enters the items onto the check will also prepare the drinks However if a server were to order drinks at a Station in the restaurant to be prepared in the bar then the option should be set Price Times enables the Menu Item price charged to be defined by day and time as configured in Miscellaneous Time Ranges From the Price Times list box select the Time Range to apply to the Menu Item for Prices 1 6 If no price is programmed for the Price Time selected the price will default to Price 1 If no Time Range is configured for the time when the item is ordered the
78. 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 0 00 0 00 G m 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Nora R 00 0 00 Nora R 00 0 00 Nora R 00 Omron 00 Omron 00 Omron 00 Omron 00 Omron 00 Omron 0 0 0 00 0 00 Cook 0 00 Cook 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Cook 0 00 Cook 0 00 Dishwasher 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Hostess 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Server 0 00 Cook 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Dishwasher 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Prep Cook 0 00 Hostess 0 00 Server 0 00 Server 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Server 0 00 Server 0 00 Server 0 00 Hostess 0 00 Hostess 0 00 Busboy 0 00 16 17 16 16 15 10 16 16 14 14 14 15 14 11 11 11 10 10 10 11 11 10 58 03 59 59 52 01 58 00 23 05 55 03 59 14 00 04 58 53 13 13 10 53 54 55 04 04 54 23 23 23 23 13 23 15 16 22 20 14 22 23 22 23 21 22 23 21 21 14 22 14 11 16 15 14 26 25 10 28 09 26 05 03 00 31 04 56 20 50 27 00 53 02 44 58 04 50 33 00 58 04 06 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28
79. 0 00 21 75 0 00 6 75 10 75 0 00 0 00 14 00 52 50 55 60 27 80 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 15 75 23 90 23 90 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 95 15 0 00 45 99 17 25 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 21 41 155 194 28 00 00 40 00 00 00 38 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 59 00 00 00 00 25 00 00 00 00 69 00 00 T 95 00 00 50 125 33 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Chile con Queso 120071 0 00 Chimichanga 36 60 1 00 Chimichanga B Ch 28 25 0 00 Chips basket 0 00 0 00 Churros 0 00 1 00 Codorniz 0 00 14 00 25 Coffee 0 00 3 00 Corn Tortilla 0 90 2 00 Daikiry Virgen 0 00 14090 Focus Cafe 0 00 0 9 15 0 00 0 00 0 3 50 0 1 30 35 5 25 4 0 60 2 3 50 0 5 21 200X 4 41 41 PM Page 4 4 27 200X Saturday Units Dinner De Lujo 36 60 4 00 3 60 2 00 Enchila
80. 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Cook 16 56 23 22 4 28 4 28 6 43 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Hostess 16 51 22 35 4 28 4 28 5 73 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Francisco Busboy 16 57 22 00 4 28 4 28 5 05 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 Francisco 00 0 00 Guicho 00 0 00 Guicho 0 00 0 00 Guicho 00 0 00 Guicho 00 0 00 Guicho 00 0 00 Guicho 00 0 00 Hugo 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 0 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Server 0 00 Server 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Server 0 00 Server 0 00 Server 0 00 Server 0 25 Server 0 00 Dishwasher 0 00 Server 0 00 Cook 0 00 Cook 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Cook 0 00 Cook 0 00 Dishwasher 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Hostess 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Server 0 00 Cook 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Dishwasher 0 00 Busboy 0 00 16 16 16 16 16 16 10 16 16 17 16 17 16 16 15 10 16 16 14 14
81. 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 CORRALEJO S 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 8 00 48 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 AMARETTO 0 00 0 00 4 00 18 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 4 50 1 00 4 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Absolute 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 2 00 9 00 2 00 9 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Apple Tini 0 00 0 00 4 00 22 00 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 BIG APPLE MARTIN 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 6 50 0 00 0 00 Black Russian 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 6 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Bldy Mary 0 00 0 00 1 00 5 00 00 0 00 2 00 10 00 2 00 10 00 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 001 CASADORES REPOSA 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 2 00 12 001 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Chivas 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 lt 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 10 501 4 00 21 00 0 00 0 00 Cocaine 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 001 2 00 15 001 0 00 0 00 Crown Royal 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 14 00 70 001 6 00 30 00 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 00 Don Julio 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 13 00 18 00 117 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 EDUARDO SILVER 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 1 00 64 75 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Gin 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 3 00 10 501 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 00 Grd Marnier 10 50 0 00 Grey Goose 5 00 2 00 1 HENNESSY 35 00 V 11 00 0 Hornitos 0 00 25 00 Hurricane 0 00 1 00 J W Black 26 25 1 00 Jack Daniels 14 25 2 00 Jagermister 0 00 7 00 3 Jimador 0 00 8 00 3
82. 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 5 00 1 00 5 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 5 00 27 50 5 00 27 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 200X 5 3 200X at 5 21 200X 3 52 37 PM Week Month 04 29 0X 05 03 0X 05 01 0X 05 03 0 Net Units Sales Hornitos 102 00 484 50 Hurricane 86 00 552 50 J amp B Scotch 3 00 3 50 J W Black 99 00 519 15 JAMERSON 3 00 8 00 Jack Daniels 183 00 869 25 Jackarritas B 16 00 60 00 Jackarritas 5 6 00 30 00 Jagermister 28 00 26 00 Jimador 50 00 225 60 Jum Gran Gold F 37200 444 00 R 25 00 300 00 Jumbo 2286 00 4486 50 Jumbo Gold Frozen 145 00 450 00 Jumbo Gold Rocas 73 00 730 00 Jumbo Mango 149 00 60 00 Jumbo Midori Fz 23 00 218 50 Jumbo Peach Marg 150 00 200 00 Jumbo Sangria Margarita 53 00 498 75 Jumbo Strawberry Margar 2193 00 7458 40 JumboMarg Frozen 8806 00 55620 00 Kahlua 5 00 30 00 Kamikaze 19 00 104 50 1 1 Tea 191 00 1298 50 Liquor 104 00 782 44 68 00 96 00 MAKER MARK 1 00 4 50 Malibu T2700 567 00 Marg Pitcher 40 00 865 00 Marg Straw 313 00 1465 36 Marg Froz 1558 00 4607 10 Marg Rox 202 00 616 50 Marg Gold Fz 34 00 170 00 Marg Gr Go Rx 1 00 6 00 Marg Gr Go fz 4 00 24 00 Marg Mango 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
83. 00 62 65 2 00 Milanesa 0 00 48 37 10 00 102 12 2 00 Mole Pollo 0 00 9195 1 00 9 95 0 00 NINO CHICKEN 2 00 44 55 6 00 29 70 8 00 Nachos Palenque 8 00 232 70 10 00 89 50 5 00 OPEN FOOD 0 00 31 15 3 00 9 95 0 00 POZOLE 0 00 10 42 10 00 41 70 4 00 Papa Nachos 0 00 29 425 4 00 39 00 0 00 Parrilla Fiesta 0 00 220 50 27 00 1360 35 11 00 Parrilla Palenqu 3 00 158 75 8 00 210 27 6 00 Pechuaga Jardine 1 00 36 00 2 00 24 00 0 00 Pechuga Monterre 5 00 89 55 5 00 49 75 2 00 Pechuga Tapatia 1 00 21 50 3 00 32 25 1 00 Pechugas La Di 0 00 0 00 3 00 3585 0 00 Pico de Gallo 0 00 1 25 0 00 0 00 0 00 Pina Colada Virg 0 00 14 00 9 00 31 50 0 00 Pollo Loco 4 00 66 50 10 00 95 00 6 00 Quesadillas 4 00 134 24 13 00 116 35 2 00 Queso Del Mar 1 00 68 25 6 00 58 50 0 00 Queso F Faj Mush 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 001 0 00 Queso Flameado 3 00 98 45 9 00 80 55 2 00 Rancho Grande 3 00 159 50 5 00 42 250 1 00 Reynosa 3 00 14 10 1 00 8 15 0 00 Rice Side 1 00 6 75 10 00 20 25 7 00 Focus Cafe 5 21 200X 4 41 4 27 200X 4 28 200 41 5 4 2 15 50 1 00 15325 2 00 183 00 0 00 17 90 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 00 2 00 0 00 1 00 2 00 3 00 10 00 1 00 51 22 6 00 24 45 5 00 3 50 1 00 22 15 3 00 0 00 0 00 21 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 001 0 00 31 31 3 00 17 90 1 00 0 00 2 00 21 50 1 00 0 00 3 00 0 00 00 9 90 1 00 34 64 2 00 71 60 4 00 44 75 7 00 0 00 2 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 27 80 0 0
84. 08 441105XXXXXX2623 06 08 5 21 200X 4 12 43 PM Page Exp Total Chk Account Date 6 00 474472 1538 10 09 6 00 415726 2439 04 08 9 34 486794XXXXXX4112 05 08 9 52 435603 6071 08 10 13 80 435603XXXXXX3768 02 10 28 95 485584XXXXXX2000 06 0X 20 00 486830XXXXXX6618 08 09 3 64 432374XXXXXX5780 09 09 4 72 474472XXXXXX4677 08 09 4 99 418515XXXXXX8274 12 08 9 11 463158XXXXXX6432 05 09 24 00 474472XXXXXX3 624 03 11 40 16 463158XXXXXX8052 04 10 435603XXXXXX8283 11 09 25 44 432374XXXXXX1030 05 08 40 00 415726XXXXXX2194 05 09 42 04 461046 5793 01 10 10 76 446542 7688 08 09 92 326711 92 190014 92 180005 93 EDGAR 06013 05 ERIKA 174182 06 SARA 013055 09 ANDRES 032673 21 1 094719 24 ANDRES 100606 29 135552 29 135864 30 ERIKA 922055 33 CALDERON 606119 35 FERNANDO 697622 37 FERNANDO 071010 38 SARA B 002811 39 ANDRES V 155995 41 FERNANDO 09613A 44 Rene A 045421 48 HECTOR T 930755 50 TOGO T 073620 51 ERIKA C 165573 51 ERIKA C 54 ERIKA C D 3 5 02589 51 ERIKA C 823 51 ERIKA C 091823 51 ERIKA C 01588A 53 ANGELICA 021420 53 ANGELICA 074223 53 ANGELICA 062123 53 ANGELICA 045702 53 ANGELICA 025702 54 RUBEN B 613454 55 FERNANDO 532298 58 Rene A 010123 59 RAUL G
85. 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 00 7 00 0 00 0 00 7 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 00 0 001 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 40 298 36 32 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 445 00 50 00 00 00 00 00 50 53 52 136 19 354 10 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 65 00 4 00 26 00 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 001 Focus Cafe Weekly Item Count Report for 4 24 200 4 30 200 at 5 21 200X 4 41 41 PM Page 2 4 24 200X 4 25 200X 4 26 200 4 27 200 4 28 200 4 29 200 4 30 200X Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Monday Net Net Net Net Net Net Net Price Units Sales Units Sales Units Sales Units Sales Units Sales U
86. 1 1 Employee Menu Options Option Description Employees Add remove and maintain employees Jobs Add remove and maintain Jobs Labor Groups Add remove and maintain Labor Groups Messages Send messages to employees Schedules Create edit and print employee schedules Skills User defined levels of employee competency Termination Reasons List of possible Termination Reasons Time Cards Edit employee Time Cards Related Topics none TOP 6 1 Employees Purpose The Employees Window is used to add edit and delete employees In addition an employee list may be generated and printed from this window Access to the Employee Window is controlled by Job Rights Restrictions If the user does not have the Edit Employees or View Employees Job Right the employee menu option appears grayed If the user is restricted to specific Jobs then only employees that have one of those Jobs appear in the list If the user has the View Employees Job Right but does not have the Edit Employees Job Right then the user is not allowed to edit employee values and the Delete button is also disabled The Add button is disabled if the user does not have the Add Employees Job Right The following fields may only be viewed if the user has the associated Job Right Access Code Jobs Pay Rates Employment Status and Skills Note These fields are accessible and all validations are performed while adding employees If the user
87. 11 1 4 Guest Check Purpose The Guest Check Formats Window is used to establish up to 10 different Guest Check Formats The Formats established in this window will be assigned to Locations Remember to consider the capabilities of the assigned printer with respect to paper size and font availability when designing Guest Check Formats Accessing the Guest Check Window While in Focus Setup select Locations gt Locations gt Guest Check Lecations Menus CC Voucher Guest Check Guest Check Formats Printer Assignments Screen Layout Cash Trays Locasons ORME THAU Exrtusive Tax Options anciusive Tax Nore Options Consobdate W Print Guests Cote M Modifiers wih Price Combine OTIOneuty Header at Bodom Rems Do Not Print Prices None Dotas Detail Total Tota 6 of Costes 1 Header Focus Unes cafe 123 Rain St mage Spring TX 77386 mage bmp 2 Unes 4 t Focus Cafe Survey Frequency wwv focuspos com Tip Rate Ogbons Tip Rate Tie Rate Name Tp Rete Tip Rate Nav H 15 2 25 X Conca Figure x x Guest Check Fields Field Consolidate Print Guests Bar Code Modifiers with Price Combine OT Gratuity Header at Bottom Voided Items Do not Print Prices Exclusive Tax Options Inclusive Tax Options of Copies Description Select this option to consolidate like Menu Items on the check I
88. 12 3 1 34 Drawer Report Purpose Accessing the Drawer Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Drawer Report Report Setup Reports Output Fite format Drawer Report Drawer Report gt Inventory Reorder Repon Drawer Report Optons Inventory Usage Anaiytis Inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Report Payments Section include Cash Payments in Detail Sales Accountability Rep Sates Contest Report Weebly hem Count Report Employee Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep Account Statement Report Check Repon Figure x x Drawer Report Options Option Description Sections Payments Section Select if the report will contain a Payments section Drawer Open Threshold Printer Related Topics Gratuities Section Detailed Payments Section Paid Outs Section Paid Ins Section Missing Tips Section Drops Section Open Drawer Section Include Cash Payments in Detail Check Report Job Right Reports Report Setup 12 3 1 34 1 Sample Drawer Report Purpose A sample Drawer Report and description of the fields are listed below Select if the report will contain a Gratuities section Gratuity section is ir are selected in the Reports Window Select if the report will contain a Detailed Payments section Payment employee is selected Cash payment detail is included when that Job Ri Select if the report will contain a Paid Outs se
89. 2 00 2 00 4 00 2 00 00 2 00 00 2 001 0 00 0 00 1 00 9 50 4 00 38 00 5 00 2 00 19 001 2 00 19 001 2 00 9 90 1 00 4 95 2 00 9 90 7 00 6 00 29 70 6 00 21 22 10 00 91 50 4 00 36 60 6 00 50 32 20 00 9 00 77 771 11 00 96 07 6 00 54 90 2 00 18 30 1 00 9 15 13 00 1 00 9 15 1 00 9 15 0 00 0 00 3 00 23 5 2 00 19 00 7 00 2 00 19 00 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 3 00 28 13 3 00 33 15 2 00 32 20 14 00 27 00 589 55 7 00 101 83 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 8 00 65 62 3 00 26 25 2 00 14 70 23 00 5 00 43 75 4 00 30 62 2 00 0 60 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 6 00 00 0 90 2 00 0 45 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 15 90 4 00 31 80 2 00 15 90 6 00 5 00 39 75 1 00 7 95 2 00 19 00 5 00 42 75 1 00 9 15 26 00 6 00 57 00 8 00 71 25 1 00 4 95 1 00 4 95 0 00 0 00 6 00 7 00 32 17 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 4 00 6 00 20 00 5 00 50 00 3 00 6 00 0 00 0 00 5 00 77 50 3 00 46 50 4 00 62 00 4 00 62 00 1 00 Ixtapa Mix 1 00 91 50 11 00 167 75 2 00 JALISCO BURI 2 00 0 00 0 00 0 001 0 00 Jalapos 0 00 35 85 2 00 23 90 0 00 Jamaica 1 00 12 00 2 00 4 00 6 00 Laredo 8 00 100 90 3 00 24 45 3 00 Lemonade 2 00 29 75 19 00 dO 3 00 MENUDO 0 00 38 50 6 00 42 00 5 00 MOJARRA 0 00 8 95 0 00 0 001 0 00 MOLE ENCHILADAS 5 00 76 07 7
90. 23 5 43 0 00 5 43 25 13 67 0 00 13 67 26 13 35 0 00 13295 27 0 00 0 00 0 00 28 554166 0 00 5 16 30 4 34 0 00 4 34 31 7 06 0 00 7 06 34 1 62 0 00 1 62 35 0 00 0 00 0 00 36 8 20 0 00 8 20 38 11 93 0 00 11 93 39 0 00 0 00 0 00 41 15 83 0 00 15 83 42 7 59 0 00 1 59 43 0 00 0 00 0 00 45 0 00 0 00 0 00 47 0 00 0 00 0 00 50 5 42 0 00 5 42 51 7 92 0 00 7 92 53 5 43 0 00 5 43 54 7 60 0 00 7 60 55 1 09 0 00 1 09 56 1 33 0 00 1 33 57 0 00 0 00 0 00 59 7 06 0 00 7 06 60 6 83 0 00 6 83 62 15 62 0 00 15 62 63 4 66 0 00 4 66 64 4 34 0 00 4 34 65 10 00 0 00 10 00 67 0 00 0 00 0 00 68 0 00 0 00 0 00 69 5 74 0 00 5 74 70 5 43 0 00 5 43 i 0 00 0 00 0 00 72 3 80 0 00 3 80 2153 5 97 0 00 5 97 74 0 00 0 00 0 00 75 4 34 0 00 4 34 76 0 00 0 00 0 00 7 60 0 00 7 60 79 4 66 0 00 4 66 81 6 51 0 00 OD 82 7 06 0 00 7 06 83 3 58 0 00 3458 84 9 33 0 00 9 33 85 13 90 0 00 13 90 86 6 50 0 00 6 50 87 5 48 0 00 5 48 88 16 27 0 00 16 27 89 4 66 0 00 4 66 90 11 27 0 00 BERN v 91 16 06 0 00 16 06 92 4 66 0 00 4 66 93 7 06 0 00 7 06 94 13 34 0 00 13 34 95 6 24 0 00 6 24 96 6 83 0 00 6 83 97 10 07 0 00 10 07 98 11 22 0 00 11 22 99 0 00 0 00 0 00 205 7 86 0 00 7 86 208 8 14 0 00 8 14 209 0 90 0 00 0 90 210 5 64 0 00 5 64 211 25 05 0 00 25 05 212 0 00 0 00 0 00 213 B15 0 00 S15 214 7 06 0 00 7 06 215 5 316 0 00 52 16 216 0 00 0 00 0 0
91. 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 25 2007 Jager 00 27 16 Jager 7217 Total Jagermeister Jameson 23 00 30 Car Bomb 23 05 26 Car Bomb 23 05 27 Total Jameson Jim Beam 5 35 54 JimBeam 5 36 32 6 12 08 JimBeam 6 12 47 0 30425 JimBeam 6 47 54 7 04 30 JimBeam 7 10 02 O3 JimBeam 7 17 50 7 25 41 JimBeam 7 28 22 15 36 32 JimBeam 75 38 55 8 20 06 JimBeam 8 20 44 8 44 14 8 44 19 JimBeam 8 44 57 JimBeam 8 44 57 9254739 9 54 44 JimBeam 9 55 14 JimBeam 9 55 14 21 551153 SALE SALE POUR SALE SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE EMPTY OPEN POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR POUR SALE SALE POUR POUR SALE SALE POUR POUR 00 26 26 46 69 61 20 54 zx 48 06 404 49 24 53 67 70 70 50 50 50 00 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 80 50 50 26 76 26 26 46 24 07 63 06 64 97 213 47 223 39 52 04 74 32 83 ls sot 292 16 46 76 29 96 TY 95 55 16 38 222 2 3 214 354 212 00 00 00 00 88 25 75
92. 4 58 46 Crown Royal 321344 Crown Royal 9 01412 5 29 09 Crown Royal Dr2Hi22 5 39 39 Crown Royal 42032 55254 Crown Royal 5558550 7 45 50 Crown Royal 7 47 36 8 31 49 Crown Royal 8 34 38 203512 2075172 Crown Royal 20 51 54 Crown Royal 20 51 54 21 33 54 Crown Royal 21 34 17 2353995 Crown Royal 23 40 36 Total Crown Royal Cuervo Especial Gold 21 41 22 Quervo Gold 21 43 37 Quervo Gold 21 43 37 Total Cuervo Especial Gol Dekuyper Peachtree 22 48 15 Peach Schnap 23205221 Total Dekuyper Peachtree Fleischmanns 12 56 43 Fleischman 12 57 11 POUR POUR SALE SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR POUR SALE SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR LY 64 54 00 4219 29 65 65 69 Patek 63 70 22 23 223 59 459 12 63 18 80 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 40 70 70 70 80 18 47 77 93 72 98 66 04 50 20 34 36 29 41 28 99 229 23 53 iiy RM 59 xil RR 12 42 05 19 54 00 00 00 06 85 44 85 38 76 44 30 33 09 255 42
93. 44 SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE SALE SALE SALE SALE SALE POUR SALE SALE POUR POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE SALE SALE SALE 134 95 84 19 96 78 00 05 00 REA 48 02 83 219 22 3 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 90 70 70 70 70 70 50 70 70 70 70 70 50 70 70 70 37 58 212 72 02 v2 lt 91 47 77 55 85 85 215 419 70 40 xl 80 50 50 gd 41 22 9 241 9 21 sol 34 64 43 73 73 70 40 210 27 48 33 30 26 23 21 135 61 395 3T 26 82 17 66 59 239 23 98 65 xd 08 569 84 81 81 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 43 14 29 39 09 45 60 33 5291 91 00 00 00 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 25 2007 05 25 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 25 2007 05 25 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05
94. 6 05 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Prep Cook 9 34 15 26 4 28 4 28 5 87 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Busboy 9 50 13 06 4 28 4 28 3 27 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto Prep Cook 9 05 15 06 4 28 4 28 6 02 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 hector d Manager 10 00 4 00 4 28 4 29 18 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E hector d Bartender 10 33 21 30 4 28 4 28 9 95 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 D hector d Busboy 10 50 11 11 4 28 4 28 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E hector d Busboy 10 58 16 38 4 28 4 28 5 67 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 hector d Hostess 10 51 14 01 4 28 4 28 3 17 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 A Add E Edit D Delete O Automatic clockout at close day Figure x x Paid Out Report Fields Field Description Date The Date the Paid Out was entered Time The Time the Paid Out was entered Vendor The Vendor associated with the Paid Out Invoice The Invoice Number associated with the Paid Out Amount The Amount of the Paid Out Employee The Employee who entered the Paid Out Approved by The Employee who Approved the Paid Out Totals The Totals for each Paid Out type is displayed Grand Totals The Grand Totals is the sum of Paid Out Totals Related Topics none TOP 12 3 1 20 Payroll Report Purpose The Payroll Report displays Employees hours and pay rates for the pay period specified You can export the Payroll Report to specific file formats for use with different payroll processors Accessing the Pay
95. 70 40 83 13 72 s02 82 s ko 2 3 23 44 30 38 38 21 40 19 19 50 34 44 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 07 89 21 21 00 43 14 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 29 58 87 A 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 Seagram 7 SALE 1 70 1205 17 07 05 24 2007 17271027521 Total Seagrams 7 Crown 6 15 5 10 1 05 17 07 Smirnoff Rasberry Smirnof Rasberry SALE 1 70 1 70 0 00 05 24 2007 16 07 19 Smirnof Rasberry SALE 1 70 3 40 0 00 05 24 2007 21 47 51 Smirnof Rasberry SALE 1 70 5 10 0 00 05 24 2007 22 35 04 Total Smirnoff Rasberry 0 00 5 10 5 10 0 00 Smirnoff Raspberry POUR 1 05 1 05 00 00 05 24 2007 16 00 20 POUR T97 3 02 00 00 05 24 2007 21 45 50 POUR 2 14 5 16 00 00 05 24 2007 22 31 25 Total Smirnoff Raspberry 5 16 0 00 5 L6 00 00 Southern Comfort POUR 1 85 1 85 00 00 05 24 2007 20 42 38 POUR 1 90 35 75 00 00 05 24 2007 20 42 38 Southrn Comfort SALE 70 2 05 54 67 05 24 2007 20 52 55 Southrn Comfort SALE zx 0 35 9 33
96. 9 95 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 D hector d Busboy 10 50 11 11 4 28 4 28 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E hector d Busboy 10 58 16 38 4 28 4 28 5 67 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 hector d Hostess 10 51 14 01 4 28 4 28 3 17 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Totals 371 14 7 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 25 Add Edit D Delete Automatic clockout at close day Figure x x Account Statement Report Fields Field Description Date The Date the transaction occurred Time The Time the transaction occurred Employee The Employee that entered the transaction Type The Type of the transaction purchase payment or new account Amount The Amount of the transaction Payments are always negative Check The Check Number of the transaction Total Fields The sum of the transactions Prev Balance The customer s balance at the time the first transaction occurred If the customer did not have any transa customer s current balance Purchases The total of Purchase transactions during the period Payments The total of Payment transactions during the period Charge Balance The Charge Balance equals the Previous Balance plus Purchases minus Payments Account The Account Number Prev Bal The customer s Previous Balance Purchases The total of Purchase transactions during the period Summary report Payments The total of Payment transactions during the period Charge Balance Totals Related Topics none 12 3 1 27 Menu Item Report Purpo
97. Allows the employee access to the Customer Search Window Allows an employee to assign a check to a delivery driver Allows the employee to view the Status of a table Allows the employee to access the Paid Ins Window Allows the employee to Batch authorized credit cards Allows the employee to place a cash Advance on a check Allows the employee to close all checks to tender even Allows the employee to preauthorize checks and or tabs by verifying credit card funds Allows the employee to split the check by the number of splits selected Allows the employee to close a check that has been pre authorized or captured Allows the employee to record the transfer of cash from one employee to another Allows the employee to do a refund to a credit card Allows the employee access to the Dispatch Window Allows the employee access to the Gift Card Window Allows the employee access to the Tab List Window Allows the employee to capture a credit card without authorizing that card Stop Timer Allows the employee to stop the timer on an item that has the Timed Rate option set in Setup gt Menu Items gt Options gt Offline Allows the employee to place credit cards Online or Offline Next Position Allows the employee to advance the position if position seating is used Current Position Allows the employee to select the current position if position seating is used Edit Position Allows the employee to change the position of the Menu Item select
98. Case Case Case Case Case Case Case Case Box Box Case Case Case Box Box Case Case Case Case Case Box Box Box Case Case Case Case Case Box Case Box Case Box Case Case Bag Box Box Case Box Box Botl Louisiana Hot Sauce Box 1 00 00 Mashed Potatoes Bag 42 00 Box 00 Mayonise Gal 4 00 Box 00 Multi Purpose Batter Bag 10 00 Case 00 Pepper Packets Bag 3 00 Box 00 Rice Lb X 50 00 Bag 00 Salt Bulk Lb X 25 00 Bag 00 Salt Packets Bag X 3 00 Box 00 Shrimp Breading Lb X 50 00 Bag 00 Ziplock Bags Quart Box 00 Box 00 O F Cooler Biscuit Dressing Botl X 2 00 Case 00 Cheese Slices Box X 00 Box 00 Coctail Sauce Ea X 200 00 Box 00 Cole Slaw Blend Box X 00 Box 00 Cole Slaw Slurry Box 00 Box 00 Creamy Creole Sauce X 120 00 Box 00 Dipping Sauce Ea X 200 00 Box lt 00 Leaf Lettuce Box X 00 Box 00 Liver Bag X 8 00 Case 00 Pickles B X 00 B 00 Spicy Spread Chub X 16 00 Case 00 Tartar Sauce Ea 200 00 Box 00 Tomato Case X 00 Case 00 Figure x x Inventory Worksheet Report Fields Field Description Item The name of the Inventory Item Qty A blank field the user can write the number of items in stock Stock Unit The unit the item is stored in stock Conv Factor The Conversion Factor setup in the inventory setup Purch Unit The Purchase Unit setup in the inventory setup Par Level T
99. Case s 110 Ea 5 Aprons 05 21 0X Box 5 00 0 00 0 00 5 Box s Biscuit Dressing 05 21 0X Botl 3 00 0 00 0211 Case s 0 89 Botl Biscuit Wrap 05 21 0X Box 9 00 0 00 0 29 8 71 Box s Biscuits 05 21 0X Ea 7500 00 0 00 170 00 22 Case s 290 5 Black Bowls 05 21 0X Slv 3 50 0 00 0 02 3 48 Slv s Bleach 05 21 0X Gal 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Gal 5 Breast Fillets Fresh 05 21 0X Bag 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 5 Breast Fillets FTF 05 21 0X Bag 7 00 0 00 0 11 6 89 5 Breast Strips Fresh 05 21 0X Bag 38 00 0 00 1 26 4 Case 5 4 74 Bag s Brooms 05 21 0X Ea 4 00 0 00 0 00 4 Ea s Brown Roll Towels 05 21 0 Ea 8 00 0 00 0 00 8 Ea s Buffalo Nuggets 05 21 0X Bag 38 00 0 00 1 43 4 Case s 4 57 Bag s Buns 05 21 0 Ea 70 00 0 00 2 00 68 Ea 5 Butter Solids 05 21 0X Ea 11 00 0 00 0 00 1 Ea s Butterfly Season 05 21 0X Ea 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Ea s Butterfly Shrimp Fresh 05 21 0X Box 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Box s Butterfly Shrimp FTF 05 21 0X Bag 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Bag s Cajun Meat 05 21 0X Chub 41 00 0 00 0 97 4 Case s 4 03 Chub s Cajun Sparkle 05 21 0X Box 4 00 0 00 0 00 4 Box s Catfish Fillets 05 21 0X Bag 9 00 0 00 0 06 1 Case s 2 94 Bag s Cattlemans BBQ Sauce 05 21 0X Gal 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Gal s Cheese Slices 05 21 0X Box 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Box s Chicken Batter 05 21 0X Bag 38 00 0 00 1 65 3 Case s 6 35 5 Chicken Etouffee Case s 1 85 Chub
100. Cobecbon Report Cumutetive tem Count Rep Dietourte Voic External Report Hourly Report inventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Repon Ientoty Analysis Ireentory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Report Media Report lOvertme Limit Repon Paid Out Report 1 Safes Accountability Rep Sales Contest Report Weebly hem Count Report Eengtoyee Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep M Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup TOP 12 3 1 6 1 Sample Cumulative Sales Report Purpose A sample Cumulative Sales Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Cumulative Sales Report Focus Cafe 3 57 45 Pag 05 03 0 Sales Sales Cumulative Sales Report for 1 1 200X 5 3 200X at 5 21 200 T Day ar 05 03 0 01 0X 05 03 0 Net 0 5 Sales Sales Sales Sales Average Check Average Guest 12 77 Discounts 201 53 Voids 139 67 46559 17 76 23 13349 77 16 56 27 6576 85 Liquor 1528 00 Wine 0 00 Beer 435 75 Food 6743 02 77 45 T m 0 001 5 00 Totals 8706 77 100 00 To Go 25 21 Subtotal 8731 98 Inclusive Tax 0 00 Subtotal Discount 0 00 501 00 165258 2
101. Customer Purpose The steps to add a Customer to the system are added below Note The Cities Phone Prefixes Streets and Zones tabs should be established before this procedure can be completed New Customers may also be added at their first order from the Customer Command on Focus Order Entry Procedure to Add a Customer Access the Customers gt Customers Window Click Add Input the Customer information Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Customers TOP 7 4 2 Print a List of Customers Purpose The Accounts Print Format Window is used to print various information from the Customer database Items that appear in the Included Fields section will be printed in the order they are listed The commands down the center of the screen are used to move items over to the Included Fields section Options Available to Print First Name Last Name Picture Account Address 1 Address 2 Apartment City State Zip Code Phone Number Phone Number 2 Fax Number E mail Address Comment Delivery Instructions 1 Delivery Instructions 2 Delivery Instructions 3 Zone Do Not Deliver Bad Check Allow Charge VIP Charge Limit Birth Date Prefix Suffix Last Visit Order Total Number of Orders Company Last Payment Date Balance Anniversary Date Returned Mail Require Approval Loyalty Plan 1 Loyalty Plan 2 Loyalty Plan 3 Loyalty Plan 4 Loyalty Plan 1 Current Points Loyalty Plan 2 Current Points L
102. Customer gt Design Customer Setup Screen the option Use Designed Customer Setup Screen must be turned on Customers Customers 6 Name Last Phone Account Picture File Mame Addiess Apt Suite Zip Code Delivery Zone Delivery nstructions Phone 2 1271 Comments Do Not Deliver 2 Allow Charge Returned tied Check Require Approval Email Address Birth Date Anniv Date Loyalty Plans 2 Table service Figure x x Design Customer Setup Window Fields Field Description Screen Design The list of fields in the Window Top The Top positioning attribute of the field may be set Left The Left positioning attribute of the field may be set Height The Height of the field may be specified Width The Width of the field may be specified Visible Turn this option on to view the field Tabbed The Tab order may be specified Required Specify if the field is Required Related Topics none TOP 14 3 7 2 Account Setup Screen Purpose The Design Customer Account Setup Window allows the user to customize the appearance of the Customer Window Accessing the Design Customer Setup Window While in Focus Setup select Miscellaneous gt General gt Customer gt Design Customer Account Setup Screen the option Use Designed Customer Account Setup Screen must be turned on Customers Accounts Customers 5 First Name Last Name Phone Account 2 Picture F
103. Figure 1 1 Order Entry Menu Options Option Description Locations Configure Locations for Front of House operations Revenue Centers Configure Revenue Centers for reporting purposes Stations Configure the Front of House terminals Related Topics none TOP 11 1 Locations Purpose The Locations Window is used to configure Focus Order Entry operations Accessing the Locations Window While in Focus Setup select Locations gt Locations Locations Menus CC Voucher Guest Check Guest Check Formats Printer Assignments Screen Layout Cash Trays Figure x x Locations Windows Field Description 4 Defines the basic attributes of the Location such as the Name Revenue Center Order Type Locations Menus Used to establish Menus for the Location CC Voucher Used to establish the format of the Credit Card Voucher Guest Check Used to establish the format of the Guest Check Guest Check Formats Used to establish the style of the Guest Check when printed Printer Assignments Used to establish the Printer Assignments routing of Remote Printers Screen Layout Displays an option to show or hide the Table label in Focus Order Entry Cash Trays Used to establish Cash Trays in a particular Location Related Topics none TOP 11 1 1 Locations Purpose The Locations Window is used to establish the name and basic functions of each Location A Location consists of one or more Stations Accessing th
104. First Name up to 20 alphanumeric characters Last Name Required The Customer s Last Name up to 20 alphanumeric characters Phone Display the Customer s Phone Number up to 10 numeric characters Note The Customers are usually added atthe time of purchase The fields that are required are configured in Setup gt Order Entry gt Order type gt New Customer Fields Card Displays the Customer s Account or Card Number up to 20 alphanumeric characters Picture File Name d LE mm a graphic file The Customer s picture will be displayed in the upper right Address The Customer s Address up to 30 alphanumeric characters Apt Suite The Customer s Apartment or Suite Number up to 5 alphanumeric characters City The Customer s City select from the drop list of pre configured Cities State The Customer s State select from the drop list of pre configured States Zip Code Enter the Customer s Zip Code up to 5 alphanumeric characters Delivery Zone The Customer s Delivery Zone select from the drop list of pre configured Delivery Zones Delivery Instructions Phone 2 Fax Comments Do Not Deliver Bad Check Allow Charge VIP Return Mail Require Approval E Mail Address Company Birth Date Anniv Date Charge Limit Balance Loyalty Plan 1 4 The instructions on arrive at the Customer 3 lines with up to 35 alphanumeric characters Display the Customer s second Phone Number up to 10 numeric
105. Group up to 15 alphanumeric characters Figure x x Labor Group Commands Command Description Close Closes the Labor Group Window Save Saves current changes Cancel Cancels changes made prior to saving Procedure to Name Labor Groups Prepare a list of Labor Groups Enter the name of each Labor Group in a separate Name text box Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Labor Groups 6 4 Messages Purpose TOP The Messages Window allows you to send messages to an individual employee selected employees or employees with a specific Job Upon accessing the Time Clock Window the employee is alerted if they have an unread message If the employee has the Job Right Must Read Message Before Clock In Out then they are forced to read the message before they are allowed to clock in or out Restrictions The user must have the Job Right Messages to access this function To write a message they must have the Job Right Write Messages Accessing the Messages Window While in Focus Setup select Employees gt Messages Messages From Date Subject Description A list of Messages will appear that show the sender date and time the mail was sent as well as the Message subject If the mail is unread an arrow appears next to the Message Figure x x Messages Commands Command Description Write Opens a window to create a Message Read Opens the selected Messag
106. H Cook 9 04 15 07 4 28 4 28 6 05 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Prep Cook 9 34 15 26 4 28 4 28 5 87 09 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Busboy 9 50 13 06 4 28 4 28 3 27 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Prep Cook 9 05 15 06 4 28 4 28 6 02 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 hector d Manager 10 00 4 00 4 28 4 29 18 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E hector d Bartender 10 33 21 30 4 28 4 28 9 95 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 D hector d Busboy 10 50 11 11 4 28 4 28 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E hector d Busboy 10 58 16 38 4 28 4 28 5 67 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 hector d Hostess 10 51 14 01 4 28 4 28 3 17 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Totals 371 14 7 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 25 A Add E Edit D Delete O Automatic clockout at close day Figure x x Account Transaction Report Fields Field Description The Account Number for the Account If the Account Number is blank then the customer s last name follo Account displayed Date The date the transaction occurred Time The time the transaction occurred Type The type of the transaction purchase payment or new account Prev Balance The customer s balance before the transaction occurred Amount The Amount of the transaction Payments are always negative Balance The customer s Balance after the transaction has been completed Employee The employee that entered the transaction Check Check number Related Topics none TOP 12 3 1 26 Account Statement Report Purpose The Account
107. If a Printer Group is required for the remote check to print then select them If Printer Groups Required are not selected then the check will always print Related Topics Job Right Remote Check Formats TOP 9 5 Remotes Purpose The Remote Printers Window is used to define the name of each Printer Remote Printers are the printers physically attached to a Station running Focus Any Station can use them while in Focus Accessing the Remote Printers Window While in Focus Setup select Printers Remotes x The linked image cannot be displayed The may have been moved renamed deleted that the link points to the correct fle and location Figure x x Remote Printers Option Name Station Driver Port Baud Remote Check Format Backup Printer Use Local Printer Order Type Remote Check Format Description A unique name for each Printer The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Select the Station that will print the remote checks If a Station is not selected then the printer is not operational Select the Driver to match the Printer installed Drivers are setup in Setup gt Printers gt Drivers Select the Port the printer is connected Up to 32 com ports and 2 parallel ports may be utilized Guest check printers may be used as Remote Printers Select the Baud Rate of the Port The Remote Check Format to be used The Printer that will be used
108. Loyalty TOP 7 5 4 Quick Set Loyalty Customer Options Purpose The Loyalty Quick Set Window is used to configure options for multiple Customers at once Options Available to Quick Set Do Not Deliver Bad Check Allow Charge VIP Returned Mail Require Approval Loyalty Plans up to 4 user defined plans Loyalty Plan Statistics Current Points Total Points Coupons Discounts Issued Coupons Discounts Redeemed and Discount Amount Customer Quick Set 5 7 Do Not Deliver 7 7 Bad Check 7 Returned Allow Charge 7 Require Approval Loyalty Plans F7 10th Drink Free Instant 7 Table Service 7 Future Loyalty Plan Statistics Loyalty Plan mi Set Current Points r 0 00 Total Points 0 00 CouponsiDisc Issued 0 CouponsiDisc Redeemed E 0 Discount Amount 0 00 I Close Quick Set Wm Delete Procedure to Quick Set Loyalty Customers Access the Customers gt Loyalty Window Click Tools Click Quick Set Note Options will be Quick Set for the list of currently displayed Customers Use the Find feature to filter Customers Select the options to Quick Set Click Quick Set Related Topics Job Right Office Loyalty TOP 7 5 5 Import Loyalty Customers Purpose The Customer Import Export Format Window is used to import or export various information from the Customer database Items that appear in the Included Fields secti
109. Name Select this option to use alphanumeric Item Name as the secondary sort criteria Secondary Sort Units Sold Select this option to use Item Units sold as the secondary sort criteria Sales Select this option to use Item Sales Total as the secondary sort criteria Menu item Filter Select the Menu Item Filter that the Cumulative Item Report is to be used for Menu Item Filters are configure Start Time The Time Range you wish to view item sales End Time The Time Range you wish to view item sales Order Type Select the Order Type you wish to view item sales Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup TOP 12 3 1 23 1 Sample Weekly Item Count Report Purpose A sample Weekly Item Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Weekly Item Report Focus Cafe Weekly Item Count Report for 4 24 200 4 30 200 at 5 21 200X 4 41 41 PM Page 1 4 24 200 4 25 200 4 26 200 4 27 200 4 28 200 4 29 200 4 30 200 Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Monday Net Net Net Net Net Net Net Price Units Sales Units Sales Units Sales Units Sales Units Sales Units Sales Units Sales Liquor Bacardi 1 00 4 50 2 00 9 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00
110. ORUMETTES TENDERLOIN SPECIALS COUPONS POPCORN CONDIMENTS BREAKFAST MISC ip Close Save Cancel Figure x x Report Groups Fields Field Description Name A unique name for each Report Group The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Procedure to Add a Report Group Prepare a list of Report Groups Place the cursor in the first available Report Group Name text box Enter the name for the new Report Group Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Report Groups TOP 12 2 Reports Purpose The Reports Window contains only the names of the Reports for which the active operator has access security or Job Rights assigned The Reports Window contains a series of buttons Each button contains a caption or image of the Report that can be accessed by pressing the button Accessing the Reports Window While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Reports A sample Report Window is shown below The actual display will depend upon the customized Reports created in Reports gt Setup x The inked image cannot be displayed The fle may have been moved renamed deleted Verity that the link points to the correct and location Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Security Code 1 9 TOP 12 3 Setup Purpose The Report Setup Window is used to establish and maintain the Reports used in Focus Each Report type can be customized multiple times to
111. Options Field Description Enter the file name of the selected report or external program to run Note The path must be entered if Program Name directory Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup TOP 12 3 1 11 Hourly Report Purpose The Hourly Report displays sales and labor information from a pre defined time interval Accessing the Hourly Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Hourly Report Report Setup Reports Output Fite format Activity Report Attendance Report Batch Report Report Cumulative tem Count Rep Cumulative Sales Report Daily tem Count Report Daily Report Distousts voids Report External Report Inventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Report Ariventory Usage Analyses Innentory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Report Media Report Overtime Limit Report Paid Out Report Payroll Repot Sales Accountabilty Rep Sales Contest Report Weebly tem Count Report Name Hourty Report Hourly Report Options Stat Time EndTime itera Hourly Report Jobs 0000 09 00 15 Labor None C C Job Totals Sales Report Groups C Total Fie format Tet Comma Delmited Printer Check Repot COUNTER CASHER I DRIVETH CASHIER Sewer Cook Manager 10 11 Chet Manager p 13 12 1
112. Priority s MEN XX a Fields Field 0000 Description 00000 Name A unique name for each Remote Check Format The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Lines at LinesatTop The number of lines to print at the start of the check 000 number of lines to print at the start of the check Lines at Bottom Append Guest Check Location Options Priority Options Formats The number of lines to print at the bottom of the check Select if a copy of the guest check configured using the Location selected is appended to the Remote Check Print Header at Top of Check Print Modifiers Consolidate Separate by Seat Separate Chit by Item Sort by Priority Prints First Items Modifier Printer Name Revenue Center Order Type Server Time Date Station Table Tab Check Guests Seat Separator Dash Line Complete Void Recipe Turn this option on if the header should print at the top of the check Turn this option off to print the header at the bottom of the check Turn this option on if modifiers should be printed on the check Turn this option on to consolidate Menu Items on a check Turn this option on to print Menu Items by seat order Turn this option on to print each Menu Item on a separate chit Note The consolidate option is not used when the separate chit option is on Items are printed in ascending priority order followed by items
113. Repon Tip Repon Figure x x Production Report Options 02 00 Current butness date Option Description Start Time Select the start time of the report End Time Select the end time of the report Interval Select the interval of the report in minutes Tomorrow Sunday Day Select one of the following Monday Tuesday Wednesday TOP Thursday Friday Saturday Ingredient Select the ingredient to be used on the report Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup 12 3 1 30 1 Sample Production Report Purpose A sample Production Report and description of the fields are listed below TOP Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Production Report Focus Cafe Production Report for 5 18 200X at 5 21 200X 6 09 40 PM Page 1 tem Biscuits RR Ow OY J O O O O O O O O O Ui P 0c MN n am Q UAN 4 XO JS XO JS oS gt XO US S Q0 S XO 4S XO US 0 d
114. Report Job Labor is sorted by Job Names Detail Employee Labor is sorted by Employee Names Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup TOP 12 3 1 16 1 Sample Labor Percentage Report Purpose A sample Labor Percentage Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Labor Percentage Report Focus Cafe Labor Percentage Report for 5 4 200 at 5 21 200X 4 10 42 PM Page 1 Labor Labor 0 00 Actual of of Job Hours Cost Overhead Labor Labor Sales Server 0 00 6 75 0 00 6 75 25 00 14 44 Server 0 00 6 75 0 00 6 75 25 00 14 44 Manager 0 00 6 75 0 00 6 75 25 00 14 44 Manager 0 00 6 75 0 00 6 75 25 00 14 44 Dishwasher 0 00 13 50 0 00 13 50 50 00 28 88 Cook ____________0 00 13 50 0 00 13 50 50 00 28 88 Total 0 00 Total Labor Cost 27 00 Net Sales 46 74 Labor Sales Figure x x Labor Percentage Report Fields Field Job Name Labor Hours Labor Cost Overhead Actual Labor of Labor of Sales Total Labor Cost Net Sales Labor Sales Related Topics none 12 3 1 17 Media Report Purpose Description Labor statistics for each Job is displayed The employee s Nickname is displayed if the format option is set to employee The number of Labor Hours worked including
115. Statement Report displays the current House Accounts and the balances of each Accessing the Account Statement Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Account Statement Report Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Repon 4 Batch Report Account Statement Report Account Statement Repor Collection Report Cumulative Account Statement Report Optons Cumultabve 54 Meader Lines Daly tem Count Daily Repo DistountsVoids Report External Report Mouri Report or Peecertage Media Report Detailed Statements Overtime Report Summary Statements EN pon tetude Deleted Accounts Report untatelty Minimum Balance S C Report f e Weebly tem Count Report 0 00 Employee Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep nt Stateme eport Sf close PA Save X Conca Figure x x Account Statement Report Options Field Description Header Lines The amount of lines at the top of the page Header User defined text for the header Detailed Statement If this option is on then an individual page statement will print for each account Summary Statement A summary report is printed that has one line per account after the completion of the detailed statement r Included Deleted Accounts Customer accounts that have been deleted are included on the report as well Minimum Balance Customer accounts that have a balance greater than or equal to this a
116. Stations located side by side sharing one check printer Configure the Station to view Blackboards based on the levels 1 10 when the Blackboard is created Two lines of 19 characters may be entered to display on the pole display when there is not a check on the screen None The Station will not restart Station The software exits automatically and Windows is restarted at the restart time Focus The software exits automatically and is restarted at the restart time Time The time the software exits and Windows is restarted if the Restart Option is set to Station or Focus The day of the week that the software is restarted if the Restart Option is set to Station Day or Focus Procedure to Name a Station Prepare a list of Stations Enter the name of each Station in a separate Name text box Select the appropriate options for the Station Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Stations TOP 11 3 2 Devices Purpose The Devices Window is used to configure additional hardware software Devices define the communication detail for each peripheral attached to the Station Keyboard wedge devices such as Card Readers or Scanners are not defined as devices in this context and should not be included Accessing the Devices Window While in Focus Setup select Locations gt Stations gt Devices Stators Devices informapen Stabcns Devices 02 Backup 03 POS3 Pot 04 POSS Device
117. Stop time for the selected Time Range Select the second Time Range Name text box to highlight it Repeat steps for each Time Range required Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Time Ranges TOP 15 Close Day Purpose The Close Day Options Window contains control the end of day functions Accessing the Close Day Menu While in Focus Setup select Close Day About Cash Tray Declare Cash Close Day Credit Cards Daily Inventory Deposits Figure x x Close Day Options Option Description Allows you to Declare Cash for Cash Trays Cash Close Day Allows you to view the Close Day Status or manually Close Day Batch Allows you to Batch the credit cards iFace Allows access to the iFace credit card program Credit Cards Offline Allows you put the credit cards in an Offline credit processing mode Refunds Allows you to Refund a credit card Allows the user to enter the daily beginning count incremental stock count and ending i y ry Daily Invento inventory count for predefined Inventory Items Deposits Allows you to enter Deposits into the system Related Topics none TOP 15 1 Cash Tray Declare cash Purpose The Cash Try Declare Cash Window is used to Declare Cash for Cash Trays Accessing the Cash Tray Declare Cash Window While in Focus Setup select Close Day gt Cash Tray Declare Cash Select Cash Tray Drawer Time Opened Count Assigned M
118. The Tables Window is used to configure the Tax Tables Related Topics none TOP 10 14 1 Taxes Purpose The Taxes Window is used to establish up to 16 different taxes Taxes can be calculated by percentage or referenced to a Tax Table Percentage taxes may be calculated as inclusive or exclusive Flat taxes by which a specific value is added per item regardless of the item value may also be established Specific taxes may be applied or exempted for order types and associated order type surcharges Tax exemption is available in order entry according to job right The days and times when a tax is active may be selected Accessing the Taxes Window While in Focus Setup select Order Entry Taxes Taxes Tables Taxes Name Rate Type 9 0000 Minimum Options Exclusive Percentage 9 0000 Method Limit Inclusive Percentage 5 0 00 Tax Table By Total C By Guest Flat Order Types Active Time Roundin lt None gt Smart Tax None close BR Save Cancel Figure x x Taxes Fields Field Name Type Rate Minimum Options Order Types Active Time Description A unique name for each Tax The name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters If selected enter the rate as percent If selected enter the rate as percent If selected enter the threshold cycle and breakpoints An error message displays if Tax table the threshold is less than the fir
119. Tipped 8 60 Charge Declared Employee Job In Out In Out Hours Breaks Sales Sales Tips Tips Roberto H Cook 9 04 15 07 4 28 4 28 6 05 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Prep Cook 9 34 15 26 4 28 4 28 5 87 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Busboy 9 50 13 06 4 28 4 28 3 27 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto Prep Cook 9 05 15 06 4 28 4 28 6 02 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 hector d Manager 10 00 4 00 4 28 4 29 18 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E hector d Bartender 10 33 21 30 4 28 4 28 9 95 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 D hector d Busboy 10 50 11 11 4 28 4 28 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E hector d Busboy 10 58 16 38 4 28 4 28 5 67 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 hector d Hostess 10 51 14 01 4 28 4 28 3 17 0 00 0 00 Figure x x Overtime Limit Report Fields Field Description Name The employee s name is displayed Hours worked The total hours the employee has worked this week Scheduled Hours Scheduled Hours is the number of hours remaining in the week that the employee is scheduled to work Projected Hours Total Projected Hours equals Hours Worked plus Scheduled Hours Related Topics none TOP 12 3 1 19 Paid Out Report Purpose The Paid Out Report displays the Paid Outs for the specified date range The Paidout amount and reason will be displayed No further configuration is necessary Report Setup Activity Report 77 Tyee Reports Output Fife format Att
120. Tips Sales Adjustment Charge Tip Adjustment Total Hours Adjustment Fields On Displays the time that the employee started break 2 Out Displays the time that the employees break 2 ended Displays the amount of tips that the employee declared at clock out Tipped Sales are adjusted by this amount For example this field is used to allocate banquet sales to employees that worked banquet Charge Tips are adjusted by this amount For example this field is used to allocate banquet tips to employees that worked a banquet Breaks are deducted from the hours worked The dock pay options are used to compute the net break time The current tim is used to compute the hours for Time Cards when the employee is still clocked in or are on break User defined fields that allow the user to record information associated with the Time Card They also appear on the Payroll Report The names of these fields are defined in Miscellaneous gt General gt Timekeeping Figure x x Time Cards Commands Fields Close Save Add Delete Print Cancel Related Topics Description Only the employees and Jobs allowed by Accessible Jobs appear in the Employee List Press Save or select another time record in the Time Card to save the Time Card and exit add mode Press Add to save the Time Card and continue adding Time Cards Press Delete to delete a Time Card Press Print to print a list of hours worked for the selected employee Press the Ca
121. While in Focus Setup select Order Entry gt Paid Ins Paid Ins ed Paid Ins Name Test Payment None of Vouchers Options Require Approval v Received on Local Account J close X Cancel Figure x x Paid Ins Fields Field Description Name A unique name for each Paid in type The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Payment Select the payment type of the paid in if a specific payment is required Leave the field empty to allow payments that have the Allow paid in to be selected of Vouchers The number of Vouchers 0 9 that will be printed when a Paid In occurs Check if a manager approval is required The user must have the Enter Paid Ins Job Right to Require Approval Select this Paid In Received on Local Check if the Local Account will receive the Payment Account Procedure to Establish Paid Ins Prepare a list of Paid In types Enter the name of each Paid In in a separate Name text box Select the appropriate options Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Paidins TOP 10 9 Paid Outs Purpose The Paid Outs Window is used to establish and maintain up to 50 different Paid Out types Each Paid Out type can be configured to require approval by an authorized employee and or require additional information such as Invoice Number or Vendor ID etc Accessing the Paid Outs Window While in Focus Setup select Order Entry gt Pa
122. a count of Menu Items sold by the Day Week Month and Year The Cumulative Sales Report contains sales information similar to the Daily Report but is divided into sales for the Current Day Week Month and Year This Report is a snapshot of the year to date sales The Daily Item Count Report displays the Menu Items sold during the specified time Report Daily Report Discounts Voids Report External Report Hourly Report Inventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Report Inventory Usage Analysis Report Inventory Worksheet Report Labor Percentage Report Media Report Overtime Limit Report Paid Out Report Payroll Report Sales Accountability Report Sales Contest Report Weekly Item Count Report Employee Performance Report Account Transaction Report Account Statement Report Menu Item Report Gift Card Report The Daily Report displays an overview on the restaurant s performance The sales information can be broken down into 4 different periods i e Breakfast Lunch Dinner and Late Night The Discounts Voids Report displays the various Discounts and Voids in detail The External Report allows Focus to call another program file or website from within the Report Window The Hourly Report displays sales and labor information from a pre defined time interval The Inventory On Hand Report is used to show the amount of product you should have on hand The Inventory Reorder Repor
123. amp Beer Promo Cumulative Sis Creat Card Rpt Payroll Rpt Daily tem Weekty tee Rot Sysco Reorder Cumulative Rpt iw Analysis Close Day Rpts Bar On Hand Employee Performance Rep e Account Transacton Rep Figure x x Collection Report Options Option Field Description ness Date the collection are for the current business date iness Bate the collection are for the previous business date If a payroll report is in the collection is cc default to the previous pay period the collection are for the current business week determined by the current business date ek the collection are for the previous business week determined by the current business dat Period for the Payroll Report Period for the Payroll Report th used for the Daily Report nth used for the Daily Report rts to include Date Reports to Include in Collection Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup 12 3 1 5 Cumulative Item Count Report Purpose The Cumulative Item Count Report displays a count of items sold by the Day Week Month and Year Accessing the Cumulative Item Count Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Cumulative Item Count Report Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Report Attendance Report Batch Report Cobecton Report Cumutatve Sales Report Daily Count Report Daly Rep
124. appears in the list lig If the Station is the Credit Card Station the Credit Card Station appears in the list Related Topics Job Right Office Stations TOP 12 Reports Purpose The Reports Window is used to establish and maintain the Reports generated in Focus Each Report can be customized multiple times to meet a variety of reporting requirements By selecting from the different properties available for each Report a wide selection of Reports may be created Accessing the Reports Menu Options While in Focus Setup select Reports wc Menu Miscellaneous Groups Reports Setup Tip Pools Figure x x Reports Menu Options Option Description Groups Used to configure Report Groups Reports Used to view Reports Setup Used to setup Reports Tip Pools Used to setup Tip Pools Related Topics none TOP 12 1 Groups Purpose The Report Groups Window is used to establish and maintain up to 150 separate Report Groups All Menu Items must be associated with a Report Group Report Groups can be used as an optional sort option for Item Count Reports Additional segmentation of Report Groups is made available by use of 1 or 2 character Sort Codes that may be specified on each Menu Item Accessing the Report Groups Window While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Report Groups Report Groups Report Groups Name CHICKEN SIDE ORDERS BEVERAGES POBOYS DESSERTS BUFFET BISCUITS SHRIMP ROASTED
125. as it was rang up Normal or the detailed view with times etc Detail See Checks for more information Active Allows you to specify if a particular Check Filter is to be used Sort The default order of checks You may also sort the checks by Server or Table name Check Options Cancelled Finds checks which have been started but all items have been deleted and not Check Status Date Time Employee Options Locations Menu Items Order Types Payments Discounted Missing Beverage Missing Tip Moved Checks Offline Payment Pending Reopened Reprinted Transferred Voided Open Closed All Date Time Range Specific Employee sent Finds checks with Discounts applied Finds checks which are Missing Beverages Menu Items can be set as beverages as an option in Menu gt Menu Items Finds checks which have Missing Tips Checks which items have been moved Finds checks which have credit card payments while in Offline Mode Finds checks which have a pending Payment Finds checks which have been Reopened Finds checks which have been printed more than once Finds checks which have been Transferred Finds checks with Voids applied Checks currently Open Checks currently Closed All Checks Defaults to the current date or you can specify Previous Date User defined Time Ranges set in Miscellaneous gt Time Ranges A specific employee can be used i e AM BAR This option must be on before
126. characters Enter up to two time ranges for each named range for each day of the week Each 4 digit time is formatted as hh mm hour minute based on a 24 hour clock A time is within range if it is greater than or equal to the start time and less than the end time for a day End times after midnight are allowed If a valid time range is not found for the current day then the ranges for the previous day which span midnight are evaluated Enter up to two time ranges for each named range for each day of the week Each 4 digit time is formatted as Stop hh mm hour minute based on a 24 hour clock A time is within range if it is greater than or equal to the start time and less than the end time for a day End times after midnight are allowed If a valid time range is not found for the current day then the ranges for the previous day which span midnight are evaluated Procedure to Establish Time Ranges Prepare a list of Time Ranges Enter the name of each Time Range in a separate Name text box Place the cursor in the first Start box for the first day of the week that the time range will be active Enter the 4 digit Start time for that day Place the cursor in the corresponding Stop box and enter the 4 digit Stop time for the selected Time Range Continue to enter the Stop and Start times for the time selected Time Range until all of the start stop times for a week are completed Click the Save button to save the Start
127. contains recipe information about the Menu Item Select the file that contains training information about the Menu Item Select the file that contains nutrition information about the Menu Item The name of the Canvas that is displayed when a Menu Item is ordered Up to 8 modifier canvases may be selected per Menu Item Enter the minimum number of modifier choices that must be made from the Modifier Canvas selected Enter the maximum combined unit requirement of Modifiers to be allowed Note Minimum must be less than or equal to the Maximum If Minimum of zero is entered the selection of any modifiers is optional If both Minimum and Maximum are zero the selection of any Modifiers is optional via the Modify Command Both forced and optional Modifier Canvases can be configured for a Menu Item Enter the number of modifiers that can be entered before a price is attached to it Select the Time Range to apply to the Menu Item for Prices If no Price is programmed for the Price Time selected the price will default to Price 1 If no Time Range is configured for the time when the Menu Item is ordered the Price will default to Price 1 Price Times established for Menu Items override the Price Times configured for a Menu Select the Taxes that apply to the Menu Item that will be valid at all Locations If a Tax is active at the Location where the Menu Item was sold the tax be charged Select a type Food Bar or Other for the Menu Item Totals for e
128. credit cards are stored as a swiped transaction but not actually sent to the processor Therefore a credit card may be approved Offline but be declined when turned back Online Accessing the Offline Window While in Focus Setup select Close Day gt Credit Cards gt Offline Credit card status Status Offline transactions 0 Date Time Check Figure x x Offline Window Fields Field Description Status The Status of the credit card processing will be displayed Online or Offline Offline Transactions X The number of transactions currently captured in Offline Mode Date The date the transaction was captured in Offline Mode Time The time the transaction was captured in Offline Mode Check The Check Number of the transaction captured in Offline Mode Figure x x Offline Window Commands Command Description Close Exits the Offline Window Offline Puts credit card processing in Offline Mode Online Turns credit card processing back to Online Mode Related Topics none TOP 15 3 4 Refunds Purpose The Refund Window is used to credit a credit card Accessing the Refund Window While in Focus Setup select Close Day gt Credit Cards gt Refunds Refunds Returns Figure x x Refund Commands Field Description New Refund Creates a new Refund Void Voids an existing Refund Close Exits the Refunds Window Related Topics none TOP 15 3 4 1 Refunding a Credit Card Purpose The p
129. current Location on the check form Allows an employee to log in to multiple Stations simultaneously Allows the user to view other user s checks NE Turn this option on if the user must place all orders on tables Allows the user to Quit or access another check while there is currently a non zero balance open check on the screen NE Turn this option on to prompt for an Order Type automatically after a check is closed or when a check is started by touching a menu item NE Turn this option on if the user is required to select an Order Type Turn this option on if the user may change the Order Type of a check Turn this option on if the user may adjust the amount of a previously verified credit card payment Turn this option on if the user may enter or Delete an Advance The user may approve payments that Require Approval The user may approve credit card transactions that exceed the Max Amount or Max Tip see Setup gt Miscellaneous gt General gt Credit The user may batch credit cards Turn this option on to allow an employee to close their open checks to cash using the Pay All command NE The change due is displayed prominently when the check is closed Allows the user to edit the tip on a payment NE The user may enter the tips from the Verification screen after the approval is received Tips Immediately Payments Enter Gift Cards Payments Enter Own Tips Pa
130. for the Customer Filter Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Loyalty TOP 7 5 8 Loyalty Detail Purpose The Loyalty Detail Window displays a list of information for the currently selected Customer Accessing the Loyalty Detail Window While in Focus Setup select Customers gt Accounts gt Loyalty Detail ers Accounts Customers 6 4 4 Customes Mike Loyalty information Coupons Coupons Current Total Discounts Discounts Discount Points Points issued Redeemed Amount mmm NEZ Plan 4 General order information First order Last order oforders Sales Last payment a HEBBBBEE Figure x x Customers Loyalty Detail Fields Field Description Current Points The number of points the Customer has on the Plan Total Points The cumulative number of points the Customer has accumulated on the Plan Cumulative points are not reset when the award level has been reached The number of Coupons and Discounts issued to the Account Issued The number of Coupons and Discounts redeemed by the Account Redeemed Discount Amount The cumulative amount of Discounts earned by the Account First Order The day of the first order of the Account Last Order The day of the last order of the Account of Orders The number of orders by the Account Sales The cumulative amount of sales by the Account Last Payment The day of the last pay
131. is blank then the customer last name are displayed The date the transaction occurred The time the transaction occurred The Check Number of the transaction The customer s point total before the transaction occurred The number of points earned in the transaction The number of points that were decremented because an award was issued Total Points are computed by adding Points Earned to Previous Points and subtracting Award Points Disc Amount is the dollar amount of Discounts the customer has received The identification number of the Coupon is displayed The employee that entered the transaction TOP 12 3 1 32 Inventory Detail Report Purpose The Inventory Detail Report displays inventory Unit and percent variance Accessing the Inventory Detail Report While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Inventory Detail Report Report Setup Reports Output Fite format Day Report a Name Discounts Voids Report irwentoey Detail Report Inventory Detail Report External Report Hourly Report Vwerfory Detal Report Options Inventory On Mand Report Start Time End Time Jobs Inventory Reorder Report Summa CASMER Inventory Usape Analysis x Inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Peecertage Report Report 107 Carpouts oz Overtime Limit Report 15 5 Bags Paid Out Report Payroll Report 16 bean cups Sates Accountatuty Re
132. letters underlined First Name by hitting the Alt key and the underlined letter or number the cursor will be moved to that field Accessing the Accounts Window While in Focus Setup select Customer gt Accounts Customers Accounts Customers 0 First Name Phone 9 Account Picture File Name Address Apt Suite City State Zip Code Delivery Zone Delivery Instractions Phone 2 Fax Comments De Net Deliver 1 Allow Charge J Returned Mail Require Approval E Mail Address Company Birth Date Anniv Date Charge Limh Balance Loyalty Plans ICI LIE 2 LE US DLE Ed Figure Customers Account Fields Field Customers First Name Last Name Phone Card Picture File Name Address Apt Suite City State Zip Code Delivery Zone Delivery Instructions Phone 2 Fax Comments Do Not Deliver Bad Check Allow Charge VIP Return Mail Require Approval E Mail Address Description A list of existing Customers sorted alphabetically by Last Name Select a Customers Last Name to display all associated data for the selected Customer At the top of the Customer Accounts list box the number of Customers Accounts will be displayed e g 3 If the user arrives at the Customer Accounts Window screen via the Accounts Menu then the field that appears in the list box depends on the Account Or
133. may be allowed but sausage counts as 2 In order entry the No prefix to a modifier causes the Mod Unit not to be incremented Enter the priority 1 through 9 that Menu Items will be sorted at the remote printer Menu Items with priority 1 are printed before items with priority 2 Menu Items with priority 0 are printed after those with priority 9 The first through last date that a Menu Item can be ordered from the Menu The Menu Item is always available if a date is not specified If a date is specified the Effective To date must always be greater than the Effective From date and the current date Enter the quantity of items on hand max 999 that will display on the Menu Item on the Canvas If the option Countdown is selected the quantity will be decremented in real time each time the item is ordered At zero the item will be automatically marked as out of stock The option Out of Stock will also be set When the Count is changed to a positive number the Out of Stock status must be removed The theoretical cost of the item up to 999 99 that could be used to calculate the gross profit margin on the Daily and Weekly Item Count Reports If the options Scale and Request Tare are active select the appropriate Tare from the drop down list If none is selected the operator will be prompted to select from the Tare list in Focus Order Entry Select the audio file that plays after the Menu Item is selected Select the file that
134. of Units sold for the past 4 weeks Totals The sum of all Units for the report Related Topics none 12 3 1 31 Loyalty Report Purpose TOP The Loyalty Report displays the accounts currently in the Loyalty Program and the Points associated with each account Accessing the Loyalty Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Loyalty Report Report Setup Reports output Fite format Daly tem Count Report a Daily Report Discountsvoids Report External Report Hourly Report Inventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Report lnwentoey Usape Analysis inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Peecentage Repon Report Overtime Limit Report Paid Out Report Payroll Repon Sates Accountatuty Rep Sales Contest Report Weekly term Count Report Employee Performance Rep Account Transacton Account Statement Report Menu Report Git Card Report Tip Pool Report Report Loyalty Report Loyalty Report Options Loyalty Pian lt None gt Son Time Customer Loyalty Report Figure x x Loyalty Report Options Pasme X cance Option Description Loyalty Plan Select the loyalty plan from the drop down list Time Select this option to sort by the time Sort Customer Select this option to sort by the account If this option is set to Customer then a total line is printed for custor Related Topics Job
135. option is set to Jobs then Labor Cost is displayed by Job Totals are displayed for Checks Guests Sales Labor 96 Report Group sales and labor cost by Job TOP 12 3 1 12 Inventory On Hand Report Purpose The Inventory On Hand Report is used to show the amount of product you should have on hand Accessing the Inventory On Hand Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Inventory On Hand Report Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Report Repos Inventory On Hand Report Inventory On Hand Report Batch Report Cobechon Report Report Opbons Cumutabve tem Count Rep Sea Cumulative Sales Report Dally tem Count Report Daily Report DistountsVoids Report External Report PFG Hourly Report TYSON COKE Vendor 4 Vendors Subgroups mms Vendors inventory Reorder Repon US ape Anaiysss Inventory Worksheet Repor Vendor 4 Labor Percentage Report Wendor 6 Media Report Vendor 7 Overtime Limit Report Out Report A vendor 8 Vendor 9 mtatelty Rep Vendor 10 Sales Report Vendor 11 Weebly tem Count Report Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep Vendor 12 Figure x x Inventory On Hand Report Options Field Description Vendors Select the vendors for the report You may highlight multiple vendors by holding the Ctrl key and clicking other vel Sort Subgroups Select the
136. parameters or options for the establishment Accessing the General Window While in Focus Setup select Miscellaneous gt General General Screen Layout Screen Layout Close Day Atcmaec Close Day Automate Seaton Focus 085 Ahemate Staton Checks to include Al checks End Business Day Time Check Fite Date Curent Date Date increment Date Automate Clock V Archive Configuration F older Figure x x General Fields Field Close Day Options Checks to Include Check File Date Automatic Employee Clock Out Archive Configuration Folder Options Payment Accountability 0 Checks on Table Alghanuserk Table Numbers Payment Accountabtey Owner of check Owner of payment Closer of check Accounting Last Day of Week Tuesday Last Month of Year December Messages 0 Save Days 999 Event Staton Tied Rates Span Time Ranges Description Close Day Automatically Station Alternate Station Time Checks End Business Day Time Current Date Tomorrow s Date Increment Date Server Timekeeping Restaurant Ceedt Cara PME Card Customer Loyalty Tab Name Selecon Check Files to Save 6000 End Business Day Time Creat Card Files to Sa
137. s Chicken Flour Bag s 25 65 Lb s Chicken Season Mild Box s 28 42 Bag s Chicken Season Spicy Box s 28 42 Bag s Chicken Shortening s China Markers s Cinnamon Sugar 23 94 Bag s Clam Shells Case s 2 Slv s Coctail Sauce Box Cole Slaw Blend 5 95 Box s Cole Slaw Slurry 9 97 Box s Comet With Bleach Box s 2 Botl s Corn 5 24 Ea s Corn Bags Box Corn Skewers Box s Craver Carton 0 48 Case s Crawfish 5 Crawfish Etouffee Base Chub s Crawfish Season 5 Creamy Creole Sauce Ea s Dawn Box Deck Brush Ea 5 Degreaser Box Dipping Sauce 5 156 Ea s Dome Lids 3 98 Slv s Drink Mix 11 59 Box s Drink Trays Case Dust Pan Ea s French Fries Case s 2 98 Bag s Fry Bags 0 99 Box s Fryer Cleaner Powder 1 50 Botl s Fryer Gloves Pair Gravy Base 8 26 Chub s Hair Nets Box s Hand Sanitizer 5 2 5 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X Chub Lb Bag Bag Box Box Bag Slv Ea
138. the Media Report Accessing the Payments Window While in Focus Setup select Order Entry gt Payments Payments Cash visa Masterc Discover CHECK 520 00 NEXT 1 IHouse Charge NEXT 10 10 00 10 iners Card 1 5 00 1 00 Employee Charge Ote LocaAccount 120 121 Over Tender Equals Tip Allow Over Tender Veny fv Print Check When Closed Alphanumeric Input r Edi Tips Open Drawer Figure x x Payments Fields Field Description Name Image File Name Cash Check Credit Card Type Account Gift Certificate Local Account Name image Fite Name Even none Credit Card Type Cash 7 Cath Amex Check Visa r Credit Card Master Card Account C Discover Amount Cenficate Carte Blanche Local Account C Diners Ciub C Emeloyee Meat C Other 5 Field Opbons Open Cash Drawer 7 Otaptay Tip Require Approval Require Account 7 Tip Required Require Expiration Date az en der en ie Tip Fee 0 00 Voucher Optons of Vouchers 0 Printes enone gt EX PMS options Account _ Payment X Cancel Select an image that represents the Payment type A unique name for each Payment type The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Select if the payment amount is received as Cash Select if the payment amount is recei
139. the Check number displayed on the Guest Check Guests Order Type Server Time Date Items Modifiers Subtotal Order Type Charges Discounts Gratuities Taxes Total Payments Balance Change Due Footer Food Bar Other Totals Tip Rates Survey Completion Format Format of the number of guests displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Server name displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Time displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Date displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Menu Items displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Modifiers displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Subtotal displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Order Type Charges displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Discounts displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Gratuities displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Taxes displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Total displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Payments displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Balance Change Due displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Footer displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Food Bar Other Totals displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Tip Rates displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Survey displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Completion method used after the Guest Check is printed The following fields will only be displayed when printing a Delivery Check Figure x x Delivery Fields fo
140. the Taxes that are removed from the Subtotal Amount Discount if the Customer pays tax option is off Specify the Bar Code that is used to identify the discount when scanned When redeeming Coupons that are to be tracked by Customer specify the Loyalty Plan the Coupon is associated with so it can be tracked Active Variable Rate Enter Source Customer Pays Tax Select if the Discount is active Select if the Discount rate is variable The operator will be prompted to enter the discount rate or dollar amount If appropriate a default percentage may be entered into the rate field No percentage or dollar limit may be set for a variable rate Select if the user will be prompted to enter the source of the discount For example a coupon may have a code which identifies its origin such as an advertisement or magazine The Discount Report can be sorted by source Select if the tax is calculated on the pre discounted value The customer must pay any tax on pre subtotal dollar discounted values unless the affected items are tax exempted Requirement Items Procedure to Establish Discounts Discount Order Type Charges Require Approval Include Modifiers Discount Gift Card Require Customer Required Items Application Items Select if the Discount can be applied to an Order Type Charge Select if the intervention of an employee with the Approve Discounts Job Right is r
141. the chit The Revenue Center the order was taken The Order Type the order was taken The Server who took the order The Time the order was taken The Station the order was taken The Table Tab name of the order The Check Number of the order The number of Guests of the order The Date the order was taken Job Right Remote Check Formats Purpose 9 4 3 Chase Printing TOP The Chase Printing Window is used to establish printing based on a certain set of Menu Items routed to Printer Groups For example there are two Printer Groups pizza and sandwiches The pizza items and sandwich items always go to the pizza printer but the pizza items do not go to the sandwich printer unless a sandwich is ordered The sandwich Printer Group should be turned on to prevent checks from printing on the sandwich printer that just have pizza items So unless a sandwich item is ordered then a check will not print on the sandwich printer Accessing the Chase Printing Window While in Focus Setup select Printers gt Remote Check Formats gt Chase Printing Remote Check Formats fx Formats Header Chase Printing Cold Bar r 3 PMS Expedter 6 To Go Print 8 Delivery r 9 video format 2 9 12 10 13 1 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 close PA save X cancel Figure Chase Printing Fields Field Description Printer Groups
142. the compulsory modifiers for the associated menu items should be displayed Click on the drop down list box to display the list of Time Ranges Select the Price Times that will be associated with the Menu as appropriate Select one of the Menu Assignment Active assignment options Time Activated Menu 1 Menu 2 or Menu 3 Click on the drop down list box of Canvases to select each of the Canvases to be displayed in positions 1 30 of the menu Enter the number of the Default Canvas Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Locations TOP 11 1 3 CC Voucher Purpose The CC Voucher Window is used to establish and maintain the Credit Card Voucher formats Once created the Credit Card Voucher formats are used only in on line credit environments Accessing the CC Voucher Window While in Focus Setup select Locations gt Locations gt CC Voucher Lecations Menus CC Voucher Guest Check Guest Check Formats Printer Assignmerts Screen Layout Cash Trays Locasons ORNE THAU Header Unes focus Cafe 4 Format Normal 123 Main t Spring TX 77386 Desclaimer Cardholder acknowledges receipt of goods Format and or services in the ameunt of the TOTAL shown hereon and agrees to perform the obligations set forth in the Cardholder agreement with the Issuer Unes 4 Format Nom Ecoter Tet Complton Format Voucher Type Pent Theesheld Nom fu
143. the current pay period week exceeds Overtime Warning Hours they must receive approval to clock in EE The external ID must match the name of the Job in ADP or CrunchTime if the ADP Job costing option is ID used or if the interface is to CrunchTime Shortcuts Clock in Grace Periods Clock out Break 1 Minutes Break Options Break 2 Minutes Related Topics Job Right Office Job Purpose Early Late Early Late Dock Pay After Require Break After Dock Pay After Require Break After The eight most commonly worked shifts to be entered in the Schedule Default clock in and clock out times should be configured for each Job The number of minutes up to 999 that the employee may clock in early without requiring manager approval If this value is zero then the early clock in grace period is not enforced The user can clock in as early as they want without requiring manager approval The number of minutes up to 999 that the employee may clock in late without requiring manager approval If this value is zero then the late clock in grace period is not enforced The user can clock in as late as they want without requiring manager approval The number of minutes up to 999 that the employee may clock out early without requiring manager approval If this value is zero then the early clock out grace period is not enforced The user can clock out as early as they want without requiring manager approval
144. the operator to exit the Inventories Window New The New button allows the operator to create a New Inventory Edit The Edit button allows the operator to view and or edit an existing Inventory until it is Posted Delete The Delete button allows the operator to delete an Inventory that is not Posted Related Topics Job Right Office Enter Inventory TOP 8 1 1 Adding a New Inventory Purpose The procedures to enter a New Inventory are listed below Restrictions Inventory Worksheets must be defined in Reports gt Setup before entering New Inventory The Inventory will need to Post in order for the items on the Inventory to be added to the Inventory The Inventory may be entered and Posted at a later time If the Inventory has a green check to the left of the date the Inventory has been Posted New Inventory Post Date Worksheet Check Out Rpt Inv Bar Inv Kitchen Figure x x New Inventory Fields Field Description Post Date Select the date that the Inventory will be Posted Worksheet Select the Worksheet that will be used for the Inventory Inventory Worksheets are configured in Reports gt Setup and select the report type of Inventory Worksheet Report Create Allows the operator to create a New Inventory Cancel Allows the operator to exit the New Inventory Window Procedure to Add a New Inventory Access the Inventory gt Enter Inventory Window Select the date of the Inventor
145. tip to be added Retail Voucher will print a total line only The amount the credit card needs to be authorized before a Voucher is to be printed Allow the user to define the text on the tip line If not set the standard phrase Tip will be displayed Turn this option if an additional line should be printed on the Voucher if there is a Gratuity on Additional Tip Line the check already Additional Tip Line Text Allow the user to define the text on the additional tip line Procedure to Establish CC Voucher Formats Select and highlight the Location to configure Enter the text that will print on each of the 4 Voucher Header lines in the Header text box Enter the number of lines the paper should advance before the header is printed Select the Print Format of the Header from the Format drop down list box Enter the text that will print on each of the 5 disclaimer lines in the Disclaimer text box Select the Print Format of the Disclaimer message from the Format drop down list box Enter the text that will print on each of the 4 Voucher Footer lines in the Footer text box Enter the number of lines the paper should advance after the Footer message has printed Select the Print Format from the Format drop down list box Select the Print Format for any additional text that will print on the CC Voucher from the Other text drop down list box Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Locations TOP
146. to not allow delivery The warning Do not deliver will flash on the customer screen in Focus Order Entry A check box to indicate that the Customer has a bad check The warning Bad check will flash on the Customer Window in Focus Order Entry A check box to indicate that the Customer is allowed to charge This option controls whether the customer will be displayed in the Customers Accounts Window The warning Allow charge will flash on the Customer Window in Focus Order Entry A check box to indicate that the Customer is a VIP The warning VIP will flash on the Customer Window in Focus Order Entry If checked the next time the Customer is used the server will be notified that a new address is needed If checked the server will be prompted to receive manager approval to continue The job right Customer Approve is required Enter the E mail Address up to 30 alphanumeric characters Enter the Company Name up to 25 alphanumeric characters Birth Date Enter the Customer s Birth Date up to 8 numeric characters Anniv Date Enter the Customer s Anniversary Date 8 numeric characters Enter the payment limit is the Customer is allowed to charge If there is no limit then the Customer Charge Limit has no limit set Note The payment must be configured in Setup gt Order Entry gt Payments gt Type gt Local Account is turned on Will display the Customer s current Balance Customers with a credit
147. used to display the Check Number Select the Screen Format used to display the Items ordered Select the Screen Format used to display the Modifiers ordered Select the Screen Format used to display the Balance Due Select this option to use an alternative style scroll bar for the Check Select the color for the background of the Check Enter the number of pixels that the width of the Check box will be Enter the number of pixels that the height of the Check header will be Enter the number of pixels the height of the Items on the Check will be Note The text size is not changed here The larger the height the easier it is to touch with a finger Enter the number of pixels that the width of the scroll bar will be Enter the number of pixels for the height of the Canvas Ribbon buttons Set to 0 if not using the Canvas Ribbon Enter the number of pixels for the width of the Canvas Ribbon buttons Select the Screen Format used to display Canvas Ribbon Buttons Select the Screen Formats used to display Canvas Ribbon buttons when the button is depressed This option is to be used with the Canvas Designer Canvas Items will automatically align the top left to a predetermined point on the Canvas making Entry Screen Options Screen Saver Options Related Topics Job Right Office Grid Point Size Top Image Background Image Remove Access Code Use Conventional Time Timeout Seconds Interval Seconds
148. 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 50 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 oid 00 08 00 00 203 305 00 00 00 00 00 94 01 34 00 00 00 00 00 223 192 00 00 00 08 00 01 00 00 ood 06 48 85 00 75 1 50 Botl s Salt Bulk 0 12 Lb s Salt Packets Box s 0 88 Bag Sanatizer Box s 1 Botl Sanatizer test strips Roll 5 Sandwich Wrap 1 00 Box s Scouring Pads s Season Gloves Pair Shallots 26 51 Bag s Shrimp Breading Lb s Sliced Apple Pie Ea s Sliced Lemon Pie Ea s Sliced Mardi Gras Cheesecake Box s 3 Ea s Sliced Pecan Pie Ea 5 Small amp Large Bean Lids Case s 4 94 Slv s Small amp Meduim Drink Lid Case s 1 27 Slv s Small Dinner Box Case s 0 57 Slv Small Drink Cup 4 88 Slv s Snack Box Case s 1 62 Slv s Spic amp Span Floor Cleaner Box Spic amp Span Glass Cleaner 1 75 Botl s Spicy Spread 6 97 Chub s Sporks 2 86 Box s Squeegee Ea s Stainless Steel Cleaner Botl Straws 12 92 Bag s Tartar Sauce Ea 5 Toilet paper Case s 2 Roll s Tomato Case s Trash Liners Roll 5 T
149. 0 0 00 4 00 0 00 2 00 0 00 4 00 443 50 0 00 110 95 00 14 74 0 00 12 00 00 0 00 0 00 49 75 4 00 9 90 1 00 10 75 00 0 75 3 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 33 25 00 57 00 3 00 30 60 4 00 17 901 1 00 9 75 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 001 0 00 26 85 4 00 17 90 2 00 43 50 00 14 50 1 00 17 85 2 00 0 00 5 00 2025 00 15 75 2 00 Weekly Item Count 4 200X 4 29 200X 4 25 200 15 50 30 50 7 00 106 75 6 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 23 90 0 00 0 00 3 11 95 6 00 4 00 8 00 6 2 00 34 92 4 00 26 00 14 28 97 1 75 4 00 7 00 17 5 25 0 00 0 00 0 00 6 0 00 0 00 2 00 17 90 1 0 00 26 85 3 00 26 85 9 8 95 21 50 0 00 0 00 5 10 75 29 85 0 00 0 00 1 9 95 4 95 1 00 4 95 9 9 90 35 80 10 00 89 50 27 62 65 8 90 1 00 16 95 5 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 0 00 34 12 2 00 19 50 3 14 62 140 00 2 00 53 50 6 0 00 6 47 1 00 6 47 6 0 00 2 00 0 00 0 00 3 0 00 39 80 4 00 39 80 9 9 95 0 75 1 00 10 75 2 32 25 0 00 2 00 23 90 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 4 3 50 9 50 5 00 38 00 7 28 50 35 80 2 00 17 90 16 8 95 9 15 0 00 0 00 7 0 00 0 00 00 9 15 0 0 00 35 80 3 00 26 85 11 17 90 14 50 00 14 50 12 14 50 11 90 2 00 11 90 2 31495 2525 00 2 25 3 4 50 Report for 4 24 200 4 30 200 4 30 200X 4 26 200 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
150. 0 219 7 28 0 00 7 28 220 4 34 0 00 4 34 222 0 00 0 00 0 00 224 7 64 0 00 7 64 225 0 17 0 00 0 17 226 12 27 0 00 12 21 227 1 63 0 00 1 63 228 7 60 0 00 7 60 229 10 85 0 00 10 85 230 1 52 0 00 1 52 231 0 00 0 00 0 00 232 EDS 0 00 1835 233 1 00 0 00 1 00 233 5 30 0 00 5 30 234 5 43 0 00 5 43 236 0 32 0 00 0 32 237 0 00 0 00 0 00 Total 521 92 0 00 521 92 Gift Card Chk 4 Amount Tip Total 180 1 5 74 0 00 5 74 202 1 9 16 1 0 00 9 76 205 1 0 68 0 00 0 68 205 1 0 46 0 00 0 46 Total 16 64 0 00 16 64 Visa Chk Amount Tip Total 335 4 34 0 00 4 34 40 21 28 0 00 21 28 144 8 69 0 00 8 69 46 17 90 0 00 17 90 61 11 91 0 00 11 91 166 4 66 0 00 4 66 200 11 40 0 00 11 40 204 6 50 0 00 6 50 Tota 86 68 0 00 86 68 MasterCard Chk Amount Tip Total L32 1 3 87 0 00 3 87 137 1 10 09 0 00 10 09 148 1 10 30 0 00 10 30 b 152 1 6 54 0 00 6 51 158 1 8 46 0 00 8 46 1785 1 7 60 0 00 7 60 217 1 5 43 0 00 5 43 218 1 14 17 0 00 14 17 22341511 5 43 0 00 5 43 235 L T5568 0 00 15 18 Total 87 04 0 00 87 04 AMEX Chk Amount Tip Total 124 1 24 09 0 00 24 09 7 06 0 00 7 06 Total 31 15 0 00 31 15 CC Total 204 87 0 00 204 87 Payment Amount Tip Tota Visa 86 68 0 00 86 68 MasterCard 87 04 0 00
151. 0 Justin Youde Blake 05 23 2007 08 30 09 10 00 0 00 10 00 0 00 1 85 Justin Durr Heidi 05 23 2007 08 34 17 5 00 00 6 00 Justin Turner Sheryl 05 23 2007 08 43 26 1 00 00 2 00 Kaymakanova Latche 05 23 2007 08 45 29 5 00 2 00 7 00 Kyle P Balk Matt 05 23 2007 08 52 46 6 00 00 7 00 Justin Wind Marissa 05 23 2007 08 59 54 4 00 00 5 00 Kyle P Jenkins Heather 05 23 2007 09 06 68 10 00 00 10 00 1 00 1 85 Kyle P Jolly Paul 05 23 2007 09 09 72 4 00 200 5 00 Kyle P Sciaroni Amy 05 23 2007 09 23 84 9 00 00 10 00 Justin Johnson Steve 05 23 2007 10 01 205 0 00 00 1 00 Kyle P Logue Betsy 05 23 2007 10 07 208 10 00 0 00 10 00 0 00 1 85 Kyle P Lizarribar Luiz 05 23 2007 10 16 213 8 00 00 9 00 Kyle P Damick David 05 23 2007 10 23 216 0 00 00 1 00 Kyle P Burton Jeff 05 23 2007 10 34 221 8 00 00 9 00 Kyle P Myers Sharon 05 23 2007 15 04 495 4 00 00 5 00 Zimmerman Laura 05 23 2007 15 15 499 5 00 00 6 00 Kyle P Tatum Linda 05 23 2007 15 50 506 3 00 00 4 00 Kyle P Nicholson Angela 05 23 2007 15 50 507 7 00 00 8 00 Kyle P Grand Totals 190 00 30 00 50 00 170 00 10 10 Figure x x Loyalty Report Fields Field Account Date Time Check Prev Points Points Earned Award Points Total Points Disc Amount Coup Issued Server Related Topics none Description The Account Number for the Loyalty Customer If the account number
152. 0 Tech Service 0 00 0 00 0 00 ToGO ToGo 0 00 0 00 0 00 Triminio Elvin TALS 0 00 0 00 Focus Cafe 4 16 29 PM Page 2 Time Time Total Tipped 8 00 8 Job In Out Sales Sales 0 00 0 00 0 00 29 90 209 30 0 00 0 00 0 00 40 00 85420 5 27 16 86 0 00 0 00 0 00 29 34 190 71 0 00 0 00 0 00 31 14 2104519 0 00 0 00 0 00 40 00 240 00 0 20W 1 80 0 00 0 00 0 00 39 81 268 73 0 00 0 00 Q UQ0 35 92 250 74 0 00 0 00 0 00 17278 46 68 0 00 0 00 0 00 337 36 308 22 0 00 0 00 0 00 27 37 84 75 0 00 0 00 0 00 40 00 70 00 2 83W 18 06 0 00 0 00 0 00 40 00 85 20 0 83W 2 66 0 00 0 00 0 00 721 56 40 14 0 00 0 00 0 00 32 89 205 51 0 00 0 00 0 00 32 82 237 94 0 00 0 00 2 00 40 00 85 20 2 59W 8 29 0 00 0 00 1 00 40 00 240 00 5 19W 46 71 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 97 82 27 0 00 0 00 0 00 4 20 67 45 0 00 0 00 0 00 Bod 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 40 00 0 00 23 91W 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 37 17 79 19 0 00 0 00 11 Report for 4 23 200 4 29 200 at 5 21 200 Date Date Overtime Charge Declrd In Out Breaks Hours Rate Pay Hours Rate Pay Tips Elvia 0 00 0 Rosa J 0 00 0 Claudia 0 00 0 Jose 0 00 0 Jose 0 00 0 15 5 0 00 0 Sergio 0 00 0 Fancisco 0 00 Tristan 9 53 Ubeda 147 24 Valle 97 94 Vazquez 231 60 Venegas 384 61 Venegas 341 84 Venegas 256 79 Villalta 114 84 0 00 0 00 4 0 00 0 00 36 0 00 1 00 40
153. 0 0 00 Maricruz A Hostess 14 53 23 02 4 28 4 28 8 15 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Nora R Server 11 13 21 44 4 28 4 28 9 52 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Nora R Server 11 13 21 58 4 28 4 28 10 75 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Nora R Busboy 11 10 14 04 4 28 4 28 2 90 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Omron T Server 10 53 22 50 4 28 4 28 10 95 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Omron T Server 10 54 14 33 4 28 4 28 3 65 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Omron T Server 10 55 11 00 4 28 4 28 0 08 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Omron T Hostess 11 04 16 58 4 28 4 28 5 90 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Omron T Hostess 11 04 15 04 4 28 4 28 4 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Omron T X Busboy 10 54 14 06 4 28 4 28 3 20 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Dishwasher 29 09 15 08 4 28 4 28 5 98 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 D Roberto H Server 9 59 14 27 4 28 4 28 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Cook 9 51 13 09 4 28 4 28 3 30 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Cook 9 05 15 11 4 28 4 28 6 10 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Prep Cook 9 50 15 01 4 28 4 28 5 18 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Busboy 9 50 13 06 4 28 4 28 3 27 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Roberto H Server 9 53 14 37 4 28 4 28 4 73 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Focus Cafe Attendance Report for 04 28 200X at 05 07 200X 5 19 12 PM Page 2 Time Time Date Date Tipped 8 60 Charge Declared Employee Job In Out In Out Hours Breaks Sales Sales Tips Tips Roberto H Cook 9 04 15 07 4 28 4 28
154. 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Francisco Busboy 6 57 22 00 4 28 4 28 5 05 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Busboy 6 53 23 27 4 28 4 28 6 57 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Guicho Server 9 52 14 55 4 28 4 28 5 05 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Guicho Server 6 53 22 45 4 28 4 28 5 87 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Guicho Busboy 6 50 23 38 4 28 4 28 6 80 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 D Guicho Server 6 50 23 11 4 28 4 28 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Guicho Server 6 51 22 30 4 28 4 28 5265 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Guicho Server 6 58 21 20 4 28 4 28 4 37 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Hugo Server 0 51 22 03 4 28 4 28 10 20 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 25 Juan Ramir Server 6 58 23 49 4 28 4 28 6 85 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Juan Ramir Dishwasher 16 59 23 26 4 28 4 28 6 45 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Juan Ramir Server 7 13 22 00 4 28 4 28 4 78 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Juan Ramir Cook 6 58 23 26 4 28 4 28 6 47 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Juan Ramir Cook 7 03 23 25 4 28 4 28 6 37 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Juan Ramir Busboy 6 59 23 10 4 28 4 28 6 18 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Juan Ramir Busboy 6 59 23 28 4 28 4 28 6 48 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 ristina G Cook 9 52 13 09 4 28 4 28 3 28 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 ristina G Cook 5 01 23 26 4 28 4 28 8 42 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 ristina G Dishwasher 9 58 15 05 4 28 4 28 5 12 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 ristina G Busboy 0 00 16 03 4 28 4 28 6 05 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 rist
155. 0 0 00 7 00 34 65 3 00 4 85 8 00 79 60 6 00 59 70 12 00 94 50 6 00 40 50 27 00 261 39 15 00 143 51 9 00 62 67 2 00 1 90 5 00 10 00 1 00 2 00 11 00 118 25 4 00 43 00 2 00 25 90 1 00 2 95 15 00 94 08 6 00 34 51 7 00 58 07 5 00 45 75 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 5 00 31 95 4 00 23 80 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 11 90 12 00 5 95 1872 00 11839 63 1109 00 6743 02 2599 00 14904 13 1591 00 1 200X 5 3 200X at 5 21 200X 3 52 37 PM Week Month 04 29 0X 05 03 0 05 01 0X 05 03 0 Net Units Sales Figure x x Cumulative Item Count Report Fields Field Description Item Name The Menu Item Name is displayed Report Group The Report Group for the Menu Item is displayed Price The Price for the Menu Item is displayed Units Sold The number of Units Sold of the Menu Item is displayed Net Sales The Net Sales of the Menu Item is displayed Grand Total The Total of Net Sales of the Menu Items is displayed Related Topics none TOP 12 3 1 6 Cumulative Sales Report Purpose The Cumulative Sales Report contains sales information similar to the Daily Report but is divided into sales for the current Day Week Month and Year This report is a snapshot of the year to date sales Note No options are available to be set for the Cumulative Sales Report Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Activity Report A Mme Twe Attendance Report Cumulabve Sales Report umulatwe Sales Report Batch Report
156. 0 00 Crispy 0 00 0 00 3 00 6 00 1 00 2 00 3 00 6 00 1 00 2 00 0 00 0 00 00 2 001 Diet 9 00 14 87 11 00 19 25 5 00 8 75 16 00 28 00 7 00 10 501 5 00 8 75 5 00 7 871 6 00 9 62 4 00 7 00 10 00 17 50 16 00 28 001 18 00 29 75 5 00 26 25 3 00 5 25 Fajita lunch 1 00 6 35 2 00 22 50 3 00 19 05 1 00 11 25 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 GORDITA 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 5 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Ice Tea 61 00 104 99 58 00 97 99 58 00 98 16 101 00 175 35 48 00 80 501 33 00 51 715 59200 98 851 Pepsi 27 00 47 25 9 00 15 05 24 00 42 00 44 00 77 00 46 00 8275 Soft 0 00 5 00 12325 Spinach Enchil 0 00 0 00 0 00 Taco al carbon 42 90 22 00 52 001 Tamal 2 00 1 00 2 00 Tostada 0 00 0 00 2 Jalapos 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 87 50 14 00 87 50 2 Nachos Regul 0 00 2 00 10 80 2 PAPANACHOS 23 25 1 00 TIS 2 Quesadillas 54 00 9400 27 001 2 Sour Cream 2 30 2 00 2230 2 Crispy Taco 8 00 0 00 0 00 2 Enchiladas 4 50 0 00 0 00 3 Tortillas 1 90 1 00 0 95 Beans Side 6 75 2 00 4 50 Brocheta 110 25 5 00 78 75 Buffalo Wings 29 25 2 00 194 50 C Relleno Camaro 0 001 0 00 0 00 CALIFORNIA BURI 0 00 0 00 0 00 CAMARON EMPANIZA 29 00 2 00 29 00 CAMARON PLANCHA 47 25 00 1 575 CHILE C Queso 27 00 00 6 75 CHULETAS 42 99 0 00 0 00 COCKTAIL CH 9 50 4 00 26 00 COCKTAIL GDE 3
157. 0 00 0 00 0 00 5 00 5 15 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 4 00 5 00 20 25 2 00 22 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 159 00 275 61 57 00 99 75 1 00 2 45 1 00 2 50 16 00 39 00 2 00 4 00 1 00 3 75 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 6 95 20 00 125 00 1 00 5 40 7 00 54 25 15 00 85 80 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 4 00 4 60 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 6 75 1 200X 5 3 200X at 5 21 200X 3 52 37 PM Week 04 29 0X 05 03 0X Net Month 05 01 0X 05 03 0X Net 2 Soft Taco 3 00 90 47 2 Spinach Enchiladas 3 00 11 94 3 Cripspy Taco 2 00 11 94 3 Enchiladas 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 27 00 116 87 3 Soft Taco 4 00 2 3488 3 Tortillas 115 00 04 15 Avocado 6 00 12 001 51 94 00 410 89 Brocheta 402 00 5932 08 Buffalo Wings 47 00 268 09 C Relleno Camaron 7 00 60 99 C Tlalpeno chico 453 00 2365 00 CALIFORNIA BURI 9 00 47 66 CAMARON EMPANIZADO 59 00 797 50 CAMARON PLANCHA 79 00 1133 75 CAROTS12 00 2 091 CHILE C Queso C CARNE 787 00 3294 66 CHULETAS 44 00 333 41 COCKTAIL CH 57 00 968 50 COCKTAIL GDE 203 00 953 20 00 2 95 Caldo Res 478 00 3060 25 Caldo Tlalpeno 504 00 3195 06 Camaron Acapulco 70 00 1098 17 Camaron Diablo 155 00 2308 4 Camaron Mazatlan 130 00 1938 94 Carne Asada 381 00 4336 56 Carne Guisada 101 0
158. 0 00 0 00 35 0 00 0 00 40 0 00 0 00 40 0 00 0 00 35 0 00 2 00 40 0 00 52 9 63 81 147 24 00 85 20 3 98W 12 74 63 231 60 00 300 01 7 52W 84 60 00 280 00 5 89W 61 84 42 256 79 00 85 20 9 26W 29 64 Zendejas Lourdes 161 31 0 00 0 00 10212 85 204 87 665 99 10878 84 0 00 0 00 00 1 50 Figure x x Payroll Report Fields Field Description Name The employee s name 1 1 The employee s 101 ID2 The employee s ID2 Employee Meals Job Time In Time Out Date In Date Out Breaks Regular Hours Regular Pay Rate Regular Pay Overtime Hours Overtime Pay Rate Overtime Pay Daily and Weekly Overtime Pay Total Pay Tipped Sales 9 o Tipped Sales Charge Tips Declared Tips Adjustments 1 4 Related Topics none The total of Employee Meals charged to the employee during the pay period If the report is sorted by Job then all time records for any employee that has that Job as a primary Job is The time the user clocked in The time the user clocked out The date the user clocked in The date the user clocked out The number of hours the employee was on Break 1 and Break 2 The Dock Pay Option is taken into consic The number of hours the user worked at the Regular Pay Rate net of Breaks The employee s Regular Pay Rate The pay for regular hours worked Regular Pay equals Regular Hours multiplied by Regular Pay Rate hours greater than the daily overtime hour limit are c
159. 0 4 50 7 00 12 25 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 4 00 20 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 101 00 501 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 5 00 22 50 0 00 0 00 1 00 4 50 19 00 33 25 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 11 00 55 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 3 00 19 50 1 00 5 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 4 50 18 00 94 50 457 00 2380 50 1 00 3 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 3 50 0 00 0 00 5 00 11475 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 4 50 13 00 22 19 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 9 00 45 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 3 00 19 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 4 50 6 00 31 50 302 00 1528 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 3 50 1216 00 Bud Light 8804 00 2252 70 Bud Light Alumin 2 00 2200 Focus Cafe 3077 37 29 00 67 75 Cumulative Item Count Rep for Page 4 101 01 0 05 03 0 Cartabl 28 00 Coors 288 00 Corona 4394 00 DosXX 1000 00 HEINEKEN 201 00 MICHELLOB 297 00 747 50 Miller Lite 2690 00 6592 25 Modelo Especial 681 00 2017 25 Negra Modelo 319 00 910 76 Tecate 596 00 Lig
160. 0 635 14 Carne Molida 112 00 10 80 Carots 8 oz 1 00 350 Chalupa 6 00 14 74 Charros 3400 6 45 Charros Grande 8 00 41 20 Chilaquiles Verdes 5 00 12 40 Chile Relleno 281 00 2541 67 Chile con Queso 1226 00 6465 25 Chile con Queso Topping 34 00 33 501 Chimichanga 294 00 2551599 Chimichanga B Chik Faji 299 00 1463 52 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 26 10 21 16 15 19 93 275 00 90 00 25 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 PN ASI 50 95 00 00 495 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 50 00 45 219 23 155 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 14 155 47 3 325 43 150 97 16 47 47 78 243 59 00 85 00 00 ELO 225 00 00 00 50 75 00 25 62 50 80 00 50 29 75 25 25 40 00 00 00 00 00 00 48 00 22 00 47 19 00 00
161. 00 44 63 74 77 35 98 03 46 292 252 78 213 64 34 67 30 22 88 47 219 66 63 59 09 26 05 25 2007 05 25 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 2007 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 05 24 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 15110 JimBeam 2 52 45 JimBeam 2 52 46 256254 56 54 JimBeam 22 00 06 JimBeam 22 00 06 221121 JimBeam 22 14 11 22 24 32 JimBeam 22021229 JimBeam 22 21 25 22 28 02 22 37 01 22 47 09 23 08 59 23 08 03 23 09 15 23 09 20 23 09 42 JimBeam 23 16 22 JimBeam 23 16 2 JimBeam 23 16 2 23 27 00 23 30 44 23 30 47 JimBeam 23432522 JimBeam 23132122 23 54 24 JimBeam 29 55 09 01 20 32 01420433 JimBeam 01 33 35 JimBeam 01 33 25 Total Jim Beam Makers Mark SA SA PO PO SA SA PO SA PO SA SA PO PO PO PO LE LE UR UR LE LE UR LE UR LE LE UR UR UR UR
162. 00 Negra Modelo 8 00 Tecate 23 00 Beer Total 481 00 Food Charros 12 oz 8 00 Guacamole Fiesta 12 00 Beef Enchilada 00 Cheese Enchilada 00 Chicken Enchilada 00 Crispy Taco 3 00 Diet Coke 6 00 Dr Pepper 6 00 Fajita lunch 00 Ice Tea 101 00 Pepsi 44 00 Taco al carbon 7 00 Tamal 00 Tostada 240 2 4 00 2 5 3 00 2 Quesadillas 9 00 2 Sour Cream 2 00 2 Crispy Taco 2 00 2 Enchiladas 1 00 3 Tortillas 2 00 Beans Side 3 00 Brocheta 7 00 Buffalo Wings 3 00 CAMARON EMPANIZADO 2 00 CAMARON PLANCHA 3 00 CHILE C Queso C CARNE 4 00 CHULETAS 5 00 COCKTAIL CH 3 00 COCKTAIL GDE 3 00 00 O0 0 0 0 0 P0 0 0 0 Caldo Res Caldo Tlalpeno Camaron Acapulco Camaron Diablo Camaron Mazatlan Carne Asada Focus Cafe Daily Item Count Report for 4 27 200X at OO Oo 00 42 00 4 00 335 00 15 00 3 00 595 5 21 200X 4 00 70 50 75 50 75 75 00 40 40 32 15 30 Vo 36 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt N 36 PM Page 4 5 1 Units Sal Charros 1 00 2 Chile Relleno 5 00 48 Chile con Queso 33 00 186 Chile con Queso Topping 1 00 1 Chimichanga 4 00 36 Chimichanga B Chik Faji 3 00 29 Corn Tort
163. 00 0 00 11 00 23 63 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 3 00 6 00 9 00 14 87 27 00 47 25 Fajita lunch 644 00 4331 94 Flauta 37 00 GORDITA 85 00 Ice Tea 6995 00 Pepsi 3740 00 5692 51 Soft Taco 42 00 99 24 Spinach Enchilada 6 00 13 601 1 1128 00 2671 56 Tamal 52 00 Tostada 66 00 CAMARON 127 00 196 50 2 Churros 13 00 15 00 2 Guacamole 302 00 1181 04 2 Jalapos 82 00 486 97 2 N PAL 909 00 5321 79 2 Nachos Regulares 102 00 520 56 2 PAPANACHOS 127 00 915 76 2 Quesadillas 834 00 4501 90 2 Queso Del Mar 3 00 5 74 2 Shrimp Quesadillas 40 00 229 07 2 Sour Cream 162 00 176 13 2 TAMALES 2 00 17 00 2 Cheese Puffs 2 00 5 90 2 Crispy Taco 24 00 91 62 2 Enchiladas 57 00 220 64 Focus Cafe 48 59 75 91 10547 97 100 90 199 76 Cumulative Item Count Rep Page 5 01 01 0 05 03 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 68 00 117 24 21 00 36 75 00 2 45 0 00 0 00 4 00 10 40 2 00 4 00 00 3 75 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 6 95 2 00 12 50 00 5 40 5 00 38 75 4 00 21 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 2 30 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 4 50 for Day 05 03 0X Net 2 00 22 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 251 00 432 21 103 00 179 37 1 00 2 45 2 00 5 00 32 00 79 30 2 00 4 00 1 00 3 5 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 13 90 27 00 165 63 1 00 5 40 8 00 62 00 24 00 136 80 0 00
164. 00047B 00324B 07533B 07109B 01078B 008918 098740 030797 204971 051805 741975 069807 912021 796212 214432 904426 001427 257436 811651 062494 064543 982121 255036 740911 081327 311131 25268 074579 057202 042710 41538 04603 55210 81778 15359 65476 60572 93920 01876 15319 20972 41506 10351 44570 75181 03815 93969 35627 75990 31458 34456 50750 92489 85163 Approval 2 3 40 8 42 103 16 11 46 50 48 79 80 Amount N Bw 3 N AAN gt ES B 38 22 23 18 34 24 38 29 8 20 115 6 24 8 26 42 20 24 Amount O1 01 01 gt C04 C00 udi P200 CO CO CO COO PO PO CO CO CO O1 Po 1 11 5 46 4 00 49 48 83 79 9 30 18 67 23 00 30 63 32 33 20 00 18 78 17 00 41 58 23 H 18 68 15 00 40 69 48 70 32 44 23 21 35 00 74 90 23 00 24 97 20 00 322518 4 60 44 38 24 42 28 99 21 264 38 86 24 35 47 00 33212 10 39 23 92 20 92 6 97 28 09 18 47 31 11 48 21 26 00 29 63 Total 152 164 339 281 314 10 293 317 148 14 341 161 292 273 124 30 36678 6340 36718XXXXXX8829 41103 9940 41105XXXXXX1874 41105XXXXXX2512 4
165. 05 24 2007 20 52 56 POUR 1 42 1 77 34 24 05 24 2007 22 09 31 Southrn Comfort SALE 70 0 07 1 35 05 24 2007 22 14 52 POUR 2 21 2 28 30 89 05 24 2007 23 02 33 Southrn Comfort SALE 70 0 58 7 86 05 24 2007 23 06 59 Total Southern Comfort 7 38 6 80 0 58 7 86 Test POUR 3 81 3 81 100 00 05 24 2007 15 51 22 Total Test 3 81 0 00 3 81 100 00 Wild Turkey 101 POUR 3 43 3 43 100 00 05 25 2007 01 25 56 Wild Turkey SALE 1 70 1473 50 44 05 25 2007 01 33 39 Wild Turkey SALE 1 70 0 03 0 87 05 25 2007 01 33 39 Total Wild Turkey 101 3 43 3 40 0 03 0 87 Figure x x Inventory Detail Report Fields Field Description Item The name of the Inventory Item Pour Signifies the drink was Poured Tran Type Sale Signifies the drink was entered Empty Signifies the bottle is Empty Signifies the bottle top was Opened Actual Displays the Actual amount poured Sales Displays the Sales amount Unit Variance Calculates the variance in the Actual pour and Ideal pour Percent Variance Calculates the Percent Variance of the Actual pour and Ideal pour Date Time The day and time the item was entered Related Topics none TOP 12 3 1 33 Paid In Report Purpose The Paid In Report displays the Paid Ins sorted by type The report does not have any configurable options Report Setup Reports Output Fite format Discounts Voids Report Type External Report Paid Report Paid In Report Hourly Report Inventory On H
166. 07 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 2007 05 25 2007 05 25 2007 05 25 2007 05 25 2007 05 24 2007 18 52 39 Makers Mark 18 53 46 Total Makers Mark McCormicks irish 21 23 00 23 00 42 Total McCormicks irish McCormocks irish McCormik 21 23 38 23 05 26 Car Bomb 23305321 Total McCormocks irish Montezuma White 21720456 Montezuma 21 23 43 21 24 05 Montezuma 21 25 26 Total Montezuma White Parrot Bay Coconut 21 21 02 ParotBay Coconut 21 23 44 21 24 12 ParotBay Coconut 2142526 Total Parrot Bay Coconut Patron Silver Patron Silver 16 38 33 Patron Silver 20 39 15 Patron Silver 21 18 44 Patron Silver 21 18 45 Total Patron Silver Seagrams 7 Crown 6 06 28 Seagram 7 6 07 01 06 32 50 Seagram 7 G232257 7 00 07 500419 7 00 27 7 00 27 SALE POUR POUR SALE SALE SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE SALE SALE SALE SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR EMPTY OPEN POUR 21 16 sko 91 00 18 28 46 40 44 84 00 83 59 80 293 70 70 00 70 50 50 70 70 70 40 70 70 40 70 70 70 70 80 70 70 od atk 16 294 lt 91 70 20 70 510 18 x92 76 94 94 40 30 14 56 56
167. 08 09 08 05 09 30 SANTIAGO 2 29 11 02 2 00 13 02 378362XXXXX1009 06 11 503228 40 Juan M 2 45 36 32 6 00 42 32 372787XXXXX5002 09 09 566573 44 EDGAR A 02 49 25 7 00 56 25 378206XXXXX1037 05 08 500413 58 Rene A 12 69 67 10 00 79 67 373270XXXXX1003 08 09 528321 60 SANTIAGO A 58 21 17 4 00 25 17 372716XXXXX2003 08 09 527285 118 ERIKA C 6 22 33 34 5400 38 34 373214XXXXX4001 07 08 526748 136 ERIKA C 8 49 50 14 7 86 58 00 371700XXXXX1004 10 10 593472 199 RAUL G 10 48 19 79 0 00 19 79 372574 1008 12 10 501664 Amex Total 358 27 51 86 410 13 Discover 157 RUBEN B 9 12 64 31 9 26 73 537 601136XXXXXX6336 02 09 027881 191 ERIKA C 10 19 41 09 8 00 49 09 601100XXXXXX1903 02 09 027045 Discover Total 105 40 17 26 122 66 Gift Card 115 FERNANDO A 8 52 45 55 0 00 45 55 77620201606 9054937 153 ANGELICA I 1 52 120 00 0 00 120 00 77620201619 9057139 171 CHAGUITO 11 05 200 24 0 00 200 24 77620201616 9056242 184 RAUL G 10 42 70 00 0 00 70 00 77620201635 9056066 Focus Cafe Media Report for 4 27 200X at 5 21 200X 4 12 43 PM Page 4 Exp Auth Check Owner Time Amount Tip Total Chk Account Date Result Code Grand Total 5585 76 608 10 6193 86 manual Figure x x Media Report Fields Field Description Refunds Refunds show REF in place of the check number Check The Check Number Paid ins Paid ins show P I in place of the check number Owner The name of the employe
168. 08 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Francisco Server 16 51 22 30 4 28 4 28 5 65 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Server 16 55 23 34 4 28 4 28 6 65 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Cook 16 56 23 22 4 28 4 28 6 43 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Hostess 16 51 22 35 4 28 4 28 5 73 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Francisco Busboy 16 57 22 00 4 28 4 28 5 05 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Busboy 16 53 23 27 4 28 4 28 6 57 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Guicho Server 9 52 14 55 4 28 4 28 5 05 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Guicho Server 16 53 22 45 4 28 4 28 5 87 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Guicho Busboy 16 50 23 38 4 28 4 28 6 80 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 Guicho 00 0 00 Guicho 00 0 00 Guicho 00 0 00 Hugo 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 0 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Nora R 00 0 00 Nora R 00 0 00 0 00 Server 0 00 Server 0 00 Server 0 00 Server 0 25 Server 0 00 Dishwasher 0 00 Serv
169. 0X 9 58 53 AM File Settled C Focus batch 0507200xX Business Date 05 07 200X Figure x x Close Day Status Fields Option Description Successful Failed Successful means the day was Closed successfully If an error occurred in the startup or critical sections then th Close Day Ran At The time Close Day was ran Business Date The Business Date closed by Close Day Startup Completed A check will appear if the Startup Completed Critical Section Completed A check will appear if the Critical Section Completed Open Checks A check will appear if Open Checks were found Error Information The name of the procedure as well as the actual error that caused the procedure to fail is displayed Batch Information Window Information will appear about the Batch Status if using the Credit Card Interface Related Topics none TOP 15 2 2 Close Day Purpose The Close Day Window allows you to manually Close Day Accessing the Close Day Window While in Focus Setup select Close Day gt Close Day gt Close Day Close Day Date to Close 6 2 2009 Partial Close Last Check Number 0 Figure x x Close Day Fields Field Description Date to Close The business date to close Partial Close Last Check Number allows the user to close part of the check file If Partial Close is on then all checks less thar Figure x x Close Day Commands Field Description Close Da Manually Closes Day If the Last Check Number is 0 then
170. 1 66 45 65 15 28 22 57 143 83 55 3 EDGAR 52102 5 EDGAR 569365 12 28 12559 35 32 Media unt Tip Total 24 5 76 43 00 12 9 39 74 51 47 4 22 34 69 61 4 94 40 55 34 0 00 61 34 00 0 00 45 00 00 0 00 45 00 46 7 00 48 46 55 35 66 286 21 84 6 00 72 84 00 0 00 45 00 00 0 00 65 00 70 0 00 15 70 00 0 00 28 00 40 3 00 25 40 47 8 51 65 98 2 21210 164 22 35 15 00 98 35 3 5 00 60 13 69 2 00 18 69 3 4 00 29 13 89 0 00 17 89 202 2 28 13 00 44 5 00 27 44 72 7 28 54 00 6 0 00 66 16 7 365 24 3718 41 9 2 00 37 19 38 8 00 40 38 Chk Account 470788XXXXXX3554 4488 65XXXXXX3732 482890XXXXXX7019 460728XXXXXX9231 486830XXXXXX8004 461046XXXXXX2677 474472XXXXXX3279 463158XXXXXX0242 461046XXXXXX6513 442710XXXXXX8440 426684XXXXXX2902 430854XXXXXX9479 461046XXXXXX1889 461046XXXXXX5949 435603XXXXXX6046 435603XXXXXX0240 435603XXXXXX1957 430572XXXXXX8484 441103XXXXXX7131 463158XXXXXX9171 47447 6XXXXXX5480 435603XXXXXX4748 446540XXXXXX5027 418515XXXXXX5952 474472XXXXXX7344 412092XXXXXX2583 373140XXXXX3006 37271 6XXXXX2009 Report for 4 27 200 at 5 21 200X 4 12 43 PM Page 3 Exp 10 10 04 08 01 09 10 0X 08 08 05 09 02 10 07 08 05 09 01 08 02 09 10 09 02 09 02 08 12 10 09 09 05 09 03 10 02 11 02 11 10 09 07 09 04 11 01
171. 1 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 001 uchanans 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2200 10 50 4 00 10 501 35 00 183 75 2 00 63 00 0 00 0 00 Liquor Total 84 00 461 25 207 00 1052 50 140 00 738 25 490 00 2948 75 496 00 2918 20 120 00 694 75 35 00 157 75 Wine Burgundy 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 3 00 9 25 00 3 50 0 00 0 00 Chardonnay 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 100 3 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Zinfindel 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 4 00 14 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Wine Total 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 5 00 17550 3 00 925 1 00 3450 0 00 0 00 Beer Bohemia 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 5 00 16 25 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 2 415 7 00 14 25 4 00 8 00 21 00 bu Wb 25 00 64 75 3 00 8 25 0 00 0 001 Bud Light 19 00 44 25 37 00 80 75 43 00 95 251 257 00 696 25 137 00 371 75 40 00 110 00 7 00 12 25 Cartablanca 0 00 0 00 1 00 2 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 001 Coors Light 6 00 10 50 9 00 198 75 4 00 7 00 10 00 3 501 2 00 5 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Corona 0 00 0 00 4 00 10 50 9 00 21 75 45 00 42 50 82 00 259 00 9 00 29 25 0 00 0 001 DosXX Lager 0 00 0 00 9 00 18 00 10 00 27 50 49 00 53 00 8 00 26 00 9 90 16 25 0 00 0 001 HEINEKEN 0 00 0 00 2 00 5 25 0 00 0 00 6 00 950 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 MICHELLOB 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 11 00 21425 2 00 3 50 8 00 22 00 2 00 5 50 0 00 0 00 Miller Lite 18 00 33 50 18 00 32 50 3 00 6 2
172. 1 01 0107 0103 840165 Figure x x Scheduling Commands Command Description Close Closes the Scheduling Window Save Saves the changes to the Schedule Add Adds a new employee or Job shift below the currently selected row If the focus is on the Employee Name the Employee Name and all shifts on the line will be deleted A Delete confirmation message will be displayed If the focus is on a Job shift the specific Job shift that is highlighted will be deleted and no confirmation message will be displayed Jobs Displays a list of Jobs that sub schedules by Job can be created If the focus is on a Job shift the shift will be copied in the clipboard If the focus is on an Employee Copy Name all the Job shifts on the line will be copied to the clipboard The name of the employee cannot be copied If the focus is on a Job shift the Job shift in the clipboard will be pasted onto the focus area Paste If the focus is on an Employee Name or an empty Employee Name area all the Job shifts on the line will be pasted onto the focus line Print Prints the currently displayed Schedule Cancel Cancels changes made prior to saving WA Scheduling Cashier COUNTER CASHIER Sehedute Availability Mon es Demond M erome ashaf T i Figure x x Scheduling Fields Field Schedule Name Employee Days of the Week Totals Hours Cost Sales Labor Shortcut
173. 10 different Remote Check Formats The Remote Checks are printed at the assigned printers Accessing the Remote Check Formats Window While in Focus Setup select Printers gt Remote Check Formats Remote Check Formats Formats Header Chase Printing Figure x x Remote Check Format Options Option Description Formats Used to setup the appearance of the Remote Check Format Header Used to setup the appearance of the top of the Remote Check Format Chase Printing Used to setup Chase Printing Related Topics Job Right Remote Check Formats TOP 9 4 1 Formats Purpose The Remote Check Formats Formats Window is used to establish information printed on the Remote Chit Accessing the Formats Window While in Focus Setup select Printers Remote Check Formats Formats Remote Check Formats p Formats Header Chase Printing Formats T b Lines Lines at Bottom Expanded Exoansed PMS 2 6 Modifier Check ReaReverse Expanded Append Guest Check Location Expe ______ Printer Name Guests To Go Delivery Options Center Seat Separator video format Print Header at Top of Check Egana 9 Print Modifers Order Dash tine 10 Consolidate Expanded Separate by Seat Complete Separate Chi by Item Full Cut Priority Options 215 0 2 F Sort by
174. 1105XXXXXX2746 41105XXXXXX6337 41105XXXXXX7489 42048XXXXXX1889 42644XXXXXX5822 42710XXXXXX4739 42756XXXXXX2547 44796XXXXXX2034 46542XXXXXX111 46542XXXXXX8708 47669XXXXXX7050 6 6 6 6 6 046XXXXXX1569 046XXXXXX269 046XXXXXX3283 046XXXXXX647 046XXXXXX6946 61046XXXXXX9643 63158XXXXXX0186 63158XXXXXX1654 63572XXXXXX0898 63572XXXXXX9329 74472XXXXXX0479 74472XXXXXX1105 74472XXXXXX3060 74472XXXXXX3894 74472XXXXXX4 159 74472 49 74472XXXXXX630 74472XXXXXX678 74472XXXXXX7 64 7447 6XXXXXX990 77748XXXXXX46 77748XXXXXX743 79347XXXXXX529 79511XXXXXX89 80801XXXXXX072 82890XXXXXX00 82890XXXXXX6015 84719XXXXXX4153 86830XXXXXX0208 86830XXXXXX4902 86830XXXXXX6908 86830XXXXXX7001 86830XXXXXX7007 88893XXXXXX5927 88893XXXXXX6712 91992XXXXXX8816 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 J 4 O CQ WN 916420 007338 022821 050820 093321 025322 093713 081213 005969 00554B 03527 085820 005990 00570A 00503A 177980 001314 042721 080622 062915 064418 012715 502383 75854 64879 82508 34482 52723 85167 61533 65267 72084 70656 00578 51698 54046 07169 07837 017811 000681 054954 373880 345652 013247 970460 308428 228167 264532 832382 00523A 02547A 247029 CO 2 CO O10 hN O o O J 1 gt Qo C O1 to CQ OY 4 QO ho O 45
175. 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 Case M se Ft xe as lt 4 9 x Oa Gn 4 4 43 n lt Bale Box Box Box NWWWNnNnNnNNnNNN Box Gal Bag Lb Box Box Can Box Box Botl Box Bag Gal Bag Ooo C0 500 nd 0 314 B 425 e Oe us OO Pu LP gt SO OO ouo 87 886 n Q OO Or Ge 2 NN ON 40 I5 374 46 i SS RD ge od SO nd n Camo EO NE NNN 00 Pepper Packets Rice Salt Bulk Salt Packets Shrimp Breading Ziplock Bags Quart Other Foods Dry Totals F Cooler Biscuit Dressing Cheese Slices Coctail Sauce Cole Slaw Blend Cole Slaw Slurry Creamy Creole Sauce Dipping Sauce Leaf Lettuce Liver Pickl
176. 1498 88 1274 7112 55 38 7133 26 To Go 9 33 Subtotal 0419 82 Inclusive Tax 0 00 Subtotal Discounts 0 00 Net Sales 0419 82 Sales Tax 512 89 on 6216 85 exempt 0 00 State Tax 0 00 on 119 50 exempt 0 00 Total Tax 512 89 Total Sales 10932 71 Paid Outs 0 00 Paid Ins 0 00 Gift Cards 390 00 CC Tip Fee 0 00 Refunds 0 00 GROSS CASH 210 5736 95 Paid Outs 0 0 00 CC Tip Fee 0 00 Tips Paid Out 608 10 NET CASH 5128 85 Cash Deposit Check 0 0 00 Cash amp Checks 5128 85 Cash amp Checks Master Card 36 1506 87 Visa 93 3718 41 Amex 10 ZIQ l3 Discover 2 22 66 Gift Cartificat 0 0 00 Diners Club 0 0 00 MC Visa 0 0 00 Gift Card 4 435 79 TOTAL PAYMENTS 11322 71 11322 71 Over Short CC Total 5 758 07 Comp 2 24 95 50 Disc t5 99 72 20 Disc Figure x x Daily Report Fields Field NRGT Average Check Average Guest Voids Report Group Units and Sales Discount Units and Sales Order Type Charges Subtotal Inclusive Tax Subtotal Discounts Net Sales Taxes Total Tax Total Sales Paid Outs Paid Ins Gift Cards Retained Tips CC Tip Fee Refunds Total Accountable Gross Cash Paid Outs Advances CC Tip Fee Tips Paid Out Net Cash Non Cash Payments Description Non Resettable Grand Total The NRGT equals the NRGT for the previous day plus the Subtotal on the Dai date range is for more than one day then the NRGT is not printed Average C
177. 15 00 3 00 8 00 53 549123XXXXXX1318 08 07 005038 46 92 8 00 54 92 275 551606 2445 1 08 049260 10 39 2 00 2 39 2 Focus Cafe Batch Report for 4 5 200 at 4 5 200X 3 49 11 PM Page 5 Account Exp Date Approval Amount TE Total Chk 552851XXXXXX9942 04 10 012719 23 90 2 00 25 90 184 558821XXXXXX9442 11 08 016922 98 55 12 00 110 55 211 Tota 1711 27 261 67 1972 94 Disc 601100XXXXXX3350 09 08 005624 8 39 1 00 9 39 52 601100XXXXXX5845 05 09 005814 33 16 0 00 33 16 120 601100XXXXXX6011 03 08 005725 28 20 6 00 34 20 323 601100XXXXXX6026 10 07 005678 31 00 5 00 36 00 125 601100XXXXXX6233 05 08 005536 6 66 1 34 8 00 94 Tota 107 41 13 34 120 75 Grand Total 6075 06 976 17 7051 23 Batch Number 1031 Reference Number 095225838 Settled at 4 5 200X 10 58 20 PM File Settled FOCUS C FOCUS batch 0405200X Business Date 04 05 200 Transaction Count 218 Amount 7051 23 More Information 200 Closed 1031 7051 23 218 7051 23 218 095225838 Figure x x Batch Report Fields Field Description Date The date of the Batch Report is displayed Batch Number The number for the credit card Batch is displayed Pun The date and time the Batch was settled is displayed was Settled Account The account number of the credit card is masked and displayed Expiration Date The expiration date of the credit card is displayed Approval Code The Approval Code received from the credit card processor is displayed Am
178. 2 85 00 5 47 Caldo Res 42 00 3 00 4 00 Caldo Tlalpeno 41 70 6 00 34 75 Camaron Acapulco 334 50 1 00 0475 Camaron Diablo B 5 00 18219 Camaron Mazatlan 31 40 3 00 47 25 Carne Asada 59 75 7 00 65 71 Charros 2 218 0 00 0 001 Chilaquiles 0 001 0 00 0 001 Chile Relleno 48 75 3 00 294 25 Chile con Queso 136 87 1 1984 00 103 50 2 00 115 11 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 59 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 60 35 10 2 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 6 95 31 25 31 25 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 15 18 00 24 00 0 00 1 15 4 00 4 00 4 50 4 50 90 0 00 6 75 2225 63 00 15 75 0 00 19 501 11275 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 14 50 0 00 15 75 6 75 6 75 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 32 85 21 00 42 00 62 55 27 79 16 75 0 00 31 50 0 00 15 75 31 50 0 00 47 80 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 48 9 75 19 501 63 25 63 25 1 00 0 00 8 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 2 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 00 0 00 00 0 00 00 3 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 0 00 1 00 1 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 8 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 3 00 0 00 4 50 0 00 2 25 39237 15375 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00
179. 21 200X Monday Angel R ls01 19 254 5 2 5472 2 80 Beto b 9 51114 02 5 2 572 2 39 Ciro J 6 55122 02 5 2 572 15 16 Claudia 12301 22 05 522 572 22 45 Efrain C 1 33 4 00 5 2 5 22 0 47 Elvin T 9 49113 38 5 2 5 2 2 92 Elvin T F233 21243 05422 5 2 715 Estuardo M 0 02113 59 5 2 5 2 7 14 Francisco M 0 50117 31 5 2 5 2 12 08 Hector E 9 51114 00 5 2 5 2 7 50 Hector E 6257 22345 572 5 2 10 48 Jorge 0 51113 43 5 2 5 2 2 06 Jorge 6 53121 42 5 2 5 2 8 59 LOURDES 7 6 53 22 00 5 2 5 2 9 26 Mariel H 0 44113 50 5 2 5 2 3 98 Mario G 7 02121 52 5 2 5 2 6 73 Martin S 0253 13239 5 2 5 2 2 34 Martin S 6 50 21 59 5 2 5 2 8 38 Miguel N 6 57121 42 5 2 5 2 8 59 Oscar 5 1 02114 58 572 572 0 551 Oscar S 6 54122 23 5 2 542 1 77 Ricardo L 0 255 21 23 5 2 5 2 19 02 Tip Pool Report for 5 21 200X at 5 24 200X 11 06 26 AM Page 2 Roberto C 0 11 4 00 5 2 5 22 3222 Rosa J U 9 52114 00 5 2 5 2 1 547 Rosa J U 6 50121 36 5 2 5 2 8 62 Rosalina R 6 57122 01 5 2 5 2 9 17 1 17116 12 5 2 5 2 3 20 7 20 121 18 5 2 5 2 2 61 Totals 11853 112 53 Employee totals Angel R 2 80 Beto b 2 39 Ciro J 15 16 Claudia V 22 45 Efrain C 0 47 Elvin T 10 07 El Palenque Time Time Date Date Collected Distributed Employee In Out In Out Amount Amount Estuardo M 7 14 Francisco M 12 08 Hector E 17 98
180. 3 00 3 50 Conmemorativo 0 00 0 00 3 00 4 25 Courvoisier 0 00 0 00 3 00 78 001 Cranberry Juice 0 00 0 00 7 00 2 25 1 0 00 0 00 164 00 5780 00 Cuba Libre 0 00 0 00 4 00 4 00 DON PEDRO 0 00 0 00 64 00 288 00 Daq Straw 0 00 0 00 00 5 00 Don Julio 0 00 0 00 383 00 2424 50 EDUARDO REPOSADO 0 00 0 00 21 00 141 75 EDUARDO SILVER 0 00 0 00 1 00 6 75 Fuzzy Navel 0 00 0 00 1 00 6 001 GREY GOOSE L ORANGE 0 00 0 00 6 00 45 00 Gin 0 00 0 00 7 00 24 50 Goldschlager 0 00 0 00 14 00 84 00 0 00 0 00 10 00 117 00 Gran Gala Marg 0 00 0 00 5 00 60 00 Grapefruit Juice 0 00 0 00 3 00 5 25 Grd Marnier 0 00 0 00 72 00 367 50 Grey Goose 1 00 5 00 119 00 585 00 HENNESSY 0 00 0 00 40 00 280 00 0 00 0 00 37 00 187 00 Herradura 0 00 0 00 22 00 141 70 Focus Cafe Cumulative Item Count Rep for Page 2 Day Year 05 03 0X 101 01 0 05 03 0 Net Net Price Units Sales 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 4 00 21 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 15 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 7 00 35 00 7 00 35 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0
181. 3 09 4 28 4 28 34 30 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Cook 9 05 15 11 4 28 4 28 6 10 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Prep Cook 9 50 15 01 4 28 4728 5 18 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Busboy 9 50 13 06 4 28 4 28 3 27 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Roberto H Server 9 53 14 37 4 28 4 28 4 73 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Focus Cafe Attendance Report for 04 28 200X at 05 07 200 5 19 12 Page 2 Time Time Date Date Tipped 8 00 Charge Declared Employee Job In Out In Out Hours Breaks Sales Sales Tips Tips Roberto Cook 9 04 15 07 4 28 4 28 6 05 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Prep Cook 9 34 15 26 4 28 4 28 5 87 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Busboy 9 50 13 06 4 28 4 28 3 27 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Prep Cook 9 05 15 06 4 28 4 28 6 02 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 O hector d Manager 0 00 4 00 4 28 4 29 18 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E hector d Bartender 0 33 21 30 4 28 4 28 9 95 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 D hector d Busboy 0 50 11 11 4 28 4 28 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E hector d 0 58 16 38 4 28 4 28 5 67 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 hector d Hostess 0 51 14 01 4 28 4 28 3 17 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Edit Delete Automatic clockout at close day Figure x x Attendance Report Fields Option Date Range Revenue Center Job Employee Status Time In Time Out Date In Date Out Hours
182. 4 15 16 n 17 Employee Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep 2 Figure Hourly Report Options Option Description Start time Enter the Start Time boundary in the text box during which data will be included in the report Use the hh mm format based or End time Enter the End Time boundary in the text box during which data will be included in the report Use the hh mm format based on Interval Enter the interval time The interval must be greater than or equal to 15 minutes Labor will not be shown on the report None Labor Job Totals Labor by job will be displayed Total Total Laobr will be displayed Report Groups Sales Total Sales will be displayed by the sales Total Text The default format View and print for most instances Comma Delimited Check Printer Report Select this option if the report is to be printed with the office printer Jobs Select the jobs you wish to calculate the reports Labor cost is displayed for each of theses Jobs if the labor option is set to Jot Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup Sales will be displayed by Report Group File Format Comma separated format for use to export the report Select this option if the report is to be printed with the guest check printer TOP 12 3 1 11 1 Sample Hourly Report Purpose A sample Hourly Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may diffe
183. 5 29 129 11 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 62 228 47 12 207 534 21 SA 48 29 69 250 235 22 2315 58 761 261 24 29 69 LP 00 00 00 00 75 00 80 00 00 58 00 37 00 00 90 60 00 37 00 85 29 59 25 00 00 80 49 00 59 00 85 87 95 00 00 255 I5 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 3T 45 85 154 25 26 EES 00 00 00 00 5 00 85 00 00 16 00 37 00 00 90 00 x2 00 90 ME 19 25 00 00 00 87 50 85 00 00 87 95 00 50 Pollo Loco 11 00 95 00 24 00 218 50 15 00 133 00 770 00 6157 69 Focus Cafe Cumulative Item Count Rep for 1 1 200X 5 3 200X at 5 21 200X 3 52 37 PM Page 7 Day Week Month Year 05 03 0X 04 29 0
184. 5 Large Drink Lids Latex Gloves Leaf Lettuce 00 0 67 Liquid Shortening Starter 00 7 92 Liver 00 6 00 Louisiana Hot Sauce Mashed Potatoes Mayonise 00 6 28 Medium Drink Cups 00 36 23 Mississippi Mud Cake Mop Handle 00 4 11 Multi Purpose Batter 300 40 70 Munchie Cups 00 41 87 Napkins 00 21 94 Onion Rings Oven Cleaner Paper Towels Pepper Bags 00 11 16 Pepper Packets Pickles 00 154 37 Pie Sleeves Case Box Box Box Ea Box Box Case Box Case Ea Case Box Box Pair Case Box Box Box Case Box Box Box Box Case Case Case Box Botl Case Box Box Box Case Box Ea Case Case Case Case Box Case Box Box Box 41 2 3 T 174 29 4l 21 34 24 15 11 31 28 25 17 14 297 12 54 65 47 525 39 76 00 01 64 00 20 62 20 66 52 108 67 42 45 20 86 67 92 00 01 219 28 23 98 79 70 87 94 26 24 16 50 37 69 8 Chub s 0 Bag s 0 5 Box 2 Ea 5 7 5 156 5 3 98 Slv 5 1 59 5 Case 4 s 4 Case s 2 98 Bag s 0 99 Box s 50 Botl s Pair 8 26 Chub s 0 Box s 1 Box 2 Bag s 1 Box 5 89 Can s 1 Box 1 92 Box s 75 Ea s 0 Bag s 8 88 Slv s 1 Case 1 95 Slv s 1 Case 4 Box s 0 Box s 0 Botl
185. 5 44 00 16 00 21 00 52 75 2 00 5 50 7 00 12 25 Modelo Especial 2 00 6 50 9 00 24 25 5 00 13125 11 00 35 25 10 00 31 25 5 00 16 25 0 00 0 00 Negra Modelo 0 00 0 00 4 00 8 00 S00 T5 8 00 23 50 3 00 9 75 6 00 19 501 0 00 0 001 Tecate 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 4 00 23 00 67 25 20 00 62 501 3 00 9 75 0 00 0 00 Beer Total 46 00 97 501 100 00 214 25 94 00 214 50 481 00 1348 75 316 00 905 25 75 00 220 25 14 00 24 50 Food Charros 12 oz 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 8 00 22 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 2 75 0 00 0 00 Guacamole Fiest 1 00 5395 00 5 95 0 00 0 00 12 00 71 40 2 00 11 901 2 00 11 901 2 00 11 901 1 Codorniz 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 001 1 00 5 00 2 00 10 001 0 00 0 001 1 Beef Enchilada 0 00 0 00 00 2225 0 00 0 00 100 2 25 2 00 4 50 00 2 25 0 00 0 00 1 Cheese Enchila 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 2 25 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 00 1 Chicken Enchil 0 00 0 00 00 2 25 0 00 0 00 1 00 2 25 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 00 Focus Cafe Weekly Item Count Report for 4 24 200X 4 30 200X at 5 21 200X 4 41 41 PM Page 3 4 24 200 4 25 200 4 26 200 4 27 200 4 28 200 4 29 200 4 30 200 Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday Monday Net Net Net Net Net Net Net Price Units Sales Units Sales Units Sales Units Sales Units Sales Units Sales Units Sales Chile Relleno 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 3 74 0 00 0 00 0 00
186. 6 1608 49 16 01 2740 103910 33 14 Visa 31 848 51 2748 34 27 36 5617 209656 61 28 Amex 9 323 22 818 21 8 15 740 31247 06 4 2 Discover 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 140 4939 08 0 67 Gift Cartificak 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 20 00 0 00 Check 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 Diners Club 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 MC Visa 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 Gift Card 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 45 7720 83 1 05 Total Payments 162 3503 79 9300 94 100 00 23255 667511 28 100 Dine In 103 3069 50 8404 40 6314 627416 35 To Go 22 2 15 25 503 90 665 10943 94 Focus Cafe 3 57 45 PM Page 2 Day Year kun Ec 05 03 0 05 03 0X 01 01 0X 05 03 0X Net 5 Net Units Sales 5 Sales Sales Units Sales Sales Week 04 29 0X 05 03 0 Net Sales Sales Month 05 01 0X Net 0 00 45 80 240 5446 19 50 Disc L3 69 92 144 05 210 7390 74 20 Disc 4 6 31 11 68 72 503 84 4 0 0 00 0 00 1 9 00 45 275 65 8 11 68 0 0 00 Sales Tax 20 00 Figure x x Cumulative Sales Report Fields Field Average Check Average Guest Discounts Voids Report Group Totals Totals Subtotal Inclusive Tax Subtotal Discounts Net Sales Tax Information Tax Total Total Sales Paid Outs Paid Ins Credit Card Tip Fee Refunds Total Accountable Gross Cash Paid Outs Advances Credit Card Tip Fee Tips Paid Out Net Cash Other Payments Total Payments Discoun
187. 6 26 44 0 00 0 08 151 25 55620 87 8 90 2616 27 63313 403619 59 64 58 28964 149 511 50 67 4 20651 449 3268 625010 22 T3 579 61 3282 625589 83 3077 0 15 33 00 63 80 04 Net Sales 8731 98 Sales Tax 568 96 3282 625589 83 221 34032 15 568 96 221 Total Sales 9300 94 Paid Outs 0 00 Paid 0 00 Gift 0 00 CC Tip Fee 0 00 Refunds 0 00 Ins Cards 3503 659621 98 0 0 0 Week 04 29 0X 05 03 0 Net Sales Sales 1106 1 34 59 362 46 160 50 50 02 50 sou 44 90 938 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 Month 05 01 0X Net Total Accountable 9300 94 667510 98 46 98 801 21 48 14 22 84 52 8 70 5 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 00 00 275 49 94 26 402 7855 09 46 93 0 00 0 00 0 00 1007 75 6847 34 74 2618 09 15 28 147 4828 85 28 18 35 1216 70 110 1 88 02 0 51 1 20 00 0 12 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 0 0 00 0 00 3 320 00 15 81 663 15939 00 100 00 434 14588 71 44 677 80 Cumulative Sales Report for 1 1 200 5 3 200 at 5 21 200 ales GROSS CASH 102 1730 88 4755 69 48 48 3942 349651 77 50 Paid Outs 0 00 0 00 0 00 Advances 0 00 0 00 0 00 Tip Fee 0 00 0 00 0 00 Tips Paid Out 196 99 629 79 39634 40 Net Cash 1533 90 4125 90 310017 37 Master Card 20 798 1
188. 75 43 00 4525 11 00 19 25 1846 00 2804 81 Sopapillas 1 00 3 00 1 00 3 00 1 00 3 00 35 00 103 50 Sour Cream 1 00 1 15 5 00 55 75 3 00 3 45 217 00 238 00 Spinach Enchiladas 2 00 I3 72 7 00 59 47 2 00 L3 72 223 00 1983 70 Steak Mexicana i200 11 45 3 00 34 35 1 00 11 45 26 00 286 26 Stuffed Jalapeno 0 00 0 00 34 00 164 38 0 00 0 00 55 00 1518 03 T Bone Ranchero 0 00 0 00 38 00 1977 50 T Plancha B Fajita 0 00 0 00 99 00 461 34 TEJANO 0 00 0 00 00 0 001 Taco Nino 2 00 9 90 94 00 957 82 Taco Salad 2 00 19 90 56 00 1412 64 Tacos A la Plancha 24 00 9 00 337 00 2697 69 Tacos Carbon 6 00 61 50 235 00 11753 98 Tamales 0 00 0 00 06 00 658 42 Tamarindo 1 00 2 00 246 00 430 87 Tampiquena 2 00 21 50 802 00 6593 09 Tampiquena Mar 0 00 0 00 72 00 918 09 Taquitos 5 00 28 56 238 00 1460 25 Texas Combo 0 00 0 00 200 00 1693 70 Tomato Juice 0 00 0 00 1 00 95 Tostadas 2 00 11 90 173 00 1089 10 Tostadas Sevi Shri 0 00 0 00 24 00 64 88 Vallarta 0 00 0 00 52 00 310 54 Food Total 449 00 2616 27 63313 00 403619 59 Grand Total 617 00 3268 52 8706 77 113077 00 Focus Cafe 625010 22 Cumulative Item Count for Page 8 Day Year 05 03 0X 101 01 0 05 03 0 Net Net Price Units Sales 1 00 1 25 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 5 00 76 25 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 0
189. 87 04 AMEX 31 15 0 00 31 15 Discover 0 00 0 00 0 00 Diners 0 00 0 00 0 00 Gift Card 16 64 0 00 16 64 Account 0 00 0 00 0 00 CASH DETAIL Declared Cash 672 25 Net Cash 521492 Starting Bank 150 00 Cash Over Short 0 33 Declared Check Total 0 00 Check Total 0 00 Checks Over Short 0 00 Declared Gift Card Total 17 00 Gift Card Total 16 64 Gift Card Over Short 0 36 REFUNDS Name Time Amount Cash PAIDOUTS PAIDINS GIFT CARDS Accounts Activated Amount 6010XXXXXXXX3774 10 00 6010XXXXXXXX3428 5 00 6010 4269 5 00 3 cards activated 20 00 Figure Drawer Report Section Field Cash Tray Status Time Opened Time Closed Assigned Description The Station Name and Cash Drawer Number are displayed Displays if the Cash Tray is currently opened or closed The time the Cash Tray was opened This line is only printed if the cash tray has been closed The names of the employees assigned to the drawer are displayed Figure x x Summary Section Fields Field Labor Cost Average Check Average Guest Average Time Average Beverage Voids No Sale Count Error Correct Count Drawer Opens Discounts Refunds Description The dollar amount and percentage the labor cost is at for the selected time period The number of checks and the dollar amount of the average check The number of guests and the average dollar amount for each guest The average time a check was opened The numb
190. 9 Flautas 670 00 5369 05 Flour Tortilla 469 00 137 19 French Fries 45 00 291 57 Gorditas 370 00 2741 75 Grande Dinner 854 00 7702 87 Hamburger Fries 391 00 1789 16 Horchata 1070 00 1895 29 Huevos Mexicana Day 05 03 0X 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 4 00 2 00 0 00 3 00 0 00 1 00 3 00 3 00 28 12 00 00 00 00 00 50 00 90 00 95 50 37 00 00 10 00 13 00 12 00 13 00 23 00 49 00 Week 152 20 2425 00 90 50 57 12 80 00 80 00 00 50 45 04 29 0 05 03 0 0 00 0 00 55 00 19 00 19 00 26 00 11 00 42 00 956 157 dux 242 47 84 00 00 00 97 73 50 49 205 00 55 25 01 00 00 LIS 295 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 82 54 251 00 95 50 70 90 00 50 00 00 50 45 61 1 200X 5 3 200X at 5 21 200X 3 52 37 PM Month 05 01 0X 05 03 0X Net Units Sales 6 00 50 32 7 00 66 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 6 97 21 00 265 35 2 00 5 90 10 00 83 12 14 00 4 20 0 00 0 00 3 00 23 85 12 00 114 00 4 00 14 84 14 00 28 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 3 98 Huevos Rancheros 2 00 2 98 Huevos Tocino 2 00 3 98 H
191. 9 00 400 50 Absolute 0 00 0 00 99 00 378 00 Apple Tini 0 00 0 00 65 00 357 50 B 52 0 00 0 00 7 00 42 00 BIG APPLE MARTINI 0 00 0 00 14 00 91 00 Bacardi 15 0 00 0 00 26 00 7 00 Bacardi Anejo 0 00 0 00 12 00 54 00 Bailey s 1 00 6 00 26 00 44 00 Black Russian 0 00 0 00 3 00 8 00 Bldy Mary 0 00 0 00 43 00 215 00 Blue Hawaian 0 00 0 00 43 00 301 00 Butter Niple 0 00 0 00 91 00 546 00 CASADORES REPOSADO 0 00 0 00 129 00 762 00 CASRRITAS B 0 00 0 00 28 00 336 00 CAZADORES ANEJO 0 00 0 00 69 00 476 00 CAZADORES SILVER 0 00 0 00 73 00 435 00 CAZARITA 0 00 0 00 1 00 12 001 CHERRY 0 00 0 00 2 00 2 00 CORAZON SILVER 0 00 0 00 4 00 26 00 CORRALEJO REPOSADO 0 00 0 00 12 00 72 001 Centenario 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 10 00 60 00 10 00 60 00 1 00 4 50 1 00 4 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 6 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 6 00 1 00 6 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 6 00 42 00 Chambord 0 00 0 00 4 00 20 001 Chambord marg Jumb 0 00 0 00 44 00 440 00 Chivas 0 00 0 00 65 00 766 50 Clamato 0 00 0 00 31 00 55 00 Cocaine 0 00 0 00 8 00 35 00 Cointreau 0 00 0 00
192. ARDO SILVER 00 6 75 0 06 Gin 3 00 0 50 0 10 Grd Marnier 2 00 0 50 0 10 Grey Goose 00 5 00 0 05 HENNESSY 5 00 35 00 0 34 2 00 1 00 0 11 J W Black 5 00 26 25 0525 Jack Daniels 3 00 4 25 0 14 Jum Gran Gold F 2 00 24 00 0 23 Jumbo Rox 53 00 367 00 3253 Jumbo Gold Frozen 00 0 00 0 10 Jumbo Gold Rocas 3 00 30 00 0 29 Jumbo Mango 4 00 32 00 0 31 Jumbo Midori Fz 00 9 50 0 09 Jumbo Peach Marg 8 00 64 00 0 61 Jumbo Sangria Margarita 00 9 50 0 09 Jumbo Strawberry Margar 52 00 416 00 4 00 JumboMarg Frozen 136 00 888 00 8 53 L I Tea 00 7 00 0 07 Liquor 6 00 36 00 0 35 Malibu 00 4 50 0 04 Marg Straw 4 00 19 00 0 18 Marg Froz 24 00 72 00 0 69 Marg Peach 00 4 00 0 04 Michelada Domestica 19 00 76 00 0 73 Michelada Importada 35 00 157 50 1 51 Patron 10 00 65 00 0 62 Patron Jumbo Margarita 3 00 36 00 0235 Pina Colada 24 00 120 00 1 15 1 O1 O1 4S ND eC C Il O0 OOo Rum Sangria Seagrems 7 Slice Strawbery Daikiry Tequila Cuervo 1800 Vampiro Vodka 2 uchanans 4 Liquor Total 490 Wine Chardonnay 1 Zinfindel 4 Wine Total 95 Focus Cafe Daily Item Count Report for 4 27 200X at 15 SW tO O1 0 Price Units Beer Bohemia 5 00 Bud 21 00 Bud Light 257 00 Coors Light 10 00 Corona 45 00 DosXX Lager 49 00 HEINEKEN 6 00 MICHELLOB 2 00 Miller Lite 44 00 Modelo Especial 11
193. Accessing the Events Window While in Focus Setup select Miscellaneous gt Events Name Apptiz Promo Beer Promo Daily Reports Report Test Beer Promo Open clock Options DES Active Frequency C Once Time Active time Interval M 0 Close Save Interval Figure x x Events Fields Field Name Report Active Frequency Time Active Time Interval Description Enter a name for each Event The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Select the report that will be used for the Event Select if the Event is to be used Once Select if the Event is only to occur once day daily Interval Select if the Event is to occur multiple times a day If once a day is selected enter the time that the Event is to occur If interval is selected select the Time Range that the Event is to occur Enter the time in minutes that the Event is to update is information Promotions display on all of the Stations that the Display Event Blackboards option is active The Interval is the time that the promotions will be updated Procedure to Establish Events Prepare a list of Events Enter the name of each Event Select the report that will be used for each Event Select if the Event is to be Active Select the Interval that the event 15 to occur Select the Time or Interval and Active Time Click Save Related Topics
194. Account Transacton Rep M 07 Irwentory Reorder Report Wwerftory Report Options Sod Vendors PFO COKE Vendor 4 Vendor 5 Vendor 6 Vendor 7 Vendor 8 Vendor 9 Vendor 10 Vendor 11 Vendor 12 Figure x x Inventory Reorder Report Options Option Description Vendors Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup 12 3 1 13 1 Sample Inventory Reorder Report Purpose inventory Receder Report 4 A sample Inventory Reorder Report and description of the fields listed below X Conca All items that belong to the selected Vendors are included on the report TOP Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Inventory Reorder Report Focus Cafe Vendor Oty Extended Item Number Needed Price Inv Reorder for 5 21 200X at 5 21 200X 5 54 40 PM Page 1 Purch Unit Purch Expected Price On Hand Par Minimum Level Purchase 10 Caryouts 00 51 70 15 5 Bags 16 oz bean cups 200 Food Trays 00 21 00 23 Bags 3 Register Paper 00 47 32 300 Food Trays 6 lb bags 00 36 07 7 oz bean cups 9 Caryouts Apple Turnovers Aprons Biscuit Dressing Biscuit Wrap 00 37 20 Biscuits Black Bowls 00 31 24 Bleach 00 13 86 Breast Fillets Fresh 00 101 19 Breast Fillets F
195. An Order Type may be specified so only checks with that Order Type appear on the Tab List Window If an Order Type is specified then the Order Type name appears on the caption of the Tab List Window Allows the employee to preauthorize checks and or tabs by verifying credit card funds Allows the employee to capture a credit card without authorizing that card The specific Tax that will be exempt Note The specified Taxes are removed from all items on the check that have that tax To remove Taxes from specific items the Tax Exempt Command must be used outside of a Package Allows the employee access to the Table Selection Window A Check Filter may be specified so only checks that meet the filter criteria appear on the form If a Check Filter is specified then the Check Filter name appears on the caption of the check form Allows the employee to stop the timer on an item that has the timed item option set The specific Paid Out and amount may be specified Note If a Paid Out field Vendor Invoice or Comment is required then the New Paid Out Window is displayed with the focus set to that field otherwise a Paid Out is created for the amount in the Package Also if the amount in the Package is left blank then the Paid Out form is Select Last Payment Transfer Employee Previous Check Transfer All Advance Edit Position Next Position Current Position Review Position Split Position Split All Item Edit R
196. Beverage added to the check Select the image to display when the check for the table has appetizers Appetizer added the to check Entree Select the image to display when the check for the table has had entr e added to the check Dessert Select the image to display when the check for the table has had desserts added to the check Select the image to display when the check for the table has been Check printed printed Select the image to display when the payment for the table has been Payment rcvd entered Select the image to display when the table has no activity for the specified amount of minutes Service Alert Procedure to Establish Table Types Prepare a list of Table Types names Enter the name of the Table Types in a separate Name text box Select the appropriate options Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Table Types TOP 10 13 Tare Weights Purpose The Tare Weights Window is used to establish up to 20 different Tare Weights Tare Weights are used in scale item pricing calculations A specific Tare may be associated with a Menu Item or the operator can be required to select from the Tare List each time the scale item is sold Accessing the Tare Weights Window While in Focus Setup select Order Entry Tare Weights Tare Weights Tare Weights Name 8 plate A 8 plate 12 plate Image File Name Bowl a 2 Weight 5 6 0 950 7 8 Va
197. Delivery Zone Delivery Instructions Phone 2 Fax Comments Do Not Deliver Bad Check Allow Charge VIP Return Mail Require Approval E Mail Address Company Birth Date Description A list of existing Customers sorted alphabetically by Last Name Select a Customers Last Name to display all associated data for the selected Customer At the top of the Customer Accounts list box the number of Customers Accounts will be displayed e g 3 Required The Customer s First Name up to 20 alphanumeric characters Required The Customer s Last Name up to 20 alphanumeric characters Display the Customer s Phone Number up to 10 numeric characters Note The Customers are usually added at the time of purchase The fields that are required are configured in Setup gt Order Entry gt Order type gt New Customer Fields Displays the Customer s Account or Card Number up to 20 alphanumeric characters Display a Customer s picture selected from a graphic file The Customer s picture will be displayed in the upper right corner of the Customer Found Window The Customer s Address up to 30 alphanumeric characters The Customer s Apartment or Suite Number up to 5 alphanumeric characters Select from the drop list of pre configured Cities Select from the drop list of pre configured States Enter the Customer s Zip Code up to 5 alphanumeric characters Select from the drop list of pre configured Delivery Zones The in
198. Discounts Window While in Focus Setup select Order Entry gt Discounts Discounts Name Replacement 100 Active Time al an fiom Selection Bar Code Selected Items C One Rem tems image Fite Computation Method Rate Subtotal 100 00 Subtotal Amount FREE ITEMS UH Subtotal Tas Food Tax Buy an Get 1 2 C Buy and Get 2 Senior Discount 3 10 OFF TEM 20 OFF ENTRI Open Discount Crew 50 Manager s Meals Crew Incentives T Full 1 Halt Loyalty Plan Options lv Active Discount Order Type Charges Require Customer 5 OFF APPITZ EARLY BIRD Comp Food 2 fee w 3pc sand comb 2 99 LARGE SIDE 42 1058181199 Figure x x Discount Fields Variable Rate Enter Source Require Approval Include Modifiers CustomerPays Tax Discount Gift Card Buy and Get Requirement Items 2 mee iw Application Items ipe gt d gt d Howse Base X cance Field Name Image File Name Active Time Computation Item Selection Subtotal Taxes Bar Code Loyalty Plan Options Description A unique name for each Discount type The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Select the graphic that represents the Discount Select from the list of available Time Ranges to indicate when the Discount can be used Subtotal Subtotal
199. Figure x x Deposits Fields Field Description Dates Select the starting date to view Deposits Select the ending date to view Deposits The date the Deposit was made not the date it was entered The time the Deposit was entered The status of the Deposit If the Deposit was Voided then V is displayed 5 The amount of the Deposit Description The Deposit Description usually refers to the Deposit slip identifier Counted By The employee that entered the Deposit Figure x x Deposits Commands Command Description New Allows you to enter a new Deposit Void Allows you to Void an existing Deposit Close Exits the Deposits Window Related Topics Job Right Enter Deposit Job Right Approve Cashier Functions TOP 15 5 1 Adding a New Deposit Purpose The procedures to enter a new Deposit are listed below x The linked image cannot be displayed The may have been moved renamed deleted Verty that the link points to the correct fle and location Figure x x New Deposit Fields Field Description Date The date the Deposit should be accounted for Enter the amount of cash included the Deposit A deposit calculator is available by pressing the cash button beside the amount Checks Enter the amount of checks included in the Deposit A deposit calculator is available by pressing the button beside the amount Description Enter the Deposit Description typically
200. Fleischmanns Fleischmanns Gin 17 8 04 22 Fleischman 2 09 41 7 27 7 30 7 43 7 43 Fleischman 8 8 16 25255 1 41 30 2 41 36 Ladies 2 42 44 Ladies 2 45 26 201339 2 06 13 Ladies 1 10 13 Ladies 2 10 28 2 45 19 245222 Ladies 2 52 50 Ladies 09 28 Ladies 213 19 222 550 Ladies 23 31 125259 Ladies 1298237 528258 2 22 02 2 24 02 36520 Ladies 36736 2 48 10 Ladies 205219 2 08 38 Vodka Vodka Vodka Vodka Vod Vod Vod Vod Vod Fleischman Ka Ka Ka Ka Ka Vodka Vodka POUR SALE POUR EMPTY OPEN POUR SALE POUR POUR POUR SALE SALE POUR POUR SALE SALE POUR POUR SALE SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR SALE POUR 60 45 lt 99 9 53 52 43 65 s13 idi s 49 73 62 28 12 76 76 76 333 54 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 40 04 34 S33 86 16 68 sl 76 06 36 49 20 50 80 i334 80 10 40 43 205 235 63 293 05 ME 87 217 493 23 23 233 25 04 295 13 30 sol 78 49 21 94 72
201. Focus POS Systems Table of contents 1 Focus User Manual Setu 2 Focus Setup 3 Focus Info 4 Focus End User Configuration 5 File 6 Employees 6 1 Employees 6 1 1 Add a New Employee 6 1 2 Modifying Existing Employee Information 6 1 3 Deleting an Employee 6 1 4 Printing a List of Employees 6 1 4 1 Sample Employee List Report 6 1 5 Finding Employees 6 1 6 Import Employees 6 2 Jobs 6 2 1 Jobs 6 2 2 Rights 6 2 3 Timekeeping 6 2 4 Commands 6 2 5 Creating and Maintaining Jobs 6 3 Labor Groups 6 4 Messages 6 4 1 How to Write Messages 6 5 Scheduling 6 5 1 Schedules 6 5 1 1 Printing a Schedule 6 5 2 Creating a Schedule 6 5 3 Adding Sales Projection 6 5 4 Availabilty 6 6 Skills 6 7 Termination Reasons 6 8 Time Cards 6 8 1 Editing Time Card Records 6 8 2 Sample Time Card Printout 7 Customer 7 1 Accounts 7 1 1 Adding an Account 7 1 2 Print a List of Customer Accounts 7 1 3 Print Customer Accounts Labels 7 1 4 Quick Set Customer Accounts Options 7 1 5 Import Customer Accounts 7 1 6 Export Customer Accounts 7 1 7 Finding Customer Accounts 7 1 8 Loyalty Detail 7 2 Cities 7 3 Coupons 7 4 Customers 7 4 1 Adding a Customer 7 4 2 Print a List of Customers 7 4 3 Print Customer Lables 7 4 4 Quick Set Customer Options 7 4 5 Import Customers 7 4 6 Export Customers 7 4 7 Finding Customers 7 4 8 Loyalty Detail 7 5 Loyalty 7 5 1 Adding a Loyalty Customer 7 5 2 Print a List of Loyalty Customers 7 5 3 Pr
202. Francisco Server 16 51 22 30 4 28 4 28 5 65 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Server 16 55 23 34 4 28 4 28 6 65 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Cook 16 56 23 22 4 28 4 28 6 43 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Hostess 16 51 22 35 4 28 4 28 5 73 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Francisco Busboy 16 57 22 00 4 28 4 28 5 05 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Busboy 16 53 23 27 4 28 4 28 6 57 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Guicho Server 9 52 14 55 4 28 4 28 5 05 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Guicho Server 16 53 22 45 4 28 4 28 5 87 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Guicho Busboy 16 50 23 38 4 28 4 28 6 80 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 D Guicho Server 16 50 23 11 4 28 4 28 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Guicho Server 16 51 22 30 4 28 4 28 5 65 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Guicho Server 16 58 21 20 4 28 4 28 4 37 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Hugo Server 10 51 22 03 4 28 4 28 10 20 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 25 Juan Ramir Server 16 58 23 49 4 28 4 28 6 85 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Juan Ramir Dishwasher 16 59 23 26 4 28 4 28 6 45 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Juan Ramir Server 17 13 22 00 4 28 4 28 4 78 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00
203. He BG Server Chk Total Balance TOGO T 1 28 14 28 14 SANTIAGO A 2 21 94 21 94 Total 50 08 50 08 M uS S Xo TOI RES NO MISSING TIPS Name Time Date Server 2 Martin S 10 53 05 0 Abel A 11 25 0570 Manager 3 Espie 11 52 05 0 Alfredo 09 36 05 0 Rosaura D 09 02 05 0 Busboy 2 Estuardo M 09 54 05 0 Roberto C 09 54 05 0 Cook 1 Simon R To GO TOGO Prep Cook Ninfa B 14 55 05 01 1 11 29 05 01 1 15 25 05 01 Figure x x Summary Section Fields Field Labor Cost Average Check Average Guest Average Time Average Beverage Voids No Sale Count Error Correct Count Drawer Opens Discounts Refunds Description The dollar amount and percentage the labor cost is at for the selected time period The number of checks and the dollar amount of the average check The number of guests and the average dollar amount for each guest The average time a check was opened The number of beverages divided by the number of guests The number of Voids and the total dollar amount of the Voids The number of No Sale Counts Note The No Sale Count is included if a Time Card has been specified or if the rer The number of deleted items Modifiers are not included in this total Note The Error Correct Count is included if configured to print at checkout If the Drawer Section is printed on the report then the number of Drawer Opens long than X seconds is printed The nu
204. ID2 Access Code Address City State Zip Phone Number 1 Phone Number 2 Emergency Information Birth Date Hire Date Last Raise Date Termination Date Description Prints the employee s First and Last Prints the employee s Nickname Prints the employee s ID1 field Prints the employee s ID2 field Prints the employee s Access Code Prints the employee s Address City State and Zip Code Prints the employee s Phone Number 1 Prints the employee s Phone Number 2 Prints the employee s Emergency Phone Number and Contact Prints the employee s Birth Date Prints the employee s Hire Date Prints the employee s Last Raise Date Prints the employee s Termination Date Termination Reason W4 Information Employment Status Jobs Pay Rates Require Card Extend Rights Clock In Out Only Enforce Scheduling Fingerprint at Clock In Fingerprint Required Skill Levels All Information Related Topics none Purpose Prints the employee s Termination Reason Prints the employee s W4 Information Prints the employee s Employment Status Prints the Jobs assigned to the employee Prints the employee s Pay Rates according to Job An X will print if the employee has the Require Card option An X will print if the employee has the Extend Rights option An X will print if the employee has the Clock In Out Only option An X will print if the employee has the Enforce Scheduling option An X will prin
205. Image 1 4 General Purpose 14 3 them line up easier The size of the grid to be used with the Snap to Grid option Select an image to be displayed on the top bar of the Focus Order Entry Screen Select an image to be displayed as the background image of the Focus Order Entry Screen Select this option to remove the Number Pad from the Focus Order Entry Screen Note Selecting this option requires ALL employees to use swipe cards or fingerprint access Select this option to display the time on the Focus Order Entry Screen to a 12 hour format Enter the number of seconds before displaying the Screen Saver Image Enter the number of seconds before changing the Screen Saver Image Select an image for the Screen Saver TOP 3 Screen Layout Commands The Screen Layout Commands Window is used to control other commands in the Focus Order Entry Widnow Accessing the Screen Layout Commands Window While in Focus Setup select Miscellaneous gt General gt Screen Layout Commands Oeneral Screen Layout Screen Layout Comenanss Timekeeping Restaurant Crede Card Customer Loyalty Receigt 9 Other Command Optons Screen Format Command Ritbon Optens Number Pad OK Format Discounts b Commenda Format Preset commands Number Pad Format Moder Command Optons Command Name sw 56 Ete wa No No 89 Display Right of Guest Check
206. Items may be Quick Set Count The Count of Menu Items may be Quick Set Free Modifiers Allows the Free Modifiers field to be set for all Modifier Canvases Meal Stage The Meal Stage may be Quick Set Mod Unit The Mod Unit of Menu Items may be Quick Set Modifier The Modifier Min The Min amount may also be Quick Set Canvases Options Price Levels Prices Printer Format Printer Group Priority Report Group Sort Taxes Type Canvases of Max The Max amount may also be Quick Set Menu Items Bed be Quik Free The Free amount may also be Quick Set The Options may be Quick Set The Price Levels may be Quick Set Prices 1 6 may Fixed Set any of the Prices to a fixed amount be Quick Set The Sub The Price of the item is adjusted by the entered amount A negative Extra Mod Fixed amount may be entered to decrease the Price of the item If the and may adjust result is less than zero then it is set to zero except for Sub Mod and also be Quick no Price Set Price The Price of the item is adjusted by the entered percentage sara Adjust negative may be entered to decrease the Price of the item For example to increase Price one by 10 enter 10 00 for price one The Printer Format of Menu Items may be Quick Set The Printer Group for Menu Items may be Quick Set The Priority for Menu Items may be Quick Set The Report Group for Menu Items may be Quick Set The Sort key fo
207. Loyalty Plans Fields Field Description Description No Award The text printed on the Loyalty Receipt when the Customer has NOT qualified for an Given award Description Award Given s printed on the Loyalty Receipt when the Customer has qualified for Related Topics none TOP 7 8 Streets Purpose The Streets Window is used to pre configure the Customers Streets for ease of use when entering Customers The City State Zip Code and the Delivery Zone may also be configured The configuration of Streets is not required before using the Customer Module If Streets are pre configured and the option Display Streets on New Customer is turned on in Miscellaneous gt General gt Customer Options all of the Streets will be displayed in the New Customer screen in Focus Order Entry Accessing the Customers Streets Window While in Focus Setup select Customers gt Streets Streets Streets Minimum Maximum Address Address Delivery zone Address 2 Directions C BENE X X UI mi Streets Fields Field Description Name Enter the Street Name to be configured The Street name may be up to 30 alphanumeric characters Minimum Address Enter the Minimum street address to be configured The Minimum Address may be up to 5 alphanumeric characters Maximum Address Enter the Maximum street address to be configured The Maximum Address may be up to 9 Fh characters Select the Select the C
208. Loyalty Window Click Add Input the Customer information Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Loyalty TOP 7 5 2 Print a List of Loyalty Customers Purpose The Loyalty Print Format Window is used to print various information from the Customer database Items that appear in the Included Fields section will be printed in the order they are listed The commands down the center of the screen are used to move items over to the Included Fields section Options Available to Print First Name Last Name Picture Account Address 1 Address 2 Apartment City State Zip Code Phone Number Phone Number 2 Fax Number E mail Address Comment Delivery Instructions 1 Delivery Instructions 2 Delivery Instructions 3 Zone Do Not Deliver Bad Check Allow Charge VIP Charge Limit Birth Date Prefix Suffix Last Visit Order Total Number of Orders Company Last Payment Date Balance Anniversary Date Returned Mail Require Approval Loyalty Plan 1 Loyalty Plan 2 Loyalty Plan 3 Loyalty Plan 4 Loyalty Plan 1 Current Points Loyalty Plan 2 Current Points Loyalty Plan 3 Current Points Loyalty Plan 4 Current Points Loyalty Plan 1 Total Points Loyalty Plan 2 Total Points Loyalty Plan 3 Total Points Loyalty Plan 4 Total Points Loyalty Plan 1 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 2 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 3 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 4 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 1 Discou
209. Name Type fi Quickbooks sales Transaction Configuration Sales Type Account Number Debit Credit z 2 Vendor Name Line Account Number DebitCredit 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 close EA Save X Cancel Figure x x Accounting Interfaces Fields Field Description Enter the name which describes the interface i e QuickBooks GL Type Select the type of the interface QuickBooks or ACCPAC sales Select the sales figure to export to the accounting system Report group sales Report group sales Sales Type discounts Net cash Payments Order type charges Taxes Discounts Paid outs Paid ins Gift cards Retained tips Tip fee Refunds Over short or Deposits Enter the Account Number in the accounting system associated with the Sales Type selected Debit Credit Select whether the sales Select whether the sales figure should be posted as a Debit or a Credit 0000 should be posted as a Debit or a Credit Enter the Vendor Name configured in the accounting system to be associated with the post A Vendor Name is only necessary for transactions that require it in the accounting system i e posting sales tax payable Vendor Name Related Topics none TOP 14 2 Events Purpose The Events Window is used to automatically run selected reports Promotion reports will be displayed on the Blackboards Close Day reports can be configured to be printed at a selected time
210. Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Inventory Usage Report Focus Cafe Unit Stock Beg Item Date F Freezer Apple Turnovers 05 14 0 Biscuits 05 14 0 Breast Fillets Fresh 05 14 0 Breast Fillets FTF 05 14 0 Breast Strips Fresh 05 14 0 Buffalo Nuggets 05 14 0 Buns 05 14 0 Cost Unit Inv Usage for 5 20 200X Unit Usage Begin Proj Actual Inv Purchases Sales End Inv End Inv 160 00 240 00 131 00 269 00 240 0 5920 00 3840 00 3049 00 6711 00 7500 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 0 8 00 0 00 2 50 5 50 Tal 32 00 16 00 16 42 31 58 38 0 35 00 16 00 14 86 36 14 38 0 80 00 0 00 45 00 35 00 10 Butter Solids Butterfly Shrimp Fresh Butterfly Shrimp FTF Cajun Meat Catfish Fillets Chicken Etouffee Base Corn Crawfish Crawfish Etouffee Base French Fries Gravy Base King Shrimp Mississippi Mud Cake Onion Rings Popcorn Chicken Popcorn Shrimp Red Beans Shallots Sliced Apple Pie Sliced Lemon Pie Sliced Mardi Gras Cheesecake Sliced Pecan Pie 000 BD OF Oo B 000000 0 C
211. O1 CO 4 Cleaning Totals Batter amp Season Butterfly Season Chicken Season Mild Chicken Season Spicy Cinnamon Sugar Crawfish Season Red Rice Season Batter amp Season Totals Drink Mix 2 liter coke Bottled Water Drink Mix 05 14 0 Drink Mix Totals Paper 10 Caryouts 15 5 Bags 16 oz bean cups 200 Food Trays 23 Bags 300 Food Trays 6 1b 7 bags bean cups 9 Caryouts Biscuit Wrap Black Bowls Clam Shells Corn Corn Bags Skewers Craver Carton Dome Lids Drink Trays Fry Bags Kids Meal Toys Large Drink Cup Large Drink Lids Medium Drink Cups Munchie Cups Napkins Pepper Bags Pie Sleeves Sandwich Wrap Small amp Large Bean Lids Small amp Meduim Drink Lid Small Dinner Box Small Drink Cup Snack Box Sporks Straws Tray Liners Water Cups Other oods Dry Cajun Sparkle Catt Chic CHIC Chic lemans BBQ Sauce ken Batter ken Flour ken Shortening Honey Packets Jalepeno Peppers Jelly Packets Ketc hup Packets Liquid Shortening Starter Louisiana Hot Sauce Mashed Potatoes Mayonise Multi Purpose Batter 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05 14 0 05
212. Over Short Related Topics none 12 3 1 2 Attendance Report Purpose The name of the Item is displayed The beginning quantity of the Item is displayed The quantity added during the shift is displayed The ending quantity of the Item is displayed The quantity used during the shift is displayed Calculated by Beg Qty plus Add Qty minus End Qty The quantity sold during the shift is displayed The quantity Over Short during the shift is displayed Calculated by Qty Used minus Qty Sold TOP The Attendance Report displays employee s Attendance based on the Jobs configured in the setup Accessing the Attendance Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Attendance Report Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Activity Report Batch Rep Cottectios t Cumutabve eunt Rep Cumulative Sales Report Daily tem Count Report Daily Report DistourteVoids Report Report Hourly Report jinventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Report inventory Usage Inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Peecertage Report Media Report Overtime Limit Report Out Report Payroll Report Sates Accountabilfy Rep contest Report My Item Count Report 127 Account Transaction Rep vee Performance Rep Attendance Report Mtendance Overtime Limit Report Options COUNTER CASHIER DRIVETH CASHER Server Cook Manager 10
213. Right Reports Report Setup TOP 12 3 1 31 1 Sample Loyalty Report Purpose A sample Loyalty Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Loyalty Report Focus Cafe Loyalty Report for 5 23 20XX at 5 25 20XX 1 50 27 PM Buy 10 Coffee Page 1 Prev Points Award Total Disc Coup Account Date Time Check Points Earned Points Points Amount Issued Server Cory Kim 05 23 2007 07 18 LE 2 00 00 3 00 Kyle P Fry Sujala 05 23 2007 07 26 25 1100 0 00 10 00 1 00 2 70 McGuire Kathy 05 23 2007 07 28 28 8 00 00 9 00 McLaughlin Laura 05 23 2007 07 34 34 10 00 0 00 10 00 0 00 1 85 Kyle P Frandsen Donna 05 23 2007 07 46 48 3 00 00 4 00 Justin Hardy Jean 05 23 2007 07 52 56 1 00 00 2 00 Kyle P McNichols Carrie 05 23 2007 07 54 61 4 00 00 5 00 Justin Strobl Georgeann 05 23 2007 07 58 68 3 00 00 4 00 Justin Patton Anne 05 23 2007 08 13 83 7 00 00 8 00 Kyle P Burns Rachael 05 23 2007 08 15 85 9 00 00 10 00 Burns Rachael 05 23 2007 08 15 87 10 00 UO 11 00 Casey Colleen 05 23 2007 08 17 90 11 00 00 12 00 Kyle P Harrison Damon 05 23 2007 08 17 91 7 00 00 8 00 Justin Martinez Linda 05 23 2007 08 24 99 17 00 00 8 00 Kyle P Manning Glenda 05 23 2007 08 25 01 8 00 00 9 0
214. Rum 3 00 43 50 Salty Dog 42 00 188 10 Sambuca 5 00 9 00 Sangria 4 00 56 00 Sangria margarita 7 00 67 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 4 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 10 00 50 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 4 00 26 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 4 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 8 00 40 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 4 00 26 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 4 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Scotch 3 00 0 501 Screwdriver 28 00 40 00 Seagrams V O 8 00 36 00 Seagrems 7 99 00 441 00 Sex On The Beach 56 00 448 00 Sky 60 00 270 00 Slice 769 00 67 00 Smirnoff 115 00 508 50 So Comfort 3 00 2 00 Stoli 2 00 9 00 Strawbery Daikiry 563 00 2815 00 Subs Extra Charge 4 00 4 00 Tanquaray 5 00 2230 Teq Sunrise 37 00 17542451 Tequila 13 00 38 25 Tequila Cuervo 1800 473 00 2246 75 Tom Collins 7 00 23 25 Tres Generaciones 35 00 192 50 Tuaca 9 00 36 00 VODKA RED BULL 86 00 558 00 Vampiro 07 00 535 00 Vodka 25 00 394 75 Wht Russian 47 00 282 00 Wild Turkey 9 00 40 50 uchanans 091 00 5179 16 Liquor Total 28964 00 165258 26 Wine Burgundy 21 00 63 50 Chardonnay 44 00 154 00 Zinfindel 84 00 294 00 Wine Total 149 00 SO La 50 Beer Bohemia 135 00 405 00 Bud 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 0
215. Schedules Bartender Spring Break BOH March Schedule Cashier Manager Schedule Waitstaff Summer Description A list box of all schedules is displayed If a schedule exists for the current week it is highlighted Figure x x Command Description Close Allows the operator to exit the Schedules Window New Allows the operator to Create a Schedule Edit Allows the operator to view and or edit an existing Schedule Delete Deletes the selected message Select the schedule and press Delete Allows a schedule to be named Select the Schedule and click Name Enter a name to identify the Schedule Name i e Summer Schedule Christmas Schedule etc using the on screen keyboard Click Enter The newly entered Schedule name will appear is the Schedule List Related topics Creating a Schedule Job Right Edit Schedules TOP 6 5 1 1 Printing a Schedule Purpose The procedures to print a Schedule are listed below Procedure to Print a Schedule While in Focus Setup select Employees gt Schedules Select the Schedule to print and click Edit Click Tools Click Print Click Yes to include the cost information on the Schedule otherwise click No Related Topics Creating a Schedule Job Right Edit Schedules TOP 6 5 2 Creating a Schedule Purpose The steps to create a Schedule are listed below Accessing the Schedule Module While in Focus Setup select Employees gt Scheduling N Sch
216. Screen Layout Screen Layout Commans Timekeeping Restaurant Credet CaroPMi00m C n Customer Loyalty Receipt Credt Card Optors Prearsthorzason Optoss Type 5 None in al Amount Creat Stadon Pon 190 00 1 ner Repeat Amount Other Address 50 00 Sterting Threshold Time Out o Vouhers Max Amount 00 0 00 9 ct Vouchers Tip Threshold Max Tip 000 0 OC Meechart iD Property Management Opbont Pot None Baus Party Data Ats None Get Card Opbons None X coe Figure x x Credit Card PMS Gift Card Fields Field Credit Card Options Credit Station Port Other IP Address Time Out of Vouchers Max Amount Tip Threshold Description This option will not authorize credit cards through the system The Credit None Card Station Port Other IP Address Batching Options and Merchant ID fields are disabled This option is for use with a DataTran modem The other IP address will be Dialup disabled Mercur This option is for use with Mercury Payment Systems The Port field and the y other IP address will be disabled Other This option may be used for types other than those listed The Port field is disabled Sterling This option is for use with Sterling Payment Technologies The Port field and the other IP address will be disabled Select the Station that performs the
217. Set Note Options will be Quick Set for the list of currently displayed Customers Use the Find feature to filter Customers Select the options to Quick Set Click Quick Set Related Topics Job Right Office Customers TOP 7 4 5 Import Customers Purpose The Customer Import Export Format Window is used to import or export various information from the Customer database Items that appear in the Included Fields section will be printed in the order they are listed The File Name field is the location the imported file resides Options Available to Print First Name Last Name Picture Account Address 1 Address 2 Apartment City State Zip Code Phone Number Phone Number 2 Fax Number E mail Address Comment Delivery Instructions 1 Delivery Instructions 2 Delivery Instructions 3 Zone Do Not Deliver Bad Check Allow Charge VIP Charge Limit Birth Date Prefix Suffix Last Visit Order Total Number of Orders Company Last Payment Date Balance Anniversary Date Returned Mail Require Approval Loyalty Plan 1 Loyalty Plan 2 Loyalty Plan 3 Loyalty Plan 4 Loyalty Plan 1 Current Points Loyalty Plan 2 Current Points Loyalty Plan 3 Current Points Loyalty Plan 4 Current Points Loyalty Plan 1 Total Points Loyalty Plan 2 Total Points Loyalty Plan 3 Total Points Loyalty Plan 4 Total Points Loyalty Plan 1 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 2 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 3 Coupons Discounts Issu
218. TF 00 87 94 Breast Strips Fresh Brooms Brown Roll Towels 00 6 17 Buffalo Nuggets Buns 00 7 12 Butter Solids 00 2 67 Butterfly Season 00 20 25 Butterfly Shrimp Fresh 00 219 40 Butterfly Shrimp FTF 00 85 38 Cajun Meat Cajun Sparkle Catfish Fillets Cattlemans BBQ Sauce 00 36 40 heese Slices 0 9 04 hicken Batter hicken Etouffee Base hicken Flour hicken Season Mild hicken Season Spicy hicken Shortening China Markers Cinnamon Sugar 00 44 56 Clam Shells Coctail Sauce Cole Slaw Blend Cole Slaw Slurry Comet With Bleach Corn Corn Bags Corn Skewers Craver Carton 00 34 07 Crawfish Case Case Case Case Case Case Case Case Case Case Case Box Case Case Case Case Case Case Case Case Ea Case Case Case Case Case Case Case Case Box Case Case Box Case Case Bag Box Box Box Box Box Case Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Case Case 24 24 254 IT 3T 31 3T T3 101 8n 85 61 33 85 DO Bw 6 00 0 0 O MN 114 20 85 88 07 00 22 32 50 36 07 eZ 12 67 25 40 38 28 46 81 76 13 49 94 34 07 72 4 Ea s 24 Case 5 Case 3 72 Slv s 0 Slv s 74 Case s 48 s Case 0 89 Slv 85 Slv s Case
219. TOP 12 3 1 27 1 Sample Menu Item Report Purpose A sample Menu Item Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Menu Item Report Focus Cafe Menu Item Report at 5 21 200X 5 00 39 PM Page 1 Cuervo 1800 Grand Gold JUMB Mango Jumbo Sangria Margarita Jumbo Strawberry Margar Marg Straw Marg Up Marg Froz Marg Rox MargTirador Patron Grand Gold Rox Pit Frozen Pit Gold Pit Rocks Figure x x Menu Item Report Fields Field Description Name The Guest Check Name is displayed and sorted alphabetically Related Topics none 12 3 1 28 Gift Card Report Purpose The Gift Card Report displays a list of gift cards sold Accessing the Gift Card Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Gift Card Report Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Collection Report Mm Cumulabve tem unt Rep GIR Card Report jor Card Report Cumulative Sales Report Daily tem Count Report Gf Card Report Report Distounts voids Report External Report v Type Hourly Report Inventory On Mand Repon Inventory Reorder Report Inventory Usage Analysis Inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Repon Report Overtime Report Paid Out Report Payroll R
220. Tip Rate 2 If no Format is selected for the P Tip Example the suggested tip will not print Tip Rate Name Enter the name of the Tip Rate to be displayed on the Guest Check Tip Rate 3 Enter the percentage for a suggested Tip Rate 3 If no Format is selected for the Tip Example the suggested tip will not print Tip Rate Enter the of the Tip Rate to be displayed the Guest Check Procedure to Establish Guest Checks Select and highlight the Location to configure Select the options to be used at the selected Location Select one of the Exclusive Tax options None Detail or Total Select one of the Inclusive Tax options None Detail or Total Enter the text that will be printed at the Header of each Guest Check to a maximum of 4 lines 40 characters per line Enter the number of lines the printer will advance at the beginning of the Guest Check Select an image Enter the text that will be printed at the Footer of each Guest Check Enter the number of lines the printer will advance at the end of the Guest Check before auto cut If used Select an image Enter the suggested Tip Rates Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Locations TOP 11 1 5 Guest Check Formats Purpose The Guest Check Formats Window is used to establish Formats of the Guest Check for Locations Remember to consider the capabilities of the assigned printer with respect to
221. Tips option is set to Use Manual Tip Outs then only the tip outs entered via the Tip out The total dollar amount of the Retained Tip Pool is displayed Gross cash minus paid outs minus advances minus drops plus CC tip fee minus tips paid out plus retained tip p The name of the Payment number of times the Payment was used and the total dollar amount of the Payment Note The Gratuity Section is only displayed if a Time Card has been specified Figure x x Gratuities Sections Fields Field Declared Tips Tipped Sales Tip of Tipped Sales Cash Tips Description The tips the user declared when they clock out The total of all Order Type Sales that are tipped as well as the Order Type Charges for those sales Discounts do Sales The tip reporting defined in Focus Setup is multiplied by Tipped Sales The tips entered on cash Payments that the employee has earned Charge Tips The tips entered on all non cash Payments that the employee has earned CC Tip Fee The Tip Fee on all tips that the employee has earned Net Charge Tips Charge tips minus CC Tip Fee Tips Owed by Me The tips I owe to other employees are printed The tips are net of the CC Tip Fee Tips Owed to Me The tips that are owed to me by other employees The tips are net of the CC Tip Fee Note The option Include Cash Payments in Detail must be on for the cash Payments to appear Figure x x Detailed Payment Section Fields Fi
222. Used to name the list of Canvases Menu Items Used to access the Menu Item database Related Topics none TOP 13 1 Canvas Designer Purpose The Canvas Designer Window allows the user to customize the look and content of each Canvas Order Entry Windows are called Canvases because they can be painted in a design specified by the user A single Canvas may be designed to display a well defined group of Menu Items such as Appetizers or Entrees or may be devoted to a selection of Modifier Payment Discount or Order Type Items Canvases may also include any combination of Menu Items Packages Quantities Table Types Images Payments Discounts and Order Type Items Modifier Items should be displayed only on a dedicated Modifier Canvas and should not be included on a Canvas with any other type of Canvas Item Canvas Items may be designed in a number of variations text only graphic only or any combination of text and graphic graphic on the left on the right above or below the text Graphics may also be designed as transparencies meaning that the design is not confined within a Canvas Item frame Another alternative is available whereby a restaurant s printed menu or Daily Special Table Tent may be scanned and then divided into a Canvas of transparent Canvas Items Each Canvas may be designed freehand with a number of Canvas Items and or transparencies of the same size or of various sizes Alternatively a templ
223. Window is used to configure the Tax Tables Accessing the Tax Tables Window While in Focus Setup select Order Entry gt Tables Threshold le 0 0 Table 1 15 0 29 43 57 0 nf 85 0 99 fo 2 0 16 0 30 9 44 0 58 o 72 0 0 100 0 17f 0 31 45 0 saf 0 73 0 o 18 0 321 0 46 0 60 0 74 o sf o 5 0 19 0 a3 0 4 0 6110 751 0 eof o 6 201 34 48 o 62 76 o 90 o af 0 35 9 49 0 83 0 77 0 aif 0 22 0 36 9 sof 0 0 78 o 92 0 2 0 az 0 Sif 0 es o 791 o os o 10 24 0 38 0 52 0 661 0 sof 0 94 0 1110 251 39 53 67 o sif o 95 o 121 0 261 0 40 0 54 0 881 0 8210 06 0 131 9 27 9 41 0 551 0 66 0 0 0 1410 28 0 421 0 56 0 701 0 84 o 980 Hose Save X cance Figure x x Tax Tables Fields Option Description Threshold The threshold is the largest amount on which tax is not charged Cycle Specify the number of the break that begins the repetitive tax cycle The cycle must be between 1 and 100 Table If the tax type is a table then enter the Treshold Cycle and Breakpoints Breaks The breakpoint is the highest amount in the range before the tax is incremented To Establish a Tax Table Prepare a list of Taxes Enter the name of each Tax in a separate Name text box Begin with first text box and enter the Taxes consecutively Click Save to save the Tax name in the syste
224. X 05 03 0 05 01 0X 05 03 0 01 01 0 05 03 0 Net Net Net Net 632 00 5121 92 Quesadillas Mush 0 00 0 00 00 9 75 1 00 8 75 2 00 13 12 Queso Del Mar 0 00 0 00 2 00 19 50 2 00 19 50 299 00 2764 54 Queso F Faj Mush 0 00 0 00 00 9 75 1 00 9 75 5 00 48 75 Queso Flameado 4 00 35 80 4 00 125 30 10 00 89 50 777 00 6528 56 0 00 0 00 8 00 116 00 6 00 87 00 396 00 5460 40 Reynosa 4 00 23 80 00 67 65 6 00 35 70 202 00 98 16 Rice Side 6 00 13 50 8 00 40 50 9 00 20 225 484 00 035 20 SALSA 12 00 2 00 2 00 4 00 1 00 2 00 10 00 8 001 SPEC 7 2 00 13 90 3 00 90 35 13 00 90 35 515 00 4159 67 SPEC 1 74 00 SLL 52 136 00 944 13 106 00 13253 1689 00 810 37 4 8 00 DANA 30 00 209 54 22 00 45 94 1026 00 6913 16 SPEC 5 10 00 69 50 33 00 242 92 22 00 42 47 844 00 6057 54 SPEC 6 7 00 48 65 18 00 134 65 15 00 04 25 505 00 3567 92 SPECIAL 42 6 00 38 22 42 00 279 86 39 00 254 36 976 00 6739 2 SPECIAL 3 6 00 41 70 34 00 222 39 24 00 56 37 285 00 8885 11 Sabinas 0 00 0 00 5 00 31 95 2 00 11 90 00 00 602 25 Sherly Temple 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 9 00 28 50 Shredded Cheese 0 00 0 00 2 00 3 30 2 00 3 30 04 00 171 27 Shrimp Chile Relleno 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 8 00 66 46 Shrimp Enhilada Dinner 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 3 00 119 20 Shrimp Quesadillas 0 00 0 00 2 00 19 00 1 00 9 50 63 00 584 25 Side Guaca 0 00 0 00 6 00 9 00 3 00 ba TS 28 00 58 50 Slice 5 00 8
225. XXXX6015 04 10 717560 51 ERIKA C 9 28 20 53 2 96 23 49 528722XXXXXX8013 02 09 055067 53 ANGELICA I 1 48 62 94 9 33 72 27 551367XXXXXX7197 06 08 029194 63 RAUL G 8 35 23 60 0 00 23 60 551606XXXXXX6275 12 08 066103 68 DANIEL 8 07 76 00 10 00 86 00 528722XXXXXX7010 04 08 945884 70 ANDRES V 9 00 64 84 5 00 69 84 514215XXXXXX6744 12 0 309888 76 9 30 81 59 11 78 93 937 545534XXXXXX4278 04 10 678928 83 DANIEL 9 40 36 50 6 00 42 50 528722XXXXXX6019 03 09 071728 85 TOGO T 9 26 15 80 5 00 20 80 515237XXXXXX8575 01 08 027451 87 CALDERON 9 49 25 38 4 00 29 38 528722 4013 12 08 080759 90 0 17 35 00 3 00 38 00 528722 5012 07 08 007444 97 0 38 61 60 8 00 69 60 528722XXXXXX6012 09 08 018205 201 RUBEN B 2520 92 26 13 71 105 97 529107XXXXXX7416 01 09 036687 208 CALDERON 2 48 46 97 7 00 53 97 541657XXXXXX3303 1 09 060283 233 ERIKA C 1325 7 99 2 00 19 99 542418 2615 08 08 313350 238 RAUL 2 42 62 25 9 34 11 59 532221XXXXXX8010 2 08 071592 247 Rene A 2 21 6 69 33 3 20 00 51461 6XXXXXX3430 02 09 BFAEBA 255 RAUL G 20 33 07 12 00 45 07 511408 1098 0 10 965136 259 SARA 2 41 2 99 3 0 16 00 514616 4337 09 09 31 Master Card Total 1333 13 173 74 1506 87 Visa 7 SANTIAGO 00504A 8 SARA B 040513 8 SARA B 030513 SANTIAGO A 653093 2 ERIKA C 120570 4 Rene A 120068 5 SARA B 416595 6 Juan M 163600 6 J
226. XXXX6019 11 08 077818 8 39 1 61 0 00 56 528722XXXXXX7015 05 08 027594 7 42 1 00 8 42 64 529149XXXXXX6301 03 11 037925 8 68 2 00 20 68 163 530904XXXXXX1573 11 07 936534 5 59 2 25 7 84 4 532221XXXXXX6015 08 08 044491 74 21 4 00 21 21 126 539620XXXXXX5057 06 09 259830 4 83 2 00 6 83 82 540791XXXXXX1589 04 08 F50266 8 713 2 00 20 73 32 541065XXXXXX2019 04 10 791740 46 01 7 00 53 01 27 542418XXXXXX6468 07 08 490023 43 42 5 00 48 42 304 543805XXXXXX3726 05 08 580988 23 49 5 00 28 49 210 543857XXXXXX0640 08 08 F08660 32 32 5 00 37 32 282 544584 7622 10 07 190885 4 83 3 00 7 83 74 545534XXXXXX1610 07 08 804105 4 29 2 00 6 29 22 545534XXXXXX5148 10 09 945517 5 66 1 00 6 66 2 545534XXXXXX6798 05 09 870521 0 39 4 61 5 00 95 545534XXXXXX7977 07 09 163674 24 75 4 00 28 75 93 546616XXXXXX3395 07 10 503556 39 81 6 00 45 81 254 546616XXXXXX5461 08 08 617064 25 11 3 00 28 11 85 546626XXXXXX0231 06 07 094739 9 59 3 00 22 59 7 546626XXXXXX0697 09 08 010080 29 83 5 17 35 00 259 546626 5176 08 09 074372 29 71 5 29 35 00 294 546626XXXXXX8981 2 08 072800 7 00 5 00 22 00 42 546651XXXXXX5766 0 09 000427 33 75 6 00 39 75 33 54760 9XXXXXX5296 0 08 006851 187 87 38 00 225 87 305 54760 9XXXXXX5296 0 08 088063 39 23 8 00 47 23 344 549035XXXXXX3019 08 07 025186 162 28 20 00 182 28 68 549099XXXXXX0110 0 08 005785 25 40 5 00 30 40 216 549099XXXXXX9564 1 07 005525 53 52 8 00 61 52 273 549104XXXXXX8973 0 08 072320 10 36 0 00 0 36 549122XXXXXX7913 06 07 005311
227. ach type are posted to a PMS or Account and may be configured to print on the guest check Select the Report Group that the Menu Item is associated Select the Meal Stage that corresponds with the Menu Item The Meal Stage is used in conjunction with the Table Stages Suggestion Enter the ID of the Menu Item that will be suggested on screen if the Menu Item is out of stock when ID the order is placed Suggestion Enter the Suggestion Text to display when the Menu Item is out of stock Up to 80 characters may be Text entered including all punctuation and end of text spaces E A Menu Item that must be entered if another Menu Item is ordered Figure x x Menu Item Commands Command Description Close Closes and exits the Menu Items Window and saves changes Save Saves the changes in the Menu Items Window without closing the dialog box Add Allows a new Menu Item to be added to the Items list The new Menu Item defaults all of the fields to those of the focus Me ID and Inventory ID Note Click Save to save the new Menu Items and exit the Add mode To exit the Add mode without Delete Deletes the highlighted Menu Item from the Items list A message prompts the operator to confirm the deletion Assign Assigns the Menu Item as a Canvas Item to the selected Automatic Canvases Find Display the Menu Item Filter Window Tools Display the Tools Window that has the Print Quick Set Import Export and Close commands Recipe Displays the Recipe Wi
228. adas de R Cheese Water Gorditas DESEBRADA Quesadillas Chicken Faj TO GO TO GO TO GO TO GO Hamburger Fries Cheese Hamburger Fries Cheese PARA AQU FILETE PLANCHA francisco p 8 5 la Plan Beef Fajita Tacos la Plan Beef Fajita Tacos A la Plan Santos S Santos S Santos S Santos 5 francisco p RAUL G RAUL G Santos S Santos S 04 27 04 27 04 28 04 27 04 28 04 27 04 27 04 28 17 14 00 21 01 28 174 00 02 40 46 53 04 28 01 34 04 28 01 19 EDGA EDGA ERIK HECT RUBE RUBE RUBE RUBE CHAG CHAG ANDR ANDR ANDR TOGO TOGO TOGO TOGO TOGO TOGO TOGO TOGO TOGO TOGO TOGO ANGE DAN DAN DAN DAN DAN OR T OR T T Te A OR T N B N B N B N B UITO UITO ES V ES V ES V LICA Beef Fajita DANIEL 0 00 166 MOLE ENCHILADAS francisco p 04 27 20 37 RUBEN B 4 48 Enchiladas 1 RUBEN 4 58 267 MENUDO Santos S 04 28 01 15 FERNANDO A 23530 269 POZOLE Santos 5 04 28 01 57 5 3 48 Focus Cafe Discount Void Report for 4 27 200 at 5 21 200X 4 05 54 PM Page 2 Type Reopen Ck Item Approved By Date Time Employee Source Amount
229. age Repon Media Report Overtime Limit Repot Out Report Payroll Sales A ntatity Rep Sales C Report Weebly tem Count Report Account Transacton Rep Type Activity Report Actvity Report Activity Report Options Sectons Summary Section Sales and Tax Secton Payments Section Oratutes Sector Detailed Payments Section Open Checks Section Paid Outs Seton Paid ins Section f Tip Pool Section Inventory Section Open Clocks Section Labor Percentage Section Missing Tips Section Retained Tip Poot f Section f Open Drawer Section include Cash Payments in Detail Drawer Open Threshold Seconds Station Stet Start Time 00 00 Printer End Time 00 00 Empires Performance Rep Figure x x Report Types Type Activity Report Attendance Report Batch Report Collection Report Cumulative Item Count Report Cumulative Sales Report Daily Item Count eme Description Server Checkout Report or the Cashiers Report dependent upon the information included or excluded The Attendance Report displays employee s attendance based on the Jobs configured in the setup The Batch Report displays the credit card transactions that have been processed and settled Up to 40 reports may be specified within a Collection Report The Cumulative Item Count Report displays
230. ake 5 12 Ea s Handle Ea 5 5 Multi Purpose Batter Bag s Munchie Cups 51 5 Napkins 8 77 Bale s Onion Rings Case s 2 48 Bag s Oven Cleaner Box s 1 Ea Paper Towels Case s 20 Ea s Pepper Bags 1 00 Box s Pepper Packets Box s 0 92 Bag Pickles 1 00 B s Pie Sleeves 0 99 Box s Plastic Gloves Box Popcorn Chicken Bag s Popcorn Shrimp 0 51 Bag s Red Beans Case s 5 94 Chub s Red Rice Season Box s 59 52 Bag s Rice Bag ts 20 15 Lb s Safeguard Hand Soap 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X Box Can Box Box Ea Bag Slv Slv Box Box Botl Bag Box Bag Gal Slv Ea Ea Ea Bag Slv Bale Bag Ea Ea Box Bag Box Box Bag Bag Chub Bag Lb Botl 12 14 20 60 30 50 120 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0
231. akfast Lunch Di Accessing the Daily Report Options nner and Late Night While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and the select the Daily Report Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Acity Report Cumutabve tem Count Rep ales Report Daly tem Count Report Dietoutts oids Report External Report Hourly Report Inventory On Hand Report Type Daty Report Daly Report Daily Report Optons Order Type Start Time End Time f 0 00 _ 00 00 2 00 00 00 00 3 00 00 00 00 Inventory Reorder Repon Irreentoey Usage Analysis Inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Report Media Report Overtime Limit Repon Payroll 50105 Accountability Rep Sales C est Report Weebly tem Count Report Performance Rep ut Report Account Transacton Rep M Figure x x Attendance Report Options 4 0000 0060 Display Non Resetable Grand File Format Comma Delimited Accounting interface Accounting Interface X Conca Option Description Name 1 4 Enter a descriptive name for the shift If no names are entered the Shifts Shifts Start Time 1 4 Enter the start time for the shift Display Non Resettable Grand Totals File Format Account Interface Order Type Daily Transactions Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup 12 3 1 8 1 File Fo
232. al count was last taken for the item Stock Unit The stock unit defined for the item Begin Inv The starting count of goods Purchases The invoices entered into the system which occurred AFTER Beg Date and before or on the user specific posted Invoices are accumulated Qty Sold Sales that occurred on or after Beg Date and before or on the user specified end date Expected On Hand This figure is calculated from Begin Inv plus Purchases minus Qty Sold Related Topics none 12 3 1 13 Inventory Reorder Report Purpose TOP The Inventory Reorder Report is used in conjunction with the par levels setup in the Inventory Module This report calculates the inventory on hand what needs to be ordered and the extended price of the order Accessing the Activity Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Inventory Reorder Report Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Activity Report amp Report Report Cobecbon Report Cumutabve tem Count Rep umulabve Sales Report Daily tem Count Report Daily Report Distourtsvoids External Report Hourty Report Inventory On Hand Report lewentory Usage Ana Inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Peecertage Report Media Report Overtime Limit Report Paid Out Report Payroll Report Sales Accountability Rep s Contest Report WeeMy hem Count Report Employee Performance
233. ame will be printed on the Guest Check Activity Attendance and Transaction Reports If a Nickname is not entered the field defaults to the employee s First Name followed by the first letter of the Last Name Example The Nickname for Sam Brown would be Sam B Nickname Picture Display an employee picture selected from a graphic file Click on the employee picture to select a picture Tab to the employee picture and press the Delete key to remove the picture An up to 20 alphanumeric character employee identifier This field may be masked to enforce a specific format The meaning of this field will vary by restaurant In most cases ID1 is the user s social security number The ID1 mask specified in time keeping setup restricts the input that may be entered into this field The length of the input must match the length of the mask otherwise the message Length of the ID field must match the mask is displayed For example if the mask 999 99 9999 is specified then the value 123 would be invalid input ID1 An up to 20 alphanumeric character employee identifier This field may be masked to enforce a specific format ID2 is used by the ADP interface The meaning of this field will vary by restaurant In most cases ID2 is the employee number assigned by the restaurant The ID2 mask specified in time keeping setup restricts the input that may be entered into this field The length of the input must match the length of the mask otherwise the
234. and Description Tab Used to advance from one data field to the next Enter Used to emulate OK on the dialog box Delete Used to indicate that no selection is required from a drop down list Select an option from the drop down list press DELETE lt None gt will be displayed Alt Used wherever a Hot Key is indicated on screen by an underscored letter on a Command Button For example Save OK Find Delete etc Up Down Used to move Up and Down the drop down lists Figure x x Screen Elements Element Description A pre configured list from which a selection must be made Radio Box A choice of options from which only one selection may be made Status Box Selected Not Selected 12 Inactive To delete the contents of a text box double click the text box and then press the Delete key To Text Box replace the contents of a text box double click the text box then type the updated information directly over the selected area Select a Date Li Skips to the previous year Skips to the previous month Calendar Skips to the next month Skips to the next year Figure x x Import Export Functions Customer Import Export Format File Name Available Fields Included Fields Hod Delivery Instructions 1 Delivery Instructions 2 Delivery Instructions 2 Command 00 nd Description LE gt Moves all available fields over to the Included fields section z Moves the
235. and Report Inventory Reorder Report Inventory Usage Analysis Inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Peecertage Report Media Report Overtime Report Paid Out Report Payroll Report Sales Accountability Rep Sates Contest Report Weebly tem Count Report Employee Performance Rep Account Transaction Rep Account Statement Report Menu hem Report Git Report Tip Pool Report Production Report Loyalty Report inventory Detail Report Pad in Recor The following information is displayed on the Paidin Report Date Time Payment Amount Account Employee Grand Total Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup TOP 12 3 1 33 1 Sample Paid In Report Purpose A sample Paid In Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Paid In Report Focus Cafe Attendance Report for 04 28 200X at 05 07 200X 5 19 12 PM Page 1 Time Time Date Tipped 8 00 Charge Declared Employee Job In Out In Out Hours Breaks Sales Sales Tips Tips Carlos R To GO 13 52 15 53 4 28 4 28 2 02 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Carlos R To GO 16 36 22 41 4 28 4 28 6 08 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Carlos 8 Busboy 13 57 21 27 4 28 4 28 7 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Carlos R Busboy 13 55 23 00 4 28 4 28 8 08 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E
236. and can be related to Time Ranges For example a printer could be designated as the active printer during a predefined range of days and hours Accessing the Printer Assignments Window While in Focus Setup select Locations gt Locations gt Printer Assignments Locations Menus CC Voucher Guest Check Guest Check Formats Printer Assignments Screen Layout Cash Trays Locatons 1 ORME THAU Actwe Assigamert Names 2 Busy 3 Hat Ony Time Actvates Normal Hot Ory Printer Groups Remote Printers 4 5 6 No Print 8 9 0 1 13 14 15 16 17 2 counter driver kp Que X coma Figure x x Printer Assignments Fields Field Description Assignment Names Time Activated Active Assignment 1 Assignment 2 Input a user defined name for the Printer Assignments 1 2 and 3 Select this option if the Printer Assignment is time activated If the Assignment is not time activated select the Active Assignment from the 3 available options Select this option as appropriate when the associated printers are Active Select this option as appropriate when the associated printers are Active Assignment 3 Select this option as appropriate when the associated printers are Active Printer Groups The Printer Group to which Menu Items have been Assigned The actual and physical printers where the items in the Printer Group shoul
237. ariable Rate 7 FlatAmount Rate 4 15 00 Ea Save X cancel Figure 1 1 Gratuities Fields Field Description Name A unique name for each Gratuity type The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Image File Name Select an image that represents the Gratuity Variable Rate Select if the server will be prompted to enter the Gratuity Rate Flat Amount Select if the server will be prompted to enter a Flat Amount ICTTCUTTETEPTCUUUUENSSB uae PEE a 1 Rate A rate 96 between 0 00 and 100 00 or a flat dollar amount for the Gratuity Taxes To Establish Gratuities Prepare a list of Gratuities Enter the name of each Gratuity in a separate Name text box Select the appropriate options Click Save Select an appropriate Tax if the gratuity is taxable Related Topics Job Right Office Gratuities TOP 10 6 Order Types Purpose The Order Types Window is used to establish and maintain up to 24 different Order Types such as Dine In Take Out Room Charge etc Order Types are used in Focus Order Entry Each Order Type may be configured to permit an amount or percentage charge to be added to the order or to all items Taxability of an Order Type may also be defined Accessing the Order Type Window While in Focus Setup select Order Entry Order Types Order Types Order Types Customer Figure x x Order Types Options Option Description Order Types The Ord
238. at 4 5 200X 3 49 11 PM Page 2 Account 426684XXXXXX0428 426684XXXXXX4334 426684 4550 426684XXXXXX6961 426688XXXXXX6733 426690XXXXXX5757 427178XXXXXX0479 427178XXXXXX0509 427178XXXXXX4586 427179XXXXXX6351 42947 5XXXXXX8937 432371XXXXXX1003 432374XXXXXX0013 432374XXXXXX0407 432374XXXXXX0807 432374XXXXXX3029 432374XXXXXX3202 432374XXXXXX3308 432374XXXXXX3 902 432374 4017 432374 4102 432374 4912 432374XXXXXX6400 432374XXXXXX6502 432374XXXXXX8519 432374XXXXXX9038 432374XXXXXX9820 432626XXXXXX1125 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 32881 6305 33993XXXXXX8422 35237XXXXXX0732 35272XXXXXX9938 35603 243 35603XXXXXX038 35603XXXXXX079 35603XXXXXX102 35603XXXXXX194 35603XXXXXX194 35603XXXXXX234 35603XXXXXX252 35603XXXXXX254 35603XXXXXX270 35603XXXXXX33 35603XXXXXX389 35603XXXXXX407 35603XXXXXX414 35603XXXXXX4916 35603XXXXXX5791 35603XXXXXX7302 35603XXXXXX8328 35603XXXXXX8823 35603XXXXXX9464 35686XXXXXX8607 35687XXXXXX2872 35760XXXXXX3175 Focus Cafe gt 0 Batch Report for 4 5 200 at 4 5 200 3 49 11 Page Account 06 09 05 10 06 08 01 09 06 08 01 09 1 02 11 03 11 02 11 2 07 2 09 09 09 05 10 04 09 1 10 0 08 03 09 0 08 08 07 03 10 Exp Date 271880 016325 024048 014392 006040 040508 Approval 00545
239. ate may be used to automatically configure a Canvas with multiple rows of identical size Canvas Items Or the Automatic Canvas may be used Restrictions Before using Canvas Designer the operator must be certain that all of the appropriate setup options have been established The following Setup information Canvases Screen Formats Payments Order Types Discounts Menu Items and Table Types must be established before completing this procedure A mouse is used almost exclusively when creating a Canvas but a keyboard may be used to edit information Since each Canvas is designed separately the Canvas Items placed onto a Canvas may vary in type and size but the options list boxes and Canvas Items surrounding the workspace remain the same A configured Canvas Designer Window is shown below Accessing the Canvas Designer Window While in Focus Setup select Menu gt Canvas Designer ee aos By 15 95 Figure x x Canvas Designer Fields Field Description Canvas Lists the Canvases that are configured in Menu gt Canvases 4 Displays the type of Canvas Item highlighted on the Canvas A ae Displays the Canvas Item number Each item has a unique item number Automatic If the selected Canvas has Automatic displayed in the Canvas area the Canvas cannot be modified _ Drop down list to select the appropriate Item for the Canvas Item Drop down list to selec
240. ates None DCN Beginning 77 a 77 7 Valid Address Ending 71 fi 8 7 E mail Address 7 Retumed 7 Require Approval Procedure for Creating Customer Filters Access the Customers gt Accounts gt Find Window Enter the name of each Customer Filter in a separate Name text box Select or input the options used for the Customer Filter Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Customers TOP 7 4 8 Loyalty Detail Purpose The Loyalty Detail Window displays a list of information for the currently selected Customer Accessing the Loyalty Detail Window While in Focus Setup select Customers gt Accounts gt Loyalty Detail Customers Customers 9 Customer Mike Loy In ermation Coupons Coupons Current Total Discounts Discounts Discoumt Points Points Redeemed Amount 10thcoffee free ELI eol Instant NNI Plan 4 General order information Fiest Ordes efOrders Sales Last Payment Figure Customers Loyalty Detail Fields Field Description Current Points The number of points the Customer has on the Plan Total Points The cumulative number of points the Customer has accumulated on the Plan Cumulative points are not reset when the award level has been reached SUTTON EE BETIS The number of Coupons and Discounts issued to the Account Issued The number of Co
241. att Laptop Drawer 1 05 27 07 1 22 PM Billy Figure x x Select Cash Tray Window Fields Option Description Drawer The Station and Drawer number of the Cash Tray is displayed Time Opened The time the Cash Tray was opened is displayed Count The Count is displayed Assigned The employees Assigned to the Cash Tray is displayed Procedure to Declare Cash Select the Cash Tray to Declare Cash Enter the amounts for Total Cash Total Checks and Total Gift Cards Cash Tray Count Total Cash Total Checks Total Gift Cards Cancel Related Topics none TOP 15 2 Close Day Purpose The Close Day Window allows you to view the Status or to manually Close Day Accessing the Close Day Window While in Focus Setup select Close Day gt Close Day Close Day Figure x x Close Day Options Option Description Status Allows you to view the Close Day Status Close Day Allows you to Close Day manually Related Topics Job Right Office Close Day TOP 15 2 1 Status Purpose The Close Day Status Window displays the last time the system closed day Accessing the Close Day Status Window While in Focus Setup select Close Day gt Close Day gt Status Close Day Status Close Day Ran At Business Date 7 Startup Completed Open Checks Iv Critical Section Completed Previous Successful Batch Information Batch Number Unknown Reference Number Unknown Settled at 5 9 20
242. b Command Select an image to go with the button Enter an alternate descriptor for the Extra Command Select an image to go with the button Enter an alternate descriptor for the No Command Select an image to go with the button Select this option to display Modifier Canvases to the right of the Guest Check in Focus Order Entry Select the Screen Format to display the Command Ribbon Select a Background Color for Command Ribbon area Select a Background Image for the Command Ribbon area Enter the Height in number of pixels for the Command Ribbon buttons Enter the Width in number of pixels for the Command Ribbon buttons TOP 14 3 4 Timekeeping The Timekeeping Window is used to configure payroll options and related settings Accessing the Timekeeping Window While in Focus Setup select Miscellaneous General Screen Layout Screen Layout Commands Timekeesing Restaurant Crede Cara PMEG Card Customer Loyalty 9 Contnuout Bi Mormy Continuous Payroll Optons Stan Date Length 04 30 2001 Daor Ostons Employee ID Masks 99299 9999 Add Employee Fingerprint Required Option Ady stments 1 trance 3 2 Su Day EedDay Day of Week 0 0 Sun Tip CutofTime 1 500 04 00 Retain Tips 5 Pay Out Ties C Retain Al Ties Overtime Hours 000 Weert Scheduling Stet Day Start Time Overhead Bu
243. b Price Extra Price No Price Mod Price Taxes 1 6 Variable Price Repeat Round Kitchen Comment Follow Item Requires Beverage Satisfies Beverage Kitchen Price Out of Stock Scale Request Tare Weight Increment Guests Include in Item Price Countdown Fraction Quantity Inventoried Cost from Recipe Timed Rate Type Report Group Meal Stage Printer Group Printer Format Price Level Sort Modifier Unit Priority Effective Start Date Effective End Date Count Cost Tare Weight Audio File Recipe File Training File Nutrition File Modifier Canvas 1 8 Modifier Canvas Min 1 8 Modifier Canvas Max 1 8 Modifier Canvas Free 1 8 Price Time 1 6 Suggestion ID Suggestion Text Automatic Canvases Related Topics Job Right Office Menu 13 3 4 Recipe Purpose TOP The Menu Items Recipe Window is used to calculate the ingredients for a particular Menu Item The Cost of the Menu Item is calculated from the Recipe and displayed at the bottom right of the Window Accessing the Recipe Window While in Focus Setup select Menu gt Menu Items gt Recipe Menu items Mene 747 Recipe Cost From Recge Ingredient lt None gt None lt gt lt None gt lt None gt lt gt None None 10 None Figure x x Recipe Fields Field Description Cost from Recipe Select this option if the cost of the Menu Item is to be
244. balance will be displayed Balance negative sign Plani check the plan the Customer is a member of Figure x x Customer Accounts Commands Close Closes and exits the Customers Window and saves changes to the current screen Save Saves the changes in the Customers Window without closing the dialog box Allows a new Customer to be added to the Customer list Default values are copied on the Phone Add Prefix Area Code and Prefix City State Zip Code and Delivery Zone of the previously selected Customer Click Delete to remove a Customer from the Customers list A message prompts the operator to Delete confirm the deletion Tools Click Tools to print print labels import and export Find Click Find to access the Customer Filter Window In the Customer Filter Window pre configured filters can be used for searches on the Customer database Loyalty Detail Click Loyalty Detail to display a list of sales information for the Customer Cancel Click Cancel to close without saving Related Topics Job Right Office Accounts TOP 7 1 1 Adding an Account Purpose The steps to add an Account to the system are added below Note The Cities Phone Prefixes Streets and Zones tabs should be established before this procedure can be completed New Customers may also be added at their first order from the Customer Command on Focus Order Entry Procedure to Add an Account Access the Customers gt Accounts Win
245. bo Tostadas Vallarta E Grand Total 4 00 27 80 0 27 11 00 76 61 0 74 20 00 139 00 1 34 10 00 75 02 0 72 5 00 53 85 0 52 4 00 30 90 0 30 51 00 359 05 3 45 2 00 0 71 0 10 00 2 79 0 11 00 9 00 0 09 27 00 47 25 0 45 00 14 15 0 01 00 9 15 0 09 4 00 45 80 0 44 2 00 2 50 0 02 00 5725 0 15 2 00 9 90 0 10 14 00 112550 1 08 23 00 235 75 2 26 00 8 15 0 08 2 00 25 90 0 25 5 00 32 16 0 31 00 9 15 0 09 00 4 76 0 05 2 00 11 90 0 11 929 00 6095 49 58 55 1905 00 10410 49 100 00 Figure x x Cumulative Sales Report Fields Field Menu Item Name Price Units Sold Net Sales 9 o of Sales Unit Cost Total Cost 9 o of Cost Cost Sales Gross Profit Profit Sales Related Topics none 12 3 1 8 Daily Report Purpose Description The Guest Check Name of the Menu Item The price the Menu Item was sold The number of units sold Net Sales are net of Item Discounts The Net Sales divided by the Total Sales for all Report Groups The cost of the Menu Item Units multiplied by Unit Cost The Total Cost divided by the Total Cost for all Report Groups The Total Cost divided by the Net Sales to give the cost of the item Net Sales minus Total Cost The Gross Profit divided by the Net Sales to give the profit of the item TOP The Daily Report displays an overview on the restaurant s performance The sales information can be broken down into 4 different periods i e Bre
246. bs 0 Address City State Zip Pay Rates 2 Phone Number 1 Require Card E Phone Number 2 Extend Rights 0 Fax Number Clock In Out Only Emergency Information Enforce Scheduling 2 Birth Date Fingerprint at Clockin 0 Hire Date Skill Levels 0 Last Raise Date All Information Choose which options you want printed on the report Choosing All Information will select or deselect all options Click Print Related Topics Job Right Employees View Employees 6 1 4 1 Sample Employee List Report Purpose A sample Employee List Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Employee List Report Focus Cafe Employee List Baker Sarah Bartender Billy Boat Tony Boop Betty Busser Bobby Cashier Kathy Cook Charles Driver Danny Focus Installer Louie Chef Man Sales Manager Barbara Manager Mike Manager Steve Mummart Sharon Server Bill Smith Frank Smothers Sally Taker Order 5 25 2007 11 24 23 AM Page 1 Sarah B Billy B Tony B Betty B Bobby B Kathy C Charles S Danny D Installer F Chef L Salesman Barbara M Mike M Steve M Manager S Wild Bill Frank S Silly Sall Order T Figure x x Employee List Report Fields Field First Name Last Name Nickname ID1
247. ccount search option is not available on the Set the Default Loyalty Plan values for customers added via the Loyalty Wind Press this button to design the customer Loyalty Window If the user enters input at the search screen via the touch screen then they a If the last order date is the same as the current business date then it must be Phone Number The customer s phone number Company Name The customer s company name Last Name The customer s last name Card Number The customer s card number Beginning With Searches by the first few characters Containing Searches within the customers that have the characte Exact Only Finds only the customers who match exactly Select the order to view accounts Name or Card Set the Default Loyalty Plan values for customers added via the Account Winc Press this button to design the Customer Account Window If this option is on then the customer s balance will not be displayed Requires a swipe from a magnetic card If the last order date is the same as the current business date then it must be Account Setup Screen Press this button to design the Customer Account Window Related Topics Job Right Office General TOP 14 3 7 1 Customer Setup Screen Purpose The Design Customer Setup Window allows the user to customize the appearance of the Customer Window Accessing the Design Customer Setup Window While in Focus Setup select Miscellaneous gt General gt
248. change the current Location If a check is on screen its Location and Revenue Center are also changed Allows the user to Split checks Allows the user to split a check after it has been printed Displays payments on the Split Screen Allows the user to Split a check after it has been printed if there is only one seat on the check This Job Right allows the server to Split a check after presentation of a printed check to the customer without requiring manager approval If the user does not have this Job Right they will be prompted for the Checks Split After Print Job Right Allows the user to move payments between seats Allows an employee to place a customer with the Require approval Job Right option on a check Turn this option on to allow the employee to dispatch checks to drivers All checks that are Delivery Pending appear on the Dispatch Screen if this option is on otherwise just the checks that the user owns appear Customer Dispatch to Any Driver Customer Driver Customer Print Check When Assigned Customer Prompt for Order Type Discounts Approve Gratuity Select Menu Change Item Count Menu Change Item Price Menu Display Ordered Count Menu Mark Items Out of Stock Menu Select Name Enter Name Prompt Name Require Order Access Access After Close Order Access Display After Close Order Access Display After Login Order Access
249. characteristics of the station Every Station must be assigned a unique Station ID Accessing the Stations Window While in Focus Setup select Locations gt Stations Stators Devices informaten Name Computer Name Working Directory 01 Focus 1 Focus c V cecus image 5l 02 Backup 03 P083 04 84 ome Printers Locaton Messages COUNTER fv Display Event Blackboards Por Staton v 01 Focus Regon UT or Focus Crest teri 01 Focus Blackboards Pole Cosplay Optons 4 idi Messages evel 2 Level 3 tea 2 to Level 5 Restart Action None Staton G Focus 0230 Eero chee PA Save X Figure x x Stations Window Field Description Name A unique name for each Station The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters The Windows Computer Name for the station that is up 20 alphanumeric characters The Computer Computer Name is used by the system network to match users and activity The name of the Station will be displayed at the bottom of the Login Window Working Directory Location Messages Display Event Blackboards Printers Display Blackboards Pole Display Options Restart Options Select the path that image files that will be used Select a Location the Station belongs to None Messages are not record
250. characters Display the Customer s Fax Number up to 10 numeric characters Any other information regarding the Customer up to 60 alphanumeric characters A check box to not allow delivery The warning Do not deliver will flash on the customer screen in Focus Order Entry A check box to indicate that the Customer has a bad check The warning Bad check will flash on the Customer Window in Focus Order Entry A check box to indicate that the Customer is allowed to charge This option controls whether the customer will be displayed in the Customers Accounts Window The warning Allow charge will flash on the Customer Window in Focus Order Entry A check box to indicate that the Customer is a VIP The warning VIP will flash on the Customer Window in Focus Order Entry If checked the next time the Customer is used the server will be notified that a new address is needed If checked the server will be prompted to receive manager approval to continue The job right Customer Approve is required Enter the E mail Address up to 30 alphanumeric characters Enter the Company name up to 25 alphanumeric characters Enter the Customer s Birth Date up to 8 numeric characters Enter the Customer s Anniversary Date up to 8 numeric characters Enter the payment limit is the Customer is allowed to charge If there is no limit then the Customer has no limit set Note The payment must be configured in Setup gt Order Entry gt Paymen
251. checks which have the Finds checks which have the specified Payment type Payment type Rayment Finds checks which have the specified Account Number Account You can also find checks on a previously set up Check Filter defined in Order Entry gt Check Filters Select Check Filter Related Topics Job Right Office Checks Job Right Office Check Filters TOP 10 3 Check Filters Purpose The Check Filter Window is used to establish groups of settings to filter checks Check Filters can be used in the Checks Window or Packages Accessing the Check Filters Window While in Focus Setup select Order Entry gt Check Filters Check Filters Check Filters Name Closed Checks Bar Checks Closed Cash Image File Name Active Reopened Checks a Active Check List Size Sort Epanded a Detail Normal Filter Options Check Options Check Status Date Time Employee Options E Checks Locations Payment Pending Menu Items Reopened Order Types Reprinted Transferred Payments M voided Save Clear X cancel Figure 1 1 Check Filter Fields Field Description Name Name of the Check Filter 1189 Image you want to appear on the Check Filter button Check List Size Size the screen defaults to when viewing Default is None Expanded is double the width of the default setting Detail The option to view the check
252. co Server 16 55 23 34 4 28 4 28 6 65 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Cook 16 56 23 22 4 28 4 28 6 43 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Hostess 16 51 22 35 4 28 4 28 5 73 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Francisco Busboy 16 57 22 00 4 28 4 28 5 05 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Busboy 16 53 23 27 4 28 4 28 6 57 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Guicho Server 9 52 14 55 4 28 4 28 5 05 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Guicho Server 16 53 22 45 4 28 4 28 5 87 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Guicho Busboy 16 50 23 38 4 28 4 28 6 80 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 D Guicho Server 16 50 23 11 4 28 4 28 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Guicho Server 16 51 22 30 4 28 4 28 5 65 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Guicho Server 16 58 21 20 4 28 4 28 4 37 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Hugo Server 10 51 22 03 4 28 4 28 10 20 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 25 Juan Ramir Server 16 58 23 49 4 28 4 28 6 85 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Juan Ramir Dishwasher 16 59 23 26 4 28 4 28 6 45 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Juan Ramir Server 17 13 22 00 4 28 4 28 4 78 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Juan Ramir Cook 16 58 23 26 4 28 4 28 6 47 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Juan Ramir Cook 17 03 23 25 4 28 4 28 6 37 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Juan Ramir Busboy 16 59 23 10 4 28 4 28 6 18 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Juan Ramir Busboy 16 59 23 28 4 28 4 28 6 48 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Kristina G Cook 9 52 13 09 4 28 4 28 3 28 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Kristina G Cook 15 01 23 26 4 28 4 28 8 42 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 Krist
253. credit card processing Select the port that is used to communicate with the DataTran modem Enter the IP Address If credit card processing type is set to Other Enter the time in seconds that the system should wait for a response from the third party credit processor After the selected time the payment is marked Timed Out and authorization must be repeated Enter the number of Credit Card Vouchers that will be printed when a credit transaction is authorized Transactions exceeding this user defined amount tip inclusive will require the user to have the Approve Credit Limits Job Right to approve the transaction Specifies the maximum guest check amount that will be authorized without manager approval Approval will be required to allow a large tip Maximum Entry 99 99 Batching Merchant ID Property Management Options Gift Card Options Preauthorization Options Related Topics Tips as a percentage of the check amount exceeding this user defined will require the user to have the Approve credit limits job right to approve the transaction Approval will only be required if the tip amount is above the tip threshold listed above Automatic Time Turn this option on if the batch should be settled automatically Enter the time that the batch should occur Batching should always occur before Close Day Enter the Merchant ID for high speed credit transactions Port Baud Par
254. ction Voided Paid Outs ar Select if the report will contain a Paid Ins section Voided Paid Ins are n Select if the report will contain a list of all employees credit card payme Select if the report will contain the Drops Section Select if the report will contain the Open Drawer Section Select if the report will contain the Cash Payments in Detail Section If the Drawer Section is printed on the report then the of drawer opens longer than X seconds is printed Selected if the report will be printed on a 40 column check printer Selected if the report will be printed on a standard office printer TOP Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Drawer Report Focus Caf Cash Tray Page 1 5 24 200X 1 02 00 PM Focus Drawer STATUS CLOSED TIME OPENED TIME CLOSED ASSIGNED PAYMENT Gross Cash Paid Outs CC Tip Fee Tips Paid Out Adam N 1 05 23 0X 2 23 PM 05 23 0X 9 05 PM Jerrold R Jessica Micheal N Operations Kristen S SUMMARY 92 521 92 0 0 00 0 00 0 00 521 92 Visa 8 86 68 Mastercard 10 87 04 AMEX 2 31 15 Discover 0 0 00 Diners 0 0 00 Gift Card 4 16 64 Account 0 0 00 TOTAL PAYMENTS 143 243 PAYMENTS DETAIL Cash Chk 4 Amount Tip Total Refund 28 21 0 00 28 21 20 6 84 0 00 6 84 21 8 69 0 00 8 69 22 18 86 0 00 18 86
255. d Bold Underline Beep Beep amp Bold Full Cut Double Height 8 Lines inch Image Green Blue ER Save Cancel Figure x x Printer Formats Fields Option Description Name A unique name for each Format The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Procedure to Establish Printer Formats Prepare a list of Printer Formats Enter the name of each printer Format in a separate Name text box Click Save Related Topics Job Right Printer Formats TOP 9 3 Groups Purpose The Printer Groups Window is used to establish a maximum of 32 Printer Groups Printer Groups are logical groups of similar Menu Items They are a convenient way to determine which Remote Printers the Menu Items will be printed to Accessing the Printer Groups Window While in Focus Setup select Printers Groups Printer Groups Name A Kitchen 12 3 4 15 6 Print 8 9 110 111 12 13 14 15 Close Save Cancel Figure x x Printer Group Fields Option Description Name A unique name for each Group The name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Procedure to Establish Printer Groups Prepare a list of Printer groups Enter the name of each Printer Group in a separate Name text box Click Save Related Topics Job Right Printer Groups TOP 9 4 Remote Check Formats Purpose The Remote Check Formats Window is used to establish up to
256. d Declared Tips Comma Delimited Tips QuickBooks Declared Tips QuickBooks Tips CrunchTime Turn this option ON to print each individual time record The total hours for each of the employee s Jobs are printed Turn this option ON to print only the totals for each employee Turn this option ON to sort all time records by employee name Turn this option ON to sort all time records by Primary Job Select report for normal report format Select if using the ADP report format Select if using the ADP Job Cost report format Select if exporting to a comma separated with declared tips format Select if exporting to a comma separated tips format Select if exporting to QuickBooks declared tips format Select if exporting to QuickBooks tips format Select if exporting to CrunchTime format Select the Revenue Centers to be used for the report Job Right Reports Report Setup 12 3 1 20 1 File Format Purpose TOP The File Format Option on the Payroll Report is used to select the fields you wish to export The File Format option must be set to Comma Delimited in the Report Window and the Output Type must be set to File Report Setup Reports Output Fite format Activity Report Attendance Report Batch Report Cobactioe Report Cumutabve tem Count Rep Cumulative Sales Report Daily fem Count Report Daily Report DistourtsMoids Report Hourty Repo
257. d Close Allows an employee to assign themselves to a drawer NE Allows the user to record the amount of cash they counted in their drawer NE Allows the user to enter the starting bank when they clock in Allows the user to enter Drops Allows the user to enter Paid Outs Allows the user to enter Paid Ins Allows an employee to open the cash drawer with the Open command Only one employee may be assigned to a drawer NE Allows the user to open any cash drawer The employee must have a cash drawer assigned to use the Station before logging on Turn this option on to prevent the user from using the software while the drawer is open Note This feature only works with a direct connect serial drawer NE Turn this option on if the user should be prompted for a cash drawer when clocking in Turn this option on to prevent the employee from assigning themselves to more than one cash drawer Allows the user to place items on Hold Allows the user to exempt tax Allows the user to Void menu items The user may also remove a Void from a menu item NE Turn this option on if the check should be removed from the screen after the Subtotal After Subtotal Checks Delete Last Item Approve Checks Delete Modify Items on Hold Checks Display Total Before Service Checks Edit Guests Checks Print Check When Closed Tip Required Checks Print Check When Closed Always Checks Promp
258. d be printed Multiple Remote Punters printers may be selected for each Printer Group Active Time Select the Time Range that the Assignment is Active Procedure to Establish Printer Assignments Select a Printer Group under the Printer Groups option Select the printers under the Remote Printers option you wish to include in the group In the example shown all menu items routed to the Kitchen printer group will only print to the video 1 Printer Related Topics Job Right Office Locations TOP 11 1 7 Screen Layout Purpose The Screen Layout Window is used to configure the look of the Guest Check in Focus Order Entry Accessing the Screen Layout Window While in Focus Setup select Locations gt Locations gt Screen Layout Lecations Menus CC Voucher Guest Check Guest Check Formats Printer Assignments Screen Layout Cash Trays Locations OUNTER Screen Check DRIVE THRU Display Table Label Qus X Conca J Po IE Figure x x Screen Layout Field Description Display Table Label Select this option to display the word Table on the On Screen Check in Focus Order Entry Related Topics Job Right Office Locations 11 1 8 Cash Trays Purpose The Cash Trays Window is used to establish Cash Tray functions Accessing the Cash Trays Window While in Focus Setup select Locations gt Locations gt Cash Trays Locati
259. d in or started a Break Out The time the employee clocked out or ended a Break Hours The number of hours the employee worked for the shift Job The Job the employee worked for the shift Total Hours The total number of hours the employee worked for the selected time period Related Topics none TOP 7 Customer Purpose The Optional Customer Options Window contains the components for using and maintaining a database of Customers for delivery pickup and Customer tracking Accessing the Customers Window While in Focus Setup select Customers Focus Setup Employees Malem Inventory Printers Accounts Cities Coupons Customers Loyalty Phone Prefixes Plans Streets Zones Figure x x Customers Window Commands Field Description Accounts Add remove and maintain accounts Cities Add remove and maintain cities Coupons Add remove and maintain loyalty coupons Customers Add remove and maintain customers Loyalty Add remove and maintain loyalty options Phone Prefixes Add remove and maintain phone prefixes Plans Add remove and maintain loyalty plans Streets Add remove and maintain streets Zones Add remove and maintain delivery zones Related Topics none TOP 7 1 Accounts Purpose The Accounts Window is where the Customers with Accounts can be configured and edited The Accounts configuration is not required before using the Customer Module The primary fields in the Accounts Window have
260. d then the report is not sorted Job Right Reports Report Setup TOP 12 3 1 24 1 Sample Employee Performance Report Purpose A sample Employee Performance Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Employee Performance Report Focus Cafe Emp Performance Report for 05 21 200X at 05 21 200 5 09 47 1 Employee Billy L of Check Sales by Check 6 27 71 5 53 50 11 39 43 Figure x x Employee Performance Report Fields Field Columns Description User defined names and fields based on the report setup Related Topics none TOP 12 3 1 25 Account Transaction Report Purpose The Account Transaction Report displays the transactions a House Account incurs Accessing the Account Transaction Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then the Account Transaction Report Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Name Type Account Transacton Rep Account Transacton Report Account Transaction Report Options Cumutabve tem Count Rep unt Rep Sot Cumulative Sales Report Daily fem Count Report Type v Customer Daily Report Discoutts Voids Report On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Report inventory Usage Inventory Work
261. da Dinner 47 50 1 00 Enchilada Nino 34 65 13 00 Enchiladas Mexic 176 59 30 00 Enchiladas Verde 118 95 6 00 Enchiladas de Ra 53 004 34 00 Extra Shrimp 0 00 4 00 FILETE EMPANIZA 0 00 2 00 1 FILETE PLANCHA 4 47 00 Fajitas 205 00 22 00 Flan 22755 2 00 Flautas 201 251 8 00 Flour Tortilla 1 80 4 00 French Fries 2 25 0 00 Gorditas 43 72 4 00 Grande Dinner 247 00 4 00 Hamburger Fries 24 74 5 400 Horchata 40 001 21 00 Hugo s Special 4 28 200 Sund Net Price Sales 36 60 4 00 9 50 64 35 274 50 54 90 28 50 8 00 0 4 92 0 4 47 0s 429 20 5 50 0 70 001 1 20 33 0 00 0 31 80 38 00 220211 42 00 2 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 4 00 36 60 0 00 0 00 4 00 36 60 4 00 2 00 13 72 1 00 9 15 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 3 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 00 2 95 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 44 87 0 00 0 00 1 00 75 1 00 75 1 00 1 75 0 00 00 5 25 4 00 6 12 0 00 0 00 1 00 0 30 2 00 0 45 3 00 00 0 60 00 0 30 1 00 3 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Weekly Item Count Report for 4 24 200X 4 30 200X at 4 24 200X 4 25 200X 4 26 200X 4 29 200X 4 30 200X Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday ay Monday Net Net Net Net Net Units Sales Sales Units Sales Units Units Sales Sales 1 00 9 15 1 00 9 15 0 00 0 00 1 00
262. daily and weekly overtime The cost of labor Daily overtime is included in this figure Weekly overtime is included if the date range fo period i e if the report is only for one day then weekly overtime is not included in the report Salaried e figure for the employee s primary job Overhead cost is computed by multiplying Labor Cost by the Labor Overhead Percentage Actual Labor is computed by adding Labor Cost and Overhead of Labor equals Actual Labor divided by the total Actual Labor for the entire period of Sales equals Actual Labor divided by the Net Sales Total Labor Cost equals the total of all Actual Labor Net Sales for the period Equals total Labor Cost divided by Net Sales TOP The Media Report displays the payments which have been specified in the report setup Accessing the Media Report Options While if Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Media Report Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Activity Report Attendance Report Batch Report Cobactioe Report Cumutabve tem Count Rep Cumulative Sales Report Daily item Count Report Daily Report Distoutts voids Report port Hourty Report Inventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Report Inventory Usage Analysis Ireentory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Repon Overtime Limit Report Paid Report Parol Repon Safes Accountability Rep 5 Contest Report tem Count Report piores Performance Rep
263. days will be identified only by the day of the week beginning with the first day of the work week as configured in Setup gt Miscellaneous gt General gt Timekeeping Each row in the Schedule may contain a shift for each day of the week Each shift consists of the following attributes Job Time In Time Out Skill Level Comment and the Don t Enforce Time Out option So that adequate staffing of a Schedule may be verified at a glance the color of each shift is displayed on the screen schedule in the color selected for the Job Each row also has a Totals column that accumulates the hours worked for all the shifts on the row The following labor statistics are displayed at the bottom of each column Hours Cost Sales and Labor Hours is the total of the hours on the displayed schedule or sub schedule Cost is the total of the hourly rate paid for all the hours on the displayed schedule or sub schedule Sales are the total gross sales revenue forecast on the projected Sales tab Labor is the percentage of Labor Cost to Projected Sales These stats are updated real time as the Schedule is entered Up to eight Shortcut times are displayed just below the labor statistics if Job s have been selected Shortcuts are commonly worked shifts defined for each Job see Setup gt Employees gt Jobs gt Timekeeping gt Shortcuts WA Scheduling Sat 12 30 Fri 01 05 All Jobs Projected Sales Avatiabibty a1230 1231 0
264. dces Report Pro Hourly Report Trosor Inventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Repon m Usage Anatysss Vendor Vendors Subgroups vendor 5 Labor Report vendor 6 Media Report Vendor 7 Overtime Un it Report Vendor 8 Paid Out Report 5 Payroll Report Wenders Sales Accountabilty Rep Vendor 10 Sales Contest Report Vendor 11 Weekly tem Count Report Employee Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep vendor 12 Figure x x Inventory Worksheet Report Options Type Inventory Worksheet Report mms Page Break 59 Vendor Subgroup P Save X Cancel Field Description Vendors Select the Vendors for the report All items that belong to the selected Vendors are included on the re encountered Sort Select the Subgroups for the report All items that belong to the selected Subgroups are included on tt group Subgroup is encountered Items Select the items for the report Only items that are explicitly selected are included on the report Page Break Vendor Subgroup A page break occurs after each Vendor or Subgroup if the page break option is on Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup 12 3 1 15 1 Sample Inventory Worksheet Report Purpose A sample Inventory Worksheet Report and description of the fields are listed below TOP Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The
265. ded but the Tip Required option is on for the payment Turn this option on if the user must have each clock in and clock out approved always The user is forced to read Messages before they are allowed to clock in or clock out Turn this option on if the user should Declare Tips before clocking out NE Turn this option on if the user may Take Breaks Turn this option on if the user is allowed to view their Time Card Turn this option on if the user is allowed to print their Time Card The user must have the View Time Card Job Right and the Print Time Card Job Right to print a Time Card Turns this option on if the user is allowed view their schedule Turn this option on if the user is allowed to print their schedule The user must have the View Schedule Job Right and the Print Schedule Job Right to print a schedule Turn this option on if the user may define their availability schedule Turn this option on if the user may clock in with 40 hours or more without manager approval Turn this option on if the user may receive Messages at clock in and clock out Turn this option on if the user may send Messages Figure x x Job Rights Order entry Cashier Tray Open Close Cashier Tray Declare Cash Cashier Tray Required Cashier Tray Select at Clock In Cashier Accountable for Sales NE Allows the employee to Open or Close a cash tray NE Allows the employee to declare th
266. der field in Miscellaneous gt General gt Customer gt Account Order Required The Customer s First Name up to 20 alphanumeric characters Required The Customer s Last Name up to 20 alphanumeric characters Display the Customer s Phone number up to 10 numeric characters Note The Customers are usually added at the time of purchase The fields that are required are configured in Setup gt Order Entry gt Order type gt New Customer Fields Displays the Customer s Account or Card Number up to 20 alphanumeric characters Display a Customer s picture selected from a graphic file The Customer s picture will be displayed in the upper right corner of the Customer Found Window The Customer s Address up to 30 alphanumeric characters The Customer s Apartment or Suite Number up to 5 alphanumeric characters The Customer s City select from the drop list of pre configured Cities The Customer s State select from the drop list of pre configured States Enter the Customer s Zip Code up to 5 alphanumeric characters The Customer s Delivery Zone select from the drop list of pre configured Delivery Zones The instructions on arrive at the Customer 3 lines with 35 alphanumeric characters Display the Customer s second Phone Number up to 10 numeric characters Display the Customer s Fax Number up to 10 numeric characters Any other information regarding the Customer up to 60 alphanumeric characters A check box
267. derived from the Recipe Select the Inventory Items that will be used in the Recipe The Units and Cost fields are the same as the ones configured in Inventory Items Qty Enter the Quantity of the Ingredients to be used Unit The Unit of the Ingredient Cost The extended Cost of the Ingredient Note To exit the Recipe Window click Items Related Topics Job Right Office Menu TOP 14 Miscellaneous Purpose The Miscellaneous Option Windows are used throughout Focus program Accessing the Miscellaneous Menu While in Focus Setup select Miscellaneous Close Day Accounting Interfaces Events General Screen Formats Time Ranges Figure x x Miscellaneous Options Option Description Accounting Interfaces Used to configure the Accounting Interface export option Events Used to configure timed Events General Used to configure general system wide configuration settings Screen Formats Used to configure the look of Screen Formats Time Ranges Used to configure Time Ranges for various operations Related Topics none TOP 14 1 Accounting Interface Purpose The Accounting Interface Window is used to export your daily sales information for use with importing to QuickBooks ACCPAC or compatible accounting programs Accessing the Accounting Interfaces Window While in Focus Setup select Miscellaneous gt Accounting Interfaces Accounting Interfaces Accounting interfaces
268. dow Click Add Input the Customer information Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Accounts TOP 7 1 2 Print a List of Customer Accounts Purpose The Accounts Print Format Window is used to print various information from the Customer database Items that appear in the Included Fields section will be printed in the order they are listed The commands down the center of the screen are used to move items over to the Included Fields section Options Available to Print First Name Last Name Picture Account Address 1 Address 2 Apartment City State Zip Code Phone Number Phone Number 2 Fax Number E mail Address Comment Delivery Instructions 1 Delivery Instructions 2 Delivery Instructions 3 Zone Do Not Deliver Bad Check Allow Charge VIP Charge Limit Birth Date Prefix Suffix Last Visit Order Total Number of Orders Company Last Payment Date Balance Anniversary Date Returned Mail Require Approval Loyalty Plan 1 Loyalty Plan 2 Loyalty Plan 3 Loyalty Plan 4 Loyalty Plan 1 Current Points Loyalty Plan 2 Current Points Loyalty Plan 3 Current Points Loyalty Plan 4 Current Points Loyalty Plan 1 Total Points Loyalty Plan 2 Total Points Loyalty Plan 3 Total Points Loyalty Plan 4 Total Points Loyalty Plan 1 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 2 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 3 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 4 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 1 Discounted A
269. dow and the Output Type must be set to File Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Activity Report Meda Report Options Attendance Report Batch Report Colection Report Time Cumulative tem Count Rep Payment Cumulative Sales Report Payment number Dally fem Count Report Daly Report Discounts roids Report heck number External Report Amourt Hourly Report Tip Inventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Report Irentory Usape Anais Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Report Media check number uada aum Overtime Limit Report Check total Out Report Payroll Repon Sales Accountability Rep Sales Contest Report Weebly tem Count Report Emptoyee Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep Date Owner same Accent Expiraton date Seo PA Save X cance Procedure to Export a Media Report Set the File Type of the report to Comma Delimited Set the Destination of the report to File Name the file using the csv extension in the File Name E mail Attachment Name Select the fields desired to be exported Click Save Related Topics none TOP 12 3 1 17 2 Sample Media Report Purpose A sample Media Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the repor
270. ds for live contest purposes Promotions are a management tool used to increase sales by encouraging competition between members of the sales staff Promotions can be printed or displayed at different times Example Lunch promotions do not display at dinner Accessing the Sales Contest Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Sales Contest Report Report Setup Reports Output File format acy Report __ Sales Contest Report Sales Contest Report Cobecbc pont Sales Contest Report Options Cumulative tem Count Rep Rankeg Sales Repo E Jcumutabve Sales Report Units Unit to Unit Unit by Guest Daly Court Sales Sale to Sale Daily Report 5 Dist ourtstoids Sales by Guest Number of Guests External Report Hourly Report Date Stan Date ____ EndDue Inventory On Hand Report Today Range JInventoey Reorder Report inventory Usage Analysis Time Star Time End Time Irentoey Worksheet Repor 5 All Day Partial Labor Percentage Report Media Report Menu Mem Fiter Overtime Limit Report gt Paid Out Report Parol of Employee Sates Accountability Rep am hem Count Report include Git Cards Employee Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep Paso X Cancel Figure x x Sales Contest Report Options Option Description Select this option to sort by the Units sold
271. e Customer is allowed to charge If there is no limit then the Customer has no limit set Note The payment must be configured in Setup gt Order Entry gt Payments gt gt Local Account is turned on Balance Will display the Customer s current balance Customers with a credit balance will be displayed negative sign Loyalty Plan 1 4 Check witch plan the Customer is a member of Figure x x Customer Accounts Commands Close Closes and exits the Customers Window and saves changes to the current screen Save Saves the changes in the Customers Window without closing the dialog box Add Allows a new Customer to be added to the Customer list Default values are copied on the Phone Prefix area code and prefix City State Zip code and Delivery zone of the previously selected customer Delete Click Delete to remove a Customer from the Customers list A message prompts the operator to confirm the deletion Tools Click Tools to print print labels import and export Find Click Find to access the customer filter screen In the Customer Filter Window pre configured filters can be used for searches on the Customer database Loyalty Detail Click Loyalty Detail to display a list of sales information for the Customer Cancel Click Cancel to close without saving Related Topics Job Right Office Customers Job Right Office Edit Customers Job Right Customer Approve TOP 7 4 1 Adding a
272. e Locations Window While in Focus Setup select Locations gt Locations Lecatons Menus CC Voucher Guest Check Guest Check Formats Printer Assignments Screen Layout Cash Trays Locatons Name COUNTER Revenue Center Order Type COUNTER gt Dinen ORME THAU Order access optons Access Method Floor Pian Canvas Check j Floor Pian Times Guest Opbcns Defaut 0f Veny Than Automatic Gratulty E More Than 1 10 Position options Display Position increment Postion by Meal Stage Quick Option None One Behind Menu Items to Charge Gratuity None Print Loyalty Receipt Delete Last tem Ony Taxes Food Tax M2 v4 v5 8 good Rive BA Que X Conca Figure x x Locations Fields Field Name Revenue Center Order Type Access Method Floor Plan Canvas Floor Plan Times Default of Verify if More Than Description A unique name for each Location The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Select a Revenue Center associated with the Location Revenue Centers are configured in Locations gt Revenue Centers Select an Order Type that will be associated with the Location Employees with the assigned Job Right may select the Order Type at the Location Order Types are configured in Order entry gt Order types Check The default Access Method after the user
273. e Report 12 3 1 2 1 Sample Attendance Report 12 3 1 3 Batch Report 12 3 1 3 1 Sample Batch Report 12 3 1 4 Collection Report 12 3 1 5 Cumulative Item Count Report 12 3 1 5 1 Sample Cumulative Item Count Report 12 3 1 6 Cumulative Sales Report 12 3 1 6 1 Sample Cumulative Sales Report 12 3 1 7 Daily Item Count Report 12 3 1 7 1 File Format 12 3 1 7 2 Sample Daily Item Count Report 12 3 1 8 Daily Report 12 3 1 8 1 File Format 12 3 1 8 2 Sample Daily Report 12 3 1 9 Discounts Voids Report 12 3 1 9 1 Sample Discount Voids Report 12 3 1 10 External Report 12 3 1 11 Hourly Report 12 3 1 11 1 Sample Hourly Report 12 3 1 12 Inventory On Hand Report 12 3 1 12 1 Sample Inventory On Hand Report 12 3 1 13 Inventory Reorder Report 12 3 1 13 1 Sample Inventory Reorder Report 12 3 1 14 Inventory Usage Analysis Report 12 3 1 14 1 Sample Inventory Usage Analysis Report 12 3 1 15 Inventory Worksheet Report 12 3 1 15 1 Sample Inventory Worksheet Report 12 3 1 16 Labor Percentage Report 12 3 1 16 1 Sample Labor Percentage Report 12 3 1 17 Media Report 12 3 1 17 1 File Format 12 3 1 17 2 Sample Media Report 12 3 1 18 Overtime Limit Report 12 3 1 18 1 Sample Overtime Limit Report 12 3 1 19 Paid Out Report 12 3 1 19 1 Sample Paid Out Report 12 3 1 20 Payroll Report 12 3 1 20 1 File Format 12 3 1 20 2 Sample Payroll Report 12 3 1 21 Sales Accountability Report 12 3 1 21 1 Sample Sales Accountability Report 12 3 1 22 Sales Contest Re
274. e Tips Specify the format required Symbols such as but not limited to 96 1 may be pre selected Examples A Social Security mask 4 An Alphanumeric 5 character employee number plus 3 digit department number mask A Specify the format required Symbols such as but not limited to 2 may be pre selected Examples A Social Security mask An Alphanumeric 5 character employee number plus a 3 digit department number mask A The Require Card and Fingerprint at Clock In options are turned on when a new employee is added if this option is turned on 1 4 fields are provided for employee payroll adjustments that are entered into the Time Card Window The name of each Adjustment may be 1 7 characters Start Da The first day of the business week The start day is used to display headings on schedule templates and availability reports Start Time The time that the business day begins The time is used to display the Sales Projection Time Intervals The user defined overhead percent up to 999 99 The overhead percentage will Overhead be used to factor in an estimate of labor overhead such as FICA Medicare etc into labor cost calculations The time on every computer is updated from the Station with this name If a Time Server is not used type NONE in the field to disable If a Time Zone is selected then the Time Zone is set when the software starts Chit Format Select the f
275. e cash that is in the cash tray NE This right requires that the user be assigned to an open cash tray to perform tender related operations on a cash tray see Locations gt Cash trays gt Require Open Before Use NE This right prompts the user to select a cash tray when they clock in The Checkout Report will assign the sales to the employee that closed the check Note This option only affects the Checkout Report not the Sales Accountability Report thus the sales figures on the Checkout Report for employees with this Job Right will not balance to the sales figures on the Sales Cashier Approve Functions Cashier Assign Drawer Cashier Declare Cash at Clock Out Cashier Declare Starting Bank Cashier Drops Cashier Enter Paid Outs Cashier Enter Paid Ins Cashier Open Drawer Cashier One User Per Drawer Cashier Open Any Drawer Cashier Prevent Login if No Drawer is Assigned Cashier Prevent Use if Drawer Open Cashier Select Cash Drawer at Clock In Cashier Select One Drawer Only Check Items Hold Check Items Tax Exempt Check Items Void Checks Clear Accountability Report All Paid Outs are displayed in the list instead of just the Paid Outs entered by the user This Job Right also allows the user to perform the following cash tray functions for cash trays not assigned to them Declare Cash Assign Employees Edit the Starting Bank Enter Counts an
276. e for on screen viewing To read a Message select it and click Read The Message can be printed to the local guest check printer Delete Deletes the selected Message Select the Message and press Delete Close Closes the Messages Window Related Topics Job Right Time Clock Messages Job Right Time Clock Write Messages TOP 6 4 1 How to Write Messages Purpose The steps to write a Message are listed below Procedure to Write a Message Access the Setup gt Employees gt Messages Window D Messages From Click Write Click on the button Select Employees Alona 5 Jerome Joshua Select the employees you wish to write a Message If you wish to write a Message to all the employees of a particular Job click Job If you with to send a Message to all employees that are currently on the clock then click On Clock Select Jobs A Hostess EJ Cook Busser Cashier Dishwasher Select the Jobs for all employees you wish to send a Message You can select multiple Jobs on this screen 0 New Message Don t forget to atteed the mandatory waitstaff meeting this Saturday at 7 38 a m Thanks Management The subject of the Message is entered The text of the Message is written After completing your Message click Send The employees
277. e s 27 0 Case s 86 4 74 Case s 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 00 47 41 2 liter 0 99 0 s 1 00 1 00 1 00 0 99 Bottled Water Case 10 10 4 Case s 10 Ea s 1 00 1 00 Total 2796 20 Figure x x Inventory Reorder Report Fields Field Description Item The name of the Inventory Item Purch Unit The Purchase Unit defined for the item Purch Price The last price paid for the item within the inventory period Expected On Hand The theoretical number of items in stock Par Level The Par Level defined for the item Minimum Purchase The minimum purchase defined for the item Vendor Number The Vendor Number defined for the item Qty Needed Equals the Expected On Hand minus the Par Level Extended Price Extended Price equals Qty Needed multiplied by Purch Price Related Topics none TOP 12 3 1 14 Inventory Usage Analysis Report Purpose The Inventory Usage Analysis Report compares the actual inventory count compared to the projected or ideal inventory count Variance Report Accessing the Inventory Usage Analysis Report Options While in Focus Set
278. e total of all Advances is displayed The Tip Fees on tips of all Payments If the Miscellaneous gt General gt Timekeeping gt Retain Tips option is set to Pay Out Tips then all tips o1 displayed Net Cash equals Gross Cash minus Paid Outs plus the CC Tip Fee minus Tips Paid Out minus Advances plu All Payments that are not cash and do not have a blank name are printed Total Payments Total Payments equal Net Cash plus non cash payments CC Total The total amount of credit cards is displayed Discounts The number of Discounts as well as the total discounted amount is displayed Order Type Sales ha Type and Order Type Sales is displayed The total of all Order 5 Paid Outs The count and total for each Paid Out is displayed Paid Ins The count and total for each Paid In is displayed Deposits The description and amount is displayed for each Deposit if there is more than one Deposit for the day Related Topics none TOP 12 3 1 9 Discounts Voids Report Purpose The Discounts Voids Report displays the various Discounts and Voids in detail Accessing the Discounts Voids Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Discounts Voids Report Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Activity Report Report Discounts Voids Report DiscountsIoids Report Batch Report Cobecbon Report Void Discount Report Optons IC
279. e which entered the Payment Time The time the Payment was entered Amount The amount of the Payment Refunded Payments appear as negative Tip The amount of the Tip Total The Amount plus Tip Account If the Payment is a credit card and it has been entered manually then a M is appended to the Account I Expiration Date The date the credit card Payment expires Voided If a Payment is Voided then the original Payment as well as the Voided Payment i Pending 1 Result The Payment is appending approval from the processor Denied The Payment was not approved Refund The Payment was refunded Approval code The Approval Code received from the credit card processor Related Topics none TOP 12 3 1 18 Overtime Limit Report Purpose The Overtime Limit Report is used in conjunction with the Scheduling Module to determine if an employee is going into overtime Accessing the Overtime Limit Report While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Overtime Limit Report Report Setup Reports Output Fite format Activity Report a heme Type Attendance Report Overtime Limit Report Oversme Report Batch Report Report Atendance Overtme Lima Report Options Cumulative fem Count Rep Cumulative Sales Report Daly item Count Report ORIVETH CASHIER Dai Report Server Distousts voids Report Cook Report Manager Hourly Report 10 Inventory On Hand Report Inven
280. eck based on the number of guests at the table Enter the number of guests that will cause the Gratuity to be applied to the check automatically at the Location If this option is on then the position is displayed to the right of the price on the on screen check The position is automatically incremented if the item ordered has the same Meal Stage as the previous item ordered None Default ordering method One The check is Serviced before each item is ordered Behind i Select the Menu Item Filter for which items the Gratuity should be calculated If this option is on the Loyalty Receipt will print for Loyalty Customers Turn this option on to allow the user to only delete the last item rang Select the taxes that apply to items rang at the location Figure x x Locations Commands Field Close Save Copy Paste Cancel Description Closes the Locations Window Saves current settings Copies the settings of the selected Location to the clipboard Pastes the settings of the previously copied Location Cancels changes without saving Procedure to Establish Locations Select a Location name in a Name text box to highlight it Select a Revenue Center from the Revenue Center drop down list Select an Order Type from the Order Type drop down list Select the Access method Check Table or Floor plan Enter the default number of guests in the Default of text box for the selected Location En
281. eck that has been preauthorized or captured The user s default Order Access Method is displayed The specific Paid In and amount may be specified The amount is just the default and can be changed by the user Allows the employee access to the Customer Loyalty Window Specify the Location to restrict the employees that may be logged in Logs out the user The Pour Command shows the Bar Vision Pour information Allows the employee to re authorize a credit card after it has been voided This command combines the checks and then combines the seats If a Menu Item is selected then the Recipe Nutrition or Training attribute is shown for this item If a Menu Item is not selected then a Menu Item must be selected within 5 seconds When this Command is executed the current Canvas is recorded After an item is ordered the user is returned to this Canvas Allows access to the Deposits Window Allows access to the Cash Tray Function The Printer Reroute Command allows the user to reroute remote checks to another remote printer Allows access to enter the Daily Inventory counts Related Topics Job Right Office Packages TOP 10 8 Paid Ins Purpose The Paid Ins Window is used to establish and maintain a maximum of 50 specific Paid In types Each Paid In can be assigned a specific Payment type if appropriate In addition each Paid In type may be configured to Require Approval Accessing the Paid Ins Window
282. ed Normal Normal audit trail messages are logged Detailed Extensive messaging is logged Turn this option on to display promotions and other reports that are created by Events that are displayed on the Blackboard Select the Port that the printer is connected Available selections are Com 1 Port trough Com 32 Lpti and Lpt2 Driver Select the model name description of the printer Drivers are configured in Check Setup Printers Drivers Select the Station that the printer is attached The Focus system will Station support printing on different Stations Example Two Stations located side by side sharing one check printer Select the Port that the printer is connected Available selections are Com 1 dis trough Com 32 Lpti and Lpt2 5 Select the model name description of the printer Drivers are configured in Driver Report Setup gt Printers gt Drivers Select the Station that the printer is attached The Focus system will Station support printing on different Stations Example Two Stations located side by side sharing one check printer Select the Port that the printer is attached Available selections are Com 1 Fort trough Com 32 Lpti and Lpt2 Select the model name description of the printer Drivers are configured in 5 Credit Setup gt Printers gt Drivers Select the Station that the printer is attached The Focus system will Station support printing on different Stations Example Two
283. ed Review Allows the employee to review the check on the full screen Position Split Allows the employee to convert the positions to split checks if position seating is used Account Allows the employee access to the Customer Account Window Payment Adjust Allows the employee to adjust a credit card amount Loyalty Allows the employee access to the Customer Loyalty Window Reapply Payment Allows the employee to re authorize a credit card after if it has been Voided Cash Tray Allows access to the Cash Tray Function Packages Predefined Packages may be used as a Command Accessible Jobs Select the Jobs that will restrict the employees that appear in the employee list on the Employee Time Card Time Clock Fingerprint Registration and Check Out Report Open Clock Ins Windows For example if a kitchen manager can only view their employees then select the kitchen help Job If the employee has the Edit Employees Job Right then the only Jobs that they may assign to an employee are the restricted Jobs This is necessary to prevent the user from adding an employee with more privileges than they have i e owner Procedure to Select Commands Select the Job Select the Commands that will be available to the selected Job from each of the Commands drop down list boxes The selected Commands are displayed sequentially with no spaces left between them on the Command Ribbon A maximum of 30 can be displayed Click Save Related Topics Job Rig
284. ed Loyalty Plan 4 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 1 Discounted Amount Loyalty Plan 2 Discounted Amount Loyalty Plan 3 Discounted Amount and Loyalty Plan 4 Discounted Amount Customer Import Export Format File Name Available Fields Included Fields rm Lez kal 22 Delivery Instructions 2 Procedure to Import Accounts Information Access the Customers gt Accounts Window Click Tools Click Import Input the File Name for the file to Import Select the fields you wish to Import Click OK Related Topics Job Right Office Customers 7 4 6 Export Customers Purpose The Customer Import Export Format Window is used to import or export various information from the Customer database Items that appear in the Included Fields section will be printed in the order they are listed The File Name field is the location the imported file resides Options Available to Print First Name Last Name Picture Account Address 1 Address 2 Apartment City State Zip Code Phone Number Phone Number 2 Fax Number E mail Address Comment Delivery Instructions 1 Delivery Instructions 2 Delivery Instructions 3 Zone Do Not Deliver Bad Check Allow Charge VIP Charge Limit Birth Date Prefix Suffix Last Visit Order Total Number of Orders Company Last Payment Date Balance Anniversary Date Returned Mail Require Approval Loyalty Plan 1 Loyalty Plan 2 Loyalty Plan 3 Loya
285. ed a Coupon is printed A Coupon may be specified if the reward type is Bonus Coupon otherwise this field is disabled When the award level is reached the Customer qualifies for an automatic Discount on their NEXT order A Discount may be specified if the reward type is Bonus Discount or Instant Discount otherwise this field is disabled The Customer qualifies for a Discount on the current order Points are not accumulated and each order qualifies for an award A Discount may be specified if the reward type is Bonus Discount or Instant Discount otherwise this field is disabled The bonus is accumulated Points This field is disabled if the reward type is Instant Discount The bonus is accumulated Sales This field is disabled if the reward type is Instant Discount The Bonus Level is specified to determine if the award is given This field is disabled if the reward type is Instant Discount Filters Points Five Filters may be specified to identify items that accumulate to the bonus Specify the number of points that each item in the filter counts towards the award 7 7 2 Receipt Purpose The Receipt Window is used to describe the Loyalty Plans Accessing the Receipt Window While in Focus Setup select Customers gt Plans gt Receipt Loyalty Plans x Loyalty Plans Receipt Loyalty Plans Description 040 Award Given m Description Award Given Figure x x
286. ed to configure how the Focus Order Entry Window is displayed Accessing the Screen Layout Window While in Focus Setup select Miscellaneous General Screen Layout Screen Layout Screen Layout Comenanda Timekeeping Restaurant Crede Customer Loyalty Receigt Check Opsens Check Format REEN ferme Format SCREEN Red talk Modifers Format Entry Screen Optons With Top Image Background mage 200 forusback bep 8 focusbe bre zl Meader Height Remove Access Co e Use Conventional Time SCREEN Red it Totals Format Scrollbar tem Hei gre _ Screen Saver Optons Timeout seconds interval seconds LiRed 50 New Scrotibar Background Color Canvas Ribbon Button Options Height Screen Format 15 3393 t3 image 1 Image 2 8 buo x image 3 Image 4 48 a facusss bro 30 Mer Buttons UP Format Down 383 Butens D Snap to ond Grid Point Size Figure x x Screen Layout Fields Field Check Options Canvas Ribbon Button Options Description Check Format Items Format Modifiers Format Totals Format New Style Scroll Bar Background Color Width Header Height Item Height Scrollbar Width Height Width Screen Format Screen Format Down Snap to Grid OWN Close Select the Screen Format
287. edules Bartender Spring Break BOH March Schedule Cashier Manager Schedule Waitstaff Summer Procedure to Create a Schedule Click New The New Schedule Window will appear N New Schedule Start Date End Date OEE Starting Schedule lt None gt Figure x x New Schedule Fields Field Description Required Select the date that the new Schedule begins For schedule enforcement to be active it Start Date should fall on the same day of the week as specified in the Start Day Scheduling Option Required Select the date that the new Schedule ends The end date defaults to six days after Start End Date Date m Starting In many cases when creating a new Schedule it is often easier to begin with an existing Schedule and Schedule simply modify it If this is the case select starting Schedule Click OK to create a new schedule A list of Jobs will be displayed Select the Jobs that will be used for the Schedule Select Jobs Scheduling Window A blank Schedule as shown below will be displayed when a new Schedule is created without specifying a Starting Schedule Otherwise the Employees Shifts and Projected Sales are copied from the Starting Schedule The Schedule Name is included in the Schedule title In the case of a specific date schedule the date and day will identify each of the seven days of the schedule In the case of a Named schedule each of the seven
288. el 12 3 1 3 1 Sample Batch Report Purpose A sample Batch Report and description of the fields are shown below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Batch Report Focus Cafe Batch Report for 4 5 200 at 4 5 200X 3 49 11 PM Page Account Exp Date Approval Amount Tip Total Chk Amex 371328 2008 08 10 586054 52 57 10 00 62 57 220 371381 1006 03 10 568819 7 42 2 58 0 00 53 371543 1052 03 09 580596 32 97 8 00 40 97 237 371573XXXXX2003 06 08 501446 3 3 3 00 6 3 11 371700 1009 11 10 581345 8 24 3 76 22 00 110 371715 1000 03 08 565970 5 80 3 00 8 80 5 371715 1001 08 08 522740 72 74 20 00 92 74 158 371726 1002 01 09 502499 44 87 8 00 52 87 167 372340 1015 05 07 542998 47 25 7 00 54 25 251 372347XXXXX1001 09 10 564657 6 66 1 04 7 70 52 372350XXXXX2009 08 10 533743 35 5 6 00 41 5 29 372378XXXXX1008 06 08 563780 50 24 7 00 57 24 324 372781XXXXX1008 09 10 501108 9 05 2 95 22 00 176 372792XXXXX1003 07 08 554529 25 1 7 00 32 1 253 372800XXXXX4004 06 08 513272 26 79 5 50 32 29 225 372820 2002 05 08 586215 30 32 0 00 30 32 248 372830XXXXX3006 02 11 572434 6 38 2 50 18 88 226 372833XXXXX1013 02 08 568139 4 50 1 00 5 50 223 372833XXXXX1013 02 08 522974 26 66 0 00 26 66 255 372859
289. eld Description Cash Chk The check number for the Payment Amount The amount of the Payment Tip The tip amount for the Payment Total The Amount plus Tip Declared Cash The amount of cash declared is displayed Net Cash The amount of cash that should be accountable Starting Bank The amount of the Starting Bank Over Short Subtract the Net Cash and Starting Bank from the Declared Cash Figure x x Open Checks Section Fields Field Description Name The employee name who has the Open Check is displayed Check Number The Check Number of the Open Check is displayed Total The Total amount of the Open Check is displayed Remaining Balance The Remaining Balance of the Open Check is displayed Note Each individual Paid Out is listed Figure x x Paid Outs Section Fields Field Description Name The name of the Paid Out is displayed Invoice Number The Invoice Number of the Paid Out is displayed Amount The Amount of the Paid Out is displayed Note Each individual Paid In is listed All gift cards are displayed as well Figure x x Paid Ins Section Fields Field Description Name The name for the Paid In is displayed Amount The Amount of the Paid In is displayed Voided Paid Ins If a paidin is voided then the original paidin is printed with the voided instance appearing immediately beneath it Note The tip pool section is only displayed if the report is filtered by time card Figure x x Tip Pool Section Field
290. elect Reports gt Setup and then select the Employee Performance Report Report Setup Reports output Fite format Errgloyee Performance Rep Performance Report gt Employee Performance Report OpBons Cumulative Sales Report Daily item Count Report Daily Report Discourtsoids Report E Inventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Report gi None _ oem Ariventory Usage Analyses A B Bee Inventory Worksheet Repor zi Labor Percentage Report Media Report lt 4008 COUNTER CASHIER Sales Accountability Rep DRIVETH CASHER Sales Contest Report Weebly Item Court Report Account Transaction Rep Figure x x Employee Performance Report Options Field Description Heading 1 Enter the name of the column Heading 2 Enter the name of the column of Guests The number of Guests of Checks The number of Checks Sales by Guest Sales are determined by specifying a target menu item filter If a target filter is not specified then al Sales by Check Sales are determined by specifying a target menu item filter If a target filter is not specified then al Average Time The Average Time the check was opened Error Correct The number of Error Corrects No Sale Count The number of No Sale Counts Void Units The number of Voids Type Void The amount of Voids Discount Units The number of Discounts Discount Discomt The amount of Di
291. employee s Jobs Clock In Out Only Selected if the Time Clock Module is the only Module available to this employee Enforce Schedulin Selected if the employee is only allowed on the clock if there is a valid 9 schedule time otherwise a manager s approval is required hingerprint atciock Requires the employee to use a fingerprint to clock in out In Fingerprint Selected if the employee is required to use a fingerprint to log in at all Required times Select from the list of Available Jobs that this employee will be assigned The first Job is required and must be assigned All other Job assignments are optional Jobs 1 through 6 must be assigned sequentially Note The current Job should never be changed while the employee is clocked in The hourly pay rate up to 999 99 for each Job assignment The Skill level of the employee for each listed Skill Each Skill Level must be between 0 and 10 with 10 being the highest Figure 1 2 Employee Commands Command Close Cancel Related Topics Description Closes the Employee window Saves current changes Adds a new employee Deletes an employee Finds employees based on Job Code or Employment Status Allows access to the additional commands Print the current employee Print all employees and Import employees Cancels changes made prior to saving Job Right Employees Edit Employees Job Right Employees Add Employees Job Right Employees
292. endance Report Paid Out Report Paid Out Report Batch Report Cotecton Report 7 vy Sage Analysis Inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Repon Media Report Overtime Limit Report Payroll Repot Weebly hem Count Report E miioyes Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep be X conce The following information is displayed on the Paidout Report Date Time Vendor Invoice Amount Employee Approved by Grand Totals Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup TOP 12 3 1 19 1 Sample Paid Out Report Purpose A sample Paid Out Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Paid Out Report Focus Cafe Attendance Report for 04 28 200X at 05 07 200X 5 19 12 PM Page 1 Time Time Date Date Tipped 8 00 Charge Declared Employee Job In Out In Out Hours Breaks Sales Sales Tips Tips Carlos R To GO 13 52 15 53 4 28 4 28 2 02 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Carlos R To GO 16 36 22 41 4 28 4 28 6 08 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Carlos R Busboy 13 57 21 27 4 28 4 28 7 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Carlos R Busboy 13 55 23 00 4 28 4 28 8 08 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Francisco Server 16 51 22 30 4 28 4 28 5 65 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Server 16 55 23 34 4 28 4 28 6 65
293. epon Sales Accountability Rep Contest Repon Weekly hem Count Report Employee Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep Account Statement Report Menu lem Report Figure x x Gift Card Report Options Option Description Type Sorts the report by type Sort Account Sorts the report by Account number Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup 12 3 1 28 1 Sample Gift Card Report X conce TOP TOP Purpose A sample Gift Card Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Gift Card Report Focus Cafe Gift Card Report for 4 27 200 at 5 21 200X 5 04 22 PM Page 1 Date Time Amount Account Employee Check Increments 04 27 200X 19 32 120 00 7762XXXX619 TOGO T 150 04 27 200X 20 01 200 00 7762XXXX616 TOGO T 162 04 27 200X 20 32 70 00 7762XXXX635 TOGO T 181 Total Increments 390 00 Redemptions 04 27 200X 01 52 120 00 7762XXXX619 ANGELICA I 153 04 27 200X 20 52 45 55 7762XXXX606 FERNANDO A 115 04 27 200X 22 42 70 00 7762 635 RAUL 6 184 04 27 200X 23 05 200 24 7762 616 CHAGUITO 171 Total Redemptions 435 79 Net Amount 45 79 Figure x x Gift Card Report Fields Field Description Date The Date the transaction occurred Time The Time the transaction occurred Amount The amo
294. eport Daily Report Distoutts oids Report Primary Sort External Report Report Group Hourly Report Inventory On Hand Report Reorder Report hems Sape Soet Key Menu Nem Fitar Labo Percentage Report ione Media Report Overtime Limit Report Stan Time Order Type iude Totals for Each Price Current Employee Dally tem Count Report Zero Price items Type Secondary Sort Name Units Sales Paid Out Report 02 00 00 00 Payroll Report untatiity Rep est Report Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep Figure x x Weekly Item Count Report Options Field Description lt P Save X Cancel Name A unique name for the report Include Totals for Each Price Select this option if a separate line will be displayed printed for each price at which the item has been sold Include Zero Price Items Select this option if zero priced items and modifiers will be included on the report Current Employee Select this option to view data from the currently selected employee Report group ier a the report is to be sorted by Report Group A break occurs whenever Primary Sort Options Sort key Select this option if the report is to be sorted by the Item Sort Code field A break occurs Totals are displayed for each Sort Key and Report Group Item Select this option if the report data is to be sorted by Item Check name Report Group an
295. eprint CC Voucher Gift Card Balance Gift Card Activation Gift Card Increment Delay Print Account Modify Next Transfer Combine displayed with the focus set to the amount field Unselects all items on the check and selects the last Payment that is not voided on the check Thus to reopen a check the user can create a package that has the Select Last Payment Command followed by the Void Command The employee that will receive the check may be selected in advance If an employee is not selected then it functions as if the user pressed the Transfer button followed by the Server button The previous check access is retrieved Once the user returns to the access screen the previous check is set to zero If a check has not been accessed since the user logged in then the message No previous check is displayed Allows the employee to transfer all open checks to another employee The specific amount of the advance may be pre configured If an amount is not entered the number pad is displayed just as if the user selected the Advanced button from the Command Ribbon The specific position may be specified If a position is not specified then the user is prompted for the position as if the Edit Position button was pressed Allows the employee to change the positions if seating is being used The specific position may be specified If a position is not specified then the user is prompted for t
296. equired An item s modifiers are accumulated to determine whether the item is selected as meeting the requirement or the Application Filter for Buy and Get Discounts If this option is on then Gift Cards are eligible for discounting The Discount may not be placed on the check unless there is a customer on the check Applies only to Buy and Get Discounts Select the Menu Item Filters which define the items which must be ordered before the Discount can be applied to the Application Items Select the Menu Item Filters from the available list to determine which items are eligible for a discount If a Filter is not selected then all items are eligible Buy and Get Discounts require both Requirement and Application filters to be established Prepare a list of Discount types Enter the name of each type of Discount Select the appropriate Discount options Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Discounts 10 5 Gratuities Purpose TOP The Gratuities Window is used to establish and maintain up to 16 different Gratuities Gratuities can be configured to activate based on Location and number of guests in a party as defined by method of operation An employee with the Select Gratuity Job Right may apply or Void a preset or variable percentage Gratuity Accessing the Gratuities Window While in Focus Setup select Order Entry gt Gratuities Gratuities Name 15 Image File Name 8 Options V
297. er 0 00 Cook 0 00 Cook 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Cook 0 00 Cook 0 00 Dishwasher 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Hostess 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Server 0 00 Cook 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Dishwasher 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Prep Cook 0 00 Hostess 0 00 Server 0 00 Server 0 00 16 16 16 10 16 16 17 16 17 16 16 15 10 16 16 14 14 14 15 14 11 11 50 51 58 51 58 59 13 58 03 59 59 52 01 58 00 23 05 55 03 59 14 00 04 58 53 13 13 23 22 21 22 23 23 22 23 23 23 23 13 23 15 16 22 20 14 22 23 22 23 21 22 23 21 21 11 30 20 03 49 26 00 26 25 10 28 09 26 05 03 00 31 04 56 20 50 27 00 53 02 44 58 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 4 28 10 65 37 20 85 45 78 47 37 18 48 28 42 12 05 62 43 15 88 35 60 45 93 92 15 52 75 00 00
298. er Status Paid Ins Batch Advance Pay All Preauth Share Finalize Drops Refunds Dispatch Gift Card Tab List Capture Allows the employee to enter edit the Name or ID associated with an open guest check The Job Right Name Enter is Provides access to the Edit Tip function to add or change a tip of a pre authorized credit card Payment An employee Provides access to the Item Edit functions of In or Out of Stock Prices Nutrition Recipe Training or Item Counts The X Allows employee to delay the order from printing to the remote printer Allows the employee to select an alternative Location The selected Location remains in effect until the employee logs out Allows the employee to select a Menu other than the default Menu of the current Location The Menu may only be chang Allows the employee to cancel or restore the taxability of items on a guest check Provides access to an ID Lookup Window so that a Menu Item can be ordered by entering an ID name or code This com Allows an Inquire to the PMS Interface Allows a cash drawer to be Assigned to an employee Allows the employee access to the Paid Outs Window Allows the employee to Open the cash drawer The Job Right Cashier Open Cash Drawer is required Returns the employee to Focus Order Entry Allows the employee access to the Reports Window Allows the employee to add another seat to the check Allows the employee access to the Close Day Window
299. er Report Calbrate Beer Promo Credit Card Rpt Inv Bar Kitchen Sysco Receder Irv Anatyers Figure x x Output Options Type Destinations File Option Display on Screen Security Code Revenue Center File Name E mail Attachment Name E mail Address To FTP Destination Folder FTP Site Printer Options Related Topics Job Right Office Reports Dessnason Screen Printer E Mail Message FTP Fie Name E Mail Name E Mail Address FTP Destination Folder FTP Site Fite cetion Overwrte Append Ogbons Format Compress Complete None iv Display On Screen Security Cose X Cancel Description Screen Select if the report will be used for on screen viewing Printer Select if the report will be printed File Select if the report will be saved as a file Enter a File name in the File name text box E mail Select if the report will be e mailed Note The File Name filed must be filled in Text Message Select if the report will be sent as a text message FTP Select if the report will be sent to a FTP site Overwrite Writes over the file with a brand new file Append Inputs information to the existing file If this option is on then the report is available on the Report Window if the user has the required security Enter the Security Code necessary to run the report Report Security C
300. er Type Window is used to setup the Order Type specific options Customer The Customer Window is used to customized the Customer screen Related Topics none TOP 10 6 1 Order Types Purpose The Order Type Window is used to setup the Order Type specific options Accessing the Order Types Window While in Focus Setup select Order Entry gt Order Types Order Types Customer Order Types Front Courter a Drive Thru Name Image File Name Check Header Color Front Counter a Computation Order Type Charge Taxes Method Rate IV State Tax None 0 00 C Check Check Amount C item None item Amount Tipped f Display Charge at Bottom of Check Delivery Pending Prompt None Name close X Cancel LL 3 Figure Order Types Fields Field Name Image Check Header Color Computation Options Description A unique name for each Order type The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters An image that represents the Order Type Select the color of the header on the on screen check that will be displayed for orders with this Order Type None Check Check Amount Item Item Amount Rate Menu Items to Charge Tipped Display Charge at Select if no surcharge is to be associated with the Order Type Select if a surcharge percentage based on t
301. er of beverages divided by the number of guests The number of Voids and the total dollar amount of the Voids The number of No Sale Counts Note The No Sale Count is included if a Time Card has been specified or if the The number of deleted items Modifiers are not included in this total Note The Error Correct Count is included if configured to print at checkout If the Drawer Section is printed on the report then the number of Drawer Opens long than X seconds is printed The number of Discounts and the dollar amount of each Discount is displayed The number of Refunds and the total dollar amount of Refunds Figure x x Sales and Tax Section Fields Field Report Group Units and Sales Order Type Charges Total Subtotal Inclusive Tax Subtotal Discounts Net Sales Description The Report Group name units sold and dollar amount will be displayed The Order Type Charge name number and dollar amount will be displayed Note Item discounts that reduce Ord The total amount of the Report Group units and sales The Subtotal equals the total Report Group sales plus the total Order Type Charges The total amount of Inclusive Tax The total amount of Subtotal Discounts The Net Sales of the time period selected Taxes Total Tax Total Sales Paid Outs Paid Ins Gift Cards CC Tip Fee Retained Tips Retained Tip Pool Drops Refunds Total Accountable The name and amount of each Tax used The
302. er of customers on the Loyalty Window The card prefix is used to determine if swiped input on the order entry screer Customer Account Options Display Confirmation Search Method Match Allow Phone Number Search Allow Company Search Allow Last Name Search Allow Card Number Search Default Loyalty Plan 1 4 Use Designed Customer Loyalty Screen Require Swipe Input Multiple Orders Require Approval Search Method Match Account Order Default Loyalty Plan 1 4 Use Designed Customer Account Screen Do Not Display Balance Require Swipe Input Multiple Orders Require Approval If this option is on then the confirmation window is displayed upon completio Customer is placed immediately upon the check or a new check is started wit Window If the Loyalty Command is pressed first the confirmation screen is Phone Number The customer s phone number Company Name The customer s company name Last Name The customer s last name Card Number The customer s card number Beginning With Searches by the first few characters Containing Searches for customers that have the characters spec Exact Only Finds only the customers who match exactly If this option is off then the Phone number search option is not available on If this option is off then the Company search option is not available on the If this option is off then the Last name search option is not available on the If this option is off then the A
303. erformance Rep Account Transacton Rep M cioe X Cancel Procedure to Export a Daily Report Set the File Type of the report to Comma Delimited Set the Destination of the report to File Name the file using the csv extension in the File Name E mail Attachment Name Select the fields desired to be exported Click Save Related Topics none TOP 12 3 1 8 2 Sample Daily Report Purpose A sample Daily Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Daily Report Focus Cafe Daily Report for 4 27 200X at 5 21 200X 4 02 55 PM Page 1 Lunch Happy Hour Dinner 08 00 14 00 14 00 19 00 19 00 08 00 Dise Disc Units Sales Sales Units Sales Units Sales Units Sales Units Sales Average Check 258 40 35 74 24 31 57 26 30 127 56 00 Average Guest 729 14 28 180 9 99 122 12 29 427 16 66 Voids 18 66 25 5 13 90 3 1 155215 10 41 10 Liquor 490 2948 75 28 32 31 128 50 69 398 75 390 2421 50 2 10 50 Wine 5 17 50 0 17 2 7 00 0 0 00 3 10250 0 0 00 481 1348 75 12 96 27 49 75 45 123 25 409 1175 75 2 5 50 4 929 6095 49 58 55 309 1613 81 148 976 88 472 3504 80 34 217 26 Totals 1905 0410 49 100 00 369 1799 06 262
304. ergencyContact BirthDate HireDate LastRaiseDate TerminationDate TerminationReason EmploymentsStatus JobCode1 JobCode2 JobCode3 JobCo de4 JobCode5 JobCode6 PayRate1 PayRate2 PayRate3 PayRate4 PayRate5 PayRate6 AccessCode ExternalJob1 ExternalJob2 External Job3 ExternalJob4 ExternalJob5 ExternalJob6 Procedure for Importing Employees Access the Setup gt Employees gt Employees Window Click Tools and then click Import Import File Name Select the file containing the import information and click OK The imported employee records will now appear in the Employee List Related Topics Job Right Employees Edit Employees Job Right Employees Add Employees TOP 6 2 Jobs Purpose The Jobs Window is used to establish and maintain Job specific information Jobs represent categories of employees that have the same set of system capabilities Up to 64 Jobs may be maintained in the system Accessing the Jobs window While in Focus Setup select Employees gt Jobs Jobs Rights Timekeeping Commands Figure x x Jobs Options Option Description Jobs Used to name the Jobs and assign the appropriate options for Jobs Rights Used to configure access levels for Jobs Timekeeping Used to establish and maintain different Timekeeping options for Jobs Commands Used to configure the Command Ribbon used in Foc
305. eric input is required to enter information when this Payment type is used in Order Entry Selected if this Payment type is acceptable media for a Paid In Select if Payment type is for a PMS that requires a folio number or name Field Options Voucher Options PMS Options Procedure to Establish Payments Prepare a list of Payments Post Edit Tips Open Drawer Display Tip Require Account Require Expiration Date Require Check Number Require Drivers License Require Checking Account Require ABA Routing Require Date of Birth Require State Require Gift Certificate of Vouchers Printer Account Payment Select if Payment type is to post to the PMS system Select if Payment type is supposed to open the cash drawer when editing tips Select if a Tip field is required to display for the named Payment type Select if an account number must be entered for the named Payment type Account number will be available on the Media Report Select if an Expiration Date is required for the named Payment type Credit card type only Select if a Check Number is required for the named Payment type Check type only Select if a Drivers License Number is required for the named Payment type Check type only Select if a Checking Account Number is required for the named Payment type Check type only Select if an ABA routing is required for the named Payment type Check type only Select i
306. ertime Limit Repon Paid Out Report Payroll Sales Accountability Rep Sales Contest Report Weebly ltem Count Report Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep a Daty Court Report Opbons Start cate End date iD Price level name Price number Pree Units sold Sues of sies Una cost Total cost amp of cost Gross Prott Co Percent Prot YS yes Peecent X Cancel Procedure to Export a Daily Item Count Report Set the File Type of the report to Comma Delimited Set the Destination of the report to File Name the file using the csv extension in the File Name E mail Attachment Name Select the fields desired to be exported Click Save Related Topics none TOP 12 3 1 7 2 Sample Daily Item Count Report Purpose A sample Daily Item Count Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Daily Item Count Report Focus Cafe Daily Item Count Report for 4 27 200X at 5 21 200X 4 00 36 PM Page 1 Net of Price Units Sales Sales Liquor CORRALEJO S 8 00 48 00 0 46 AMARETTO 00 4 50 0 04 Absolute 2 00 9 00 0 09 Bldy Mary 2 00 0 00 0 10 CASADORES REPOSADO 2 00 2 00 0 12 Crown Royal 14 00 70 00 0 67 Don Julio 18 00 117 00 1 12 EDU
307. erver 16 53 22 45 4 28 4 28 5 87 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Guicho Busboy 16 50 23 38 4 28 4 28 6 80 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 D Guicho Server 16 50 23 11 4 28 4 28 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Guicho Server 16 51 22 30 4 28 4 28 5 65 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Guicho Server 16 58 21 20 4 28 4 28 4 37 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Hugo Server 10 51 22 03 4 28 4 28 10 20 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 25 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Juan Ramir 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 0 00 0 00 G m Nora R 00 0 00 Nora R 00 0 00 Nora R 00 0 00 Omron T 00 0 00 Omron T 00 0 00 Omron T 00 0 00 Omron T Server 0 00 Dishwasher 0 00 Server 0 00 Cook 0 00 Cook 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Cook 0 00 Cook 0 00 Dishwasher 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Hostess 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Server 0 00 Cook 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Dishwasher 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Prep Cook 0 00 Hostess 0 00 Server 0 00 Server 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Server 0 00 Server
308. es Spicy Spread Tartar Sauce Tomato 05 14 0 2 50 4 00 3 00 1 16 5 84 05 14 0 0 54 Lb 75 00 50 00 55 02 69 98 05 14 0 0 18 0 00 0 00 14 38 1 38 05 14 0X 1 92 Bag 4 00 0 00 1 87 2 13 05 14 0 0 34 Lb 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 05 14 0 20 70 1 00 0 00 0 15 0 85 549 00 671 00 569 90 650 10 05 14 0 8 78 Botl 5 00 2 00 1 86 5 14 05 14 0 9 04 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 05 14 0 0 08 150 00 0 00 0 00 150 00 05 14 0 2 81 17 00 2 00 1 09 17 91 05 14 0X 6 76 Box 7 00 0 00 0 65 6 35 05 14 0 0 13 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 05 14 0 0 10 1600 00 400 00 484 00 1516 00 05 14 0 0 67 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 05 14 0 2 00 Bag 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 05 14 0 5 37 B 1 00 0 00 0 03 0 97 05 14 0X 1 61 Chub 7 00 0 00 0 75 6 25 05 14 0X 0 07 Ea 4 00 0 00 84 00 80 00 05 14 0X 8 92 Case 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1791 00 404 00 572 38 1622 62 10824 00 6597 00 5245 37 12175 63 Totals Figure x x Inventory Usage Analysis Report Fields Field Item Beg Date Stock Unit Unit Cost Begin Inv Units Purchased Sales Proj End Inv Actual End Inv Variance Proj End Inv Dollar Usage Actual End Inv Dollar Usage Variance Dollar Usage Percent Variance Cost of Goods Sold Cost of Goods Sold Variance Description The name of the Inventory Item The date that a physical count was last taken for the item The Stock Unit defined for the item The Unit Cost is the moving average cos
309. es Image Format Body Format 0 initialize Inisalize y Bottom Lines Completion Format 0 hd Customer Info Format initialize X Customer ID in Bar Code Description Basme X cance Figure x x Coupons Fields Field Description Name Coupon name Discount Select from the user defined Discounts Expires Select this option if the Coupon expires on a specific date NOTE This date prints On on the coupon The employee accepting the Coupon must manually enforce it Expiration Date Expires Select this option if the Coupon expires a specific number of days after it was issued After the current business date is used as the issuing date Date Enter the specific date that the coupon expires Days Enter the number of days after the Coupon was issued that is expires This field is disabled if the expiration date option is set to Expires On Header Lines Number of lines above the guest check Image Format Printer Driver format to print the image prm Format Printer Driver format to nt the check Bottom Lines Lines Number of lines below the Number of ines below the guest check check Select the printer format that will be sent to the printer after the Coupon has printed sella If a format is select the customer ID and customer are printed on the Coupon Customer ID in Turn this option on to embed the customer ID within the barcode printed on the bot
310. es Name Transparent Big 4 Top Screen Format 2 Transparent v Bar Stool Default Guests Alert Minutes Pool Table 0 0 Default Menu Pool Table None v Stage Images Clean TTablecbmp dE Entree FLAFL ENTREE ag Occupied rTableobmp 48 Dessert ITableebmp 8 Pending TTablep bmp al Check printed TTablepr bmp al Hold rrablenbmp TTablepddmp c3 Beverage dE Sericealet gal Appetizer TTableebmp 8 Close Save Cancel Figure x x Table Types Fields Field Description Name A unique name for each Table type The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Screen Format Select the format that is used to display the stage images Default Guests The number of guests form defaults to this value when a table is started Alert Minutes Enter the number of minutes after which the table enters the service alert stage if the table is still in the occupied or beverage stage Select the default Menu Item Pool Table Clean Select the image to display when the table is not in use Occupied Select the image to display when the table has been sat Stage Images Pending Select the image to display when the check for the table has been transferred and is pending Select the image to display when the check for the table has items on Hold hold Select the image to display when the check for the table has beverages
311. f a Birth Date is required for the named Payment type Check type only Select if a State name is required for the named Payment type Check type only Select if a Gift Certificate number is required for the named Payment type The Gift Certificate number will be available on the Media Report Gift Certificate type only The number of Vouchers to be printed for the named Payment type Vouchers are often required when credit approval or PMS systems are offline This selection is not appropriate to online credit card draft print Select a Printer where the voucher for the named Payment type will be printed Enter the PMS account that the Payment is posted to Enter the PMS Payment number Enter the of each Payment in a separate Name text box Select the appropriate options Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Payments TOP 10 11 Price Levels Purpose The Price Levels Window is used to establish up to 10 different Price Levels Each Price Level may be assigned up to six Price Names For example if the Price Level is size the Price Names may be Small Medium Large Giant etc Menu Item Prices 1 6 will be activated by selection of Price Name 1 6 in Focus Order Entry Once created Price Levels use is selected by Menu Items Price Levels by Item over ride Price Times by Menu Accessing the Price Levels Window While in Focus Setup select Order Entry gt Price Levels
312. f minutes up to 9999 after which the terminal will return to the Entry screen if the Station is inactive and the user has left Focus Setup Enter the number of copies of the Checkout Report 0 to 9 that will print when the user clocks out Select the report that will print when the user clocks out Pastes the copied Job information into a new Job position Commands Description Close Closes the Jobs window Save Saves current changes Copy Copies the selected Job Paste Cancel Related Topics Job Right Office Jobs Cancels changes made prior to saving TOP 6 2 2 Rights Purpose The Rights Window is used to establish Job Rights access levels for different Jobs Job Rights also determine the functions that are available in Focus Order Entry Note Turning on all Job Rights for a particular Job will more than likely create an undesirable result in the way the software works i e turning on the Job Right to Require Name will cause you to always enter a name even though you are using table numbers Accessing the Job Rights Window While in Focus Setup select Employees gt Jobs gt Rights Jobs Rights Timekeeping Commands Jobs Rights a On Search JORIVETH CASHE OFFICE 3 Server X accounts Cook X Checks Manager X Check Filters 110 close Day ey X Configure Blackboards Chef X Customers X Customer Setup X Deposits X Discounts X Edit Biackboards X E
313. f selected the guest name will print if entered If this option is off then the Order Type is displayed instead of the number of guests If selected prints a bar code at the bottom of the check A scanner can be used to access the Guest Check If selected prints only the modifiers which have a price associated with them This option overrides the Print on Guest Check option configured and the Include in Item Price option defined for each Menu Item The Order Type Charge and Gratuity are included in the Order Type Total this option is used in delivery environments where there is a delivery fee for the restaurant and the driver If selected prints the Header at the bottom of the Guest Check If selected prints the Voided items on the Guest Check If selected prices will not be printed on the Guest Check None Select if the Exclusive Taxes should not print Detail Select if the total of each Exclusive Tax should print Total Select if only the combined total of all Exclusive Taxes is to be printed None Select if the inclusive taxes should not print Detail Select if the total of each inclusive tax should print Total Select if only the combined total of all inclusive taxes should print Input the number of copies the Guest Check should print 0 will print only 1 1 will print 2 copies etc Lines Image Footer Lines Survey Frequency Tip Rate Options Enter up to 4 lines of up to 40 character
314. for the Customer Filter Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Accounts TOP 7 1 8 Loyalty Detail Purpose The Loyalty Detail Window displays a list of information for the currently selected Customer Accessing the Loyalty Detail Window While in Focus Setup select Customers gt Accounts gt Loyalty Detail Customers Accounts Customers 6 123 Loyalty Information Coupons Coupons Current Total Discounts Discounts Discoumt Points Points Redeemed Amount 10thcoffee free mm x m EN x 0 00 Instant General order information Plan 4 First Order Last Order of Orders Sales 1 Payment Figure x x Customers Loyalty Detail Fields Field Description Current Points The number of points the Customer has on the Plan Total Points The cumulative number of points the Customer has accumulated on the Plan Cumulative points are not reset when the award level has been reached Discounts The number of Coupons and Discounts issued to the Account Coupons Discount The number of Coupons and Discounts redeemed by the Account Redeemed Discount Amount The cumulative amount of Discounts earned by the Account First Order The day of the first order of the Account Last Order The day of the last order of the Account of Orders The number of orders by the Account Sales The cumulative amount of sales by the Account Las
315. ger than the specified X number of seconds Figure x x Include Cash Payments in Detail Section The option Include cash payments in detail must be on for the cash payments to appear in the Payment Detail Section Note If the report has been configured to print the Inventory Counts and the report is NOT for an employee and it IS for a single day then the Inventory Count Section is included on the report Figure x x Inventory Section Field Description Item The name of the Item is displayed Beg Qty The beginning quantity of the Item is displayed Add Qty The quantity added during the shift is displayed End Qty The ending quantity of the Item is displayed Qty Used The quantity used during the shift is displayed Calculated by Beg Qty plus Add Qty minus End Qty Qty Sold The quantity sold during the shift is displayed Over Short The quantity Over Short during the shift is displayed Calculated by Qty Used minus Qty Sold Related Topics none TOP 12 3 2 Output Purpose The Output Window is used to configure a report s accessibility The options are the same for all reports Accessing the Reports Window While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Reports gt Output Report Setup Reports Oufput Fite format Daily Discount voids ABendarce Labor Cumulative Sis Payroll Rot Daly tem Apt Weebly hem Rpt Cumulative Rpt Close Day Rpts interval Rpt Daty Short Checkout Lunch Repor Dinn
316. graphic will display to the left of the caption Right The graphic will display to the right of the caption Bitmap Layout Top The graphic will display above the caption Stretch The image used for the Screen Format will be stretched to fit the entire size of the button r Center The graphic will be centered with the caption on top Spacing Indicates the number of pixels between the margin and the caption If the spacing is set to 1 then the graphic is cer Margin Enter a number to indicate the number of pixels between the bevel and the caption or graphic If the margin is set to Shape Select the shape of the button Ellipse Rectangle and Rounded Rectangle are the available options Width Enter the number of pixels for the width of the example button Height Enter the number of pixels for the height of the example button Example Image Enter the image name to display in the example button Caption Enter the caption the display in the example Procedure to Establish Screen Formats Develop a list of Screen Format names Enter the name of each Screen Format in the separate Name text box Choose the desired font font style font size and color Choose a Background Color Select the image to be displayed Select the image down that will be used if the format is used for a depressed button Select one of the available options Display Caption or Transparent Select a bevel option Lowered or Raised then enter the desired bevel width i
317. has the View Employees Job Right but not the Edit Employees Job Right then any values entered into these fields are not saved Accessing the Employees Window While in Focus Setup select Employees gt Employees Employees Lmpleyees 15 Nickname Picture 2444 Access Code City State Zip Code Emer Phone Emergency Contact Phone 1 Phone 2 Wed States Wi of Allowances Wi Birth Date Hire Date Last Raise Terminen Reason Salary t mploymeat States Language r Optiens Require Card Bl Extend Rights Check Dat Only Enforce Scheduling M Fingerprint at Clock In 2 Fingerprint Required Figure x x Employee Fields Field Description A list of existing employees automatically sorted alphabetically by last name Select an employee name to display all associated data for the selected employee The list of active employees is shown by default Terminated and Inactive employees do not appear in the list If the user is restricted to specific Jobs then only employees that have one of those Jobs appear in the Employee List Employees First Name Required The employee s First Name up to 20 alphanumeric characters The first letter is automatically capitalized act Name Required The employee s Last Name up to 20 alphanumeric characters The first letter is automatically capitalized Required The employee s preferred Nickname up to 15 alphanumeric characters The Nickn
318. he Par Level of the item setup in the inventory setup Price The price column was added for retail products so the user catch errors with prices of items on the shelve Related Topics none TOP 12 3 1 16 Labor Percentage Report Purpose The Labor Percentage Report displays an overview of the labor costs Accessing the Labor Percentage Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Labor Percentage Report Report Setup Reports Output Fite format Acity Report A Type Attendance Report Labor Percentage Report Labor Percentage Report Batch Report Colection Report Labor Percentage Report OpSons Cumulative tem Count Rep F COUNTER CASHIER Cumulative Sales Report ass 2 Daily tem Count Report EOM CASHER DaiN Report Dietouts voids External Repot 10 p Hourly Report I7 Inventory On Hand Report T hef Inventory Reorder Report Inventory Usage oe 2 Inventory Worksheet Repor I 1 3 12 Media Report Overtime Limit Report Paid Out Report 33 Payroll 46 Sales Accountability Rep M Sales Contest Report Weebly tem Count Report Employee Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep 13 mr 18 Y 19 Bore Figure x x Labor Percentage Report Options Option Description Labor Percentage report options Select the Jobs that are to be included in the Labor Percentage
319. he hours worked before the Cut Off Time will be included on the next period payroll Select if non cash tips paid by check gift certificate house charge and credit card are paid to employees when they clock out or deducted from the server accountability Pay Out Tips Retain All Select if tips are collected by the house included in server Tips accountability and distributed later Employee ID masks Add Employee Fingerprint Required Option Adjustments Scheduling Options Time Server Time Zone Print Options Related Topics The duration of the standard workday after which daily Daily overtime is computed If the limit is zero daily overtime is not Hours computed For example if Daily Hour Limit 8 and employee works 9 hours 1 hour overtime is due The number of hours in the standard work week after weekly Overtime overtime is computed If the limit is zero then the weekly Options overtime is not computed For example if Weekly Hour Limit Weekly 40 and employee works 41 hours 1 hour overtime is due Note Hours If both Daily and Weekly Hour Limit are set daily overtime hours are not included when calculating weekly hour total For example if Monday 9 hours Tuesday through Friday 8 hours and Sat 4 hours then the weekly overtime is paid on 4 hours in 0 STD D This option is used to compute tip of credit card transactions and is displayed the Declared Tips Section Declar
320. he position as if the Current position button is pressed Allows the employee to review the check on the full screen Allows the employee to convert the positions to split checks if seating is being used All positions are split into separate seats Provides access to the Item Edit functions of In or Out of Stock Prices Nutrition Recipe or Training Job Rights or Authorization is required to perform the selected function Allows the employee to reprint the credit card voucher on the currently active check Used to verify the balance remaining on a gift card Used to activate a gift card If an amount is pre configured then the user cannot change it Used to increment the balance of a gift card If an amount is pre configured then the user cannot change the amount The number of minutes the check should be delayed for sending the order Allows the employee access to the Account Window The Modifier Window moves forward as if the user pressed the Next button on the Modifier Window Allows the employee to transfer a check and automatically combine with another check Payment Adjust Finalize Default Order Access Paidins Loyalty Login User Logout User Pour Reapply Payment Transfer Combine No Seats Item Information Return to Canvas Deposits Cash Tray Reroute Printer Daily Inventory Allows the employee to adjust a credit card amount Allows the employee to close a ch
321. he subtotal value is to be associated with checks for the Order Type Select if a surcharge dollar amount is to be associated with checks for the Order Type Select if a surcharge percentage is to be associated with items in the Order Type Select if the item amount is to be associated with items in the Order Type A percentage between 0 00 and 500 00 of the Order Type charge The computation rate percent represents the percent by which a surcharge is calculated in excess of the base value If the charge should only apply to specific Menu Items then select the Filter that includes those Menu Items If selected the sales of the order type are included in the tippable sales total for IRS calculation If not selected the sales of the Order Type are not included in the Tippable Sales column on the Payroll Report and do not participate in the tip pool contribution calculations If selected the charge is printed at the bottom of the check Required if the computation type is set to Check or Check Amount An error message will Bottom of display if not selected for this computation type If the Apply to Check option is not Check selected then the charge is displayed at the bottom of the check on the Order Entry screen but is included in the items on the printed check Delivery Pending If selected put the check in a delivery state automatically None Does not prompt any user input Prompt Name Prompts for the Tab Name No
322. heck is computed by dividing the total Report Group Sales by the number of checks Average Guest is computed by dividing the total Report Group Sales by the number of guests The total number of Voids and the total amount voided is displayed in the first column Report Group Sales is net of Item Discounts Report Group Units are only incremented for non zero priced counted Discount units is the total number of items that have been discounted by Item Discounts Discount Sales i Discounts Order Type Charges are displayed The Subtotal equals the total Report Group Sales plus the total Order Type Charges The total of all Inclusive Taxes The total of all Subtotal Discounts Net Sales equals the total Report Group Sales plus the total Order Type Charges minus Inclusive Tax minu Each Tax Amount Taxable Sales and Tax Exempt Sales are displayed The total of Inclusive and Exclusive Tax Total Sales equals Net Sales plus Total Tax The total of all Paid Outs The total of all Paid Ins The total of all Gift Cards If the Pay Tips Out option is set to Retain Tips then all non cash tips are retained and do not reduce The Tip Fees on tips of all Payments The amount Refunded Total Accountable equals Total Sales minus Paid Outs plus Paid Ins plus Retained Tips plus the CC Tip Fee Gross Cash equals the cash collected from all Payments minus cash tips minus change back The count and total of all Paid Outs is displayed Th
323. his option if the report is to be sorted by Report Group Sort Key Select this option if the report is to be sorted by the Item Sort Code field Item Select this option if the report data is to be sorted by Menu Item Check Name Name Select this option to use alphanumeric Item Name as the secondary sort criteria Units Sold Select this option to use Item Units Sold as the secondary sort criteria Sales Select this option to use Item Sales Total as the secondary sort criteria Select the menu item filter that the Cumulative item report is to be used for Menu Item Filters ate configu The Start Time you wish to view item sales The End Time you wish to view item sales Select the Order Type you wish to view item sales TOP 12 3 1 5 1 Sample Cumulative Count Report Purpose A sample Cumulative Item Count Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Cumulative Item Count Report Focus Cafe Cumulative Item Count Rep for Page 1 Day Year 101 01 0 05 03 0 05 03 0X Net Net 1 200X 5 3 200X at 5 21 200X 3 52 37 PM Week 04 29 0X 05 03 0 05 01 0X 05 03 0 Net Liquor Bacardi 0 00 0 00 70 00 315 00 CORRALEJO S 10 00 60 00 30 00 180 00 AMARETTO 1 00 4 50 8
324. ht Office Job TOP 6 2 5 Creating and Maintaining Jobs Purpose To procedures to establish and maintain Jobs are listed below Procedure to Create Jobs Prepare a list of Job names Access the Setup gt Employees gt Jobs Window Enter the name of each Job in a separate Name text box Begin with the first text box and enter the Job names consecutively Select an image to be associated with the Job if appropriate Click Save To Assign Job Options Select a Job name in the Name text box to highlight it Set the appropriate options for Jobs Set the appropriate options for Rights Set the appropriate options for Timekeeping Set the appropriate options for Commands Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Job Setup gt Jobs gt Jobs Setup gt Jobs gt Rights Setup gt Jobs gt Timekeeping Setup gt Jobs gt Commands TOP 6 3 Labor Groups Purpose The Labor Groups Window is used to establish Employee Labor Groups Up to 20 Labor Groups may be defined for labor percentage reporting Accessing the Labor Groups Window While in Focus Setup select Employees gt Labor Groups Labor Groups fx Labor Groups Name Front of House Management Back of House Janitonal Security Administration 15 v Close PR Save X Cancel Figure x x Labor Group Fields Field Description Name Enter the name of each Labor
325. ht 652 50 13229 98 Lager 2953 50 630 75 LIT 25 Beer Total 20651 00 55620 87 Food Charros 12 oz 252 00 553 80 Guacamole Fiesta 279 00 1398 26 Jalapenos 9 00 17 911 Pico de Gallo 1 00 197 1 Codorniz 18 00 172 50 Beef Enchilada 55 00 LA Cheese Enchilada 219 00 251252 Cheese Puff 3 00 5 48 Chicken Enchilada 58 00 117 29 Chile Relleno 8 00 20 60 Crispy Taco 102 00 9T 21l Diet Coke 756 00 11355201 Dr Pepper 1637 00 2475 76 Day 005 03 0 0 00 0 00 13 00 22 75 9 00 24 25 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 14 00 32 50 2 00 4 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 67 00 151 25 1 00 215 1 00 5 95 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 7 00 15 75 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 2 00 1 00 1 75 12 00 21 00 114 00 278 50 0 00 0 00 1 200x 5 3 200X at Week 04 29 0X 05 03 0X 0 00 0 00 16 00 31 00 36 00 100 75 24 00 Jia 0 00 0 00 3 00 8 25 41 00 94 75 11 00 30 75 6 00 19 50 13 00 33 50 269 00 680 50 3 00 8 25 6 00 35 70 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 10 00 1 00 2 25 11 00 23 63 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 4 00 8 00 19 00 31 49 45 00 78 75 67 00 156 25 0 00 0 001 5 21 200X 3 52 37 Month 05 01 0 05 03 0 0 00 0 00 16 00 31 00 27 00 71 50 19 00 55 50 0 00 0 00 1 00 2 15 32 00 77 00 6 00 14 50 0 00 0 00 10 00 23 15 180 00 435 75 2 00 5 50 2 00 11 90 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0
326. id Outs Paid Outs x Paid Outs Name Beer Delivery Beer Delivery Fish Man of Vouchers Miscellaneous Repairs 5 Options 6 Open Drawer 7 iv Require Invoice 8 Require Vendor M Require Comment Save Cancel Figure x x Paid Outs Fields Field Description Name A unique name for each Paid out type The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters of Vouchers The number of Vouchers 0 9 that will be printed when a Paid Out occurs Open Drawer Select if the cash drawer is to open when the Paid Out is entered Require Invoice Select if an Invoice Number is required for the Paid Out Require Vendor Select if a vendor number is required for the Paid Out Require Comment Select if an operator is required to enter a comment with the Paid Out Procedure to Establish Paid Outs Prepare a list of Paid Out types Enter the name of each Paid Out type in a separate Name text box Select the appropriate options Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Paidouts TOP 10 10 Payments Purpose The Payments Window is used to establish and maintain up to 25 different Payments types Payments may be accessed via a specific Canvas and or individual Payments may be displayed on various Canvases Specific Credit Card Payments may be created if desired If only an Other Credit Card type is created then separated Credit Card Type reporting will not be provided on
327. if the status of the original printer is offline If selected the remote check will be printed on the check printer of the workstation where the order entry is done If not selected the Remote Printer is used instead of the Station Printer The Order Type for the Remote Check Format Select the Remote Check Format for the Remote Printer Procedure to Establish Remote Printers Prepare a list of Remote Printers Enter the name of each Remote Printer in a separate Name text box Click on the Station drop down list arrow and select from the displayed list of Stations Make sure the selected Station name displays in the Station text box Select the Port from the list of available Ports Select a Remote Check format from the list of available Formats Select a Backup Printer from the list of available Remote Printers Select the Use Local Printer option if appropriate Click Save Related Topics none TOP 10 Order Entry Purpose The Order Entry Windows contain a variety of options for managing Focus Order Entry Accessing the Order Entry Window While in Focus Setup select Order Entry Locations Reports Blackboards Checks Check Filters Discounts Gratuities Order Types Packages Paid Ins Paid Outs Payments Price Levels Table Types Tare Weights Taxes Voids Figure 1 1 Order Entry Menu Options Option Description Blackboards Add remove and maintain Blackboards Checks View Checks Window
328. ile Name Address 7572 State Zip Code Delivery Zone Delivery nstructions Phone 2 2713 Comments Not Deliver 2 Allow Charge Bf Returned 024 Check Require Approval Email Address Company Birth Date Anniv Date Loyalty Plans 1 22 M0theolfee tree E 12 2 Table service Figure x x Design Customer Account Setup Window Fields Field Description Screen Design The list of fields in the Window Top The Top positioning attribute of the field may be set Left The Left positioning attribute of the field may be set Height The Height of the field may be specified Width The Width of the field may be specified Visible Turn this option on to view the field Tabbed The Tab order may be specified Required Specify if the field is Required Related Topics none 14 3 7 3 Loyatly Setup Screen Purpose The Design Loyalty Setup Window allows the user to customize the appearance of the Customer Window Accessing the Design Loyalty Setup Window While in Focus Setup select Miscellaneous gt General gt Customer gt Design Loyalty Setup Screen the option Use Designed Loyalty Setup Screen must be turned on Customers Loyalty Customers 4 Last Name Phone Account 2 Picture File Mame Zip Code Delivery Zone CARPENTERSVILLE Delivery 1220 Phone 2 211 Comments Not Deliver 22 Allow Charge Returned
329. illa 3 00 0 Dinner De Lujo 4 00 36 EXTRA FAJITA 2 00 3 Enchilada Dinner 5 00 47 Enchilada Nino 7 00 34 Enchiladas Mexicanas 20 00 176 Enchiladas Verdes 13 00 118 Enchiladas de Rancho 7 00 FILETE PLANCHA 1 00 4 Fajitas 14 00 206 Flan 1 00 2 Flautas 23 00 20 Flour Tortilla 6 00 French Fries 1 00 2 Gorditas 6 00 43 Grande Dinner 26 00 247 Hamburger Fries 6 00 24 Horchata 20 00 40 Hugo s Special 4 00 62 Ixtapa Mix 6 00 9 Jalapos 3 00 35 Jamaica 6 00 12 14 00 100 Lemonade 17 00 29 MENUDO 6 00 38 MOJARRA 00 8 MOLE ENCHILADAS 9 00 76 Milanesa 5 00 48 Mole Pollo 00 8 NINO CHICKEN 9 00 44 Nachos Palenque 27 00 2927 OPEN FOOD 5 00 31 POZOLE 2 00 10 Papa Nachos 3 00 29 Parrilla Fiesta 6 00 220 Parrilla Palenque 6 00 158 Pechuaga Jardinera 3 00 36 Pechuga Monterrey 9 00 89 Pechuga Tapatia 2 00 2 Pico de Gallo 1 00 Pina Colada Virgen 4 00 14 Pollo Loco 7 00 66 Quesadillas 16 00 134 Queso Del Mar 7 00 68 Queso Flameado 11 00 98 Rancho Grande 12 00 159 Reynosa 2 00 14 Rice Side 3 00 6 Focus Cafe Daily Item Count Report for 4 27 200X at 5 21 200X 4 Ne Price Units Sal es Sales SPEC 7 SPEC 1 SPEC 4 SPEC 5 SPEC 6 SPECIAL 2 SPECIAL 3 Sabinas Shrimp Chile Relleno Side Guaca Slice Sour Cream Spinach Enchiladas Steak Mexicana Stuffed Jalapeno T Bone Ranchero Taco Nino Tacos A la Plancha Tacos Carbon Tamales Tampiquena Mar aquitos Texas Com
330. in a restaurant configured in Focus Enterprise Specify the FTP password to log into the FTP server The password should match the FTP password in a restaurant configured in Focus Enterprise Define the number of days of data before the current business date that will get polled if the data does not reside on the Focus Enterprise server Specify the IP address of the FTP Server The data may be pushed to a different Focus Enterprise office so multiple locations can receive data Specify the username to log in to the FTP Server The username should match the FTP username in a restaurant configured in Focus Enterprise if being used as an Alternate Close Day Poll Specify the username to log in to the FTP Server The username should match the FTP username in a restaurant configured in Focus Enterprise if being used as an Alternate Close Day Poll Select this option to set the FTP to Passive Mode Specify the IP address of the FTP Server Specify the username to log in to the FTP Server Specify the username to log in to the FTP Server Select this option to set the FTP to Passive Mode TOP 14 3 6 Credit Card PMS Gift Card The Credit Card PMS Gift Card Window is used to configure Credit Card PMS and Gift Card setup Use these options to establish system wide credit card options Accessing the Credit Card PMS Gift Card Window While in Focus Setup select Miscellaneous gt General gt Credit Card PMS Gift Card Oeneral
331. in the report Totals Discounts Voids will be grouped by the total amount Detail Discounts Voids will be line itemed on the report Select this option to display menu items on the Void Report that have a zero price Select the discounts that are to be included in the report Select the voids that are to be included in the report Job Right Reports Report Setup TOP 12 3 1 9 1 Sample Discount Voids Report Purpose A sample Discount Void Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Discount Void Report Focus Cafe Page 1 Total Comp 224 95 50 Disc 1 25 0 00 5 38 Discount Void Report for 4 27 200 at 5 21 200 4 05 54 Reopen Ck Item Approved By Date Time Employee Amount 260 Nachos Palenque Santos S 04 28 01 07 SARA B Beef Fajita SARA B 268 uchanans Santos 5 04 28 01 06 DANIEL uchanans DANIEL Bud Light DANIEL Bud Light DANIEL 1 Rancho Grande Santos S 04 27 11 42 HECTOR GUACAMOLE APART HECTOR T 1 Milanesa Santos S 04 27 11 43 HECTOR T Flour Tortilla HECTOR T 70 75 123 126 145 Flour Tortilla Chile con Queso SPEC 5 FIL PLANCHA PARA AQU CHULETAS CHULETAS 1 Taco al carbo Rancho Grande Enchiladas de R Cheese Quesadillas Beef Fajita Enchil
332. ina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Kristina G 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 00 0 00 Maricruz A 0 00 0 00 G m 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Nora R 00 0 00 Nora R 00 0 00 Nora R 00 Omron 00 Omron 00 Omron 00 Omron 00 Omron 00 Omron 00 Roberto H 00 0 00 Roberto H 00 0 00 Roberto H 00 0 00 Roberto H 00 0 00 Roberto H 00 0 00 Roberto H 00 0 00 0 00 Dishwasher 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Hostess 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Server 0 00 Cook 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Dishwasher 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Prep Cook 0 00 Hostess 0 00 Server 0 00 Server 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Server 0 00 Server 0 00 Server 0 00 Hostess 0 00 Hostess 0 00 Busboy 0 00 Dishwasher 0 00 Server 0 00 Cook 0 00 Cook 0 00 Prep Cook 0 00 Busboy 0 00 9 10 16 16 9 14 14 14 15 14 11 11 11 10 10 10 11 11 10 58 00 23 05 55 03 59 14 00 04 58 53 13 13 10 53 54 55 04 04 54 09 59 51 05 50 50 15 16 22 20 14 22 23 22 23 21 22 23
333. ina G Busboy 6 23 22 00 4 28 4 28 5 62 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 ristina G Hostess 6 05 20 31 4 28 4 28 4 43 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 ristina Busboy 9 55 14 04 4 28 4 28 4 15 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Maricruz A Server 4 03 22 56 4728 4 28 7 88 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Maricruz A Cook 4 59 23 20 4 28 4 28 835 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Maricruz A Busboy 4 14 22 50 4 28 4 28 7 60 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Maricruz A Dishwasher 15 00 23 27 4 28 4 28 8 45 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 O Maricruz A Busboy 4 04 21 00 4 28 4 28 6 93 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Maricruz A Prep Cook 4 58 22 53 4 28 4 28 7 92 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Maricruz A Hostess 4 53 23 02 4 28 4 28 8 15 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Nora R Server 213 21 44 4 28 4 28 9 52 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Nora R Server 13 21 58 4 28 4 28 10 75 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Nora R Busboy 10 14 04 4 28 4 28 2 90 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Omron T Server 0 53 22 50 4 28 4 28 10 95 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Omron T Server 0 54 14 33 4 28 4 28 3 65 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Omron T Server O55 200 4 28 4 28 0 08 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Omron T Hostess 1 04 16 58 4 28 4 28 5 90 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Omron T Hostess 1 04 15 04 4 28 4 28 4 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Omron T Busboy 0 54 14 06 4 28 4 28 3 20 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto Dishwasher 9 09 15 08 4 28 4 28 5 98 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 D Roberto H Server 9 59 14 27 4 28 4 28 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Roberto H Cook 9 51 1
334. ing the threshold User may print a Voucher on a preauthorization so they do not have to keep the card in case the customer walks the ticket TOP Purpose 14 3 7 Customer The Customer Window is used to configure various customer account options Accessing the Customer Window While in Focus Setup select Miscellaneous gt General gt Customer General Screen Screen Layout Commands Restaurant Crede Cag Receipt Customer Optoss Phone Pret F Display Streets om Customer I9 Customer Maps Customer Account Search Morr C Phone Number C Degitnisg Wt Company Name G LastName censure Cani Number C Exact Only Geter Cty Name Net in Lest Loyalty Plan Oetaut Loyaty Pian 2 Defaut Loywty Plan 3 Owtut Loyuty Plan 4 Use Designed Customer Setup Screen Ouni Hewes Unque Account Name Cars Prete Comtrmaton Accourt Order Nave Defeat Loyalty Plas 1 Default Loyalty Pian 2 Defeat Loyalty Flan 2 Loyalty Pian 4 2 Not Detgtay Balance Require Matiple Orders Require Approve Use Detignes Customer Account Screen Memos 5 Phone Number Company Name LastName C Cass Number Beginning Wm C Containing C Exact Only fv Phone Number Search f f Allow Company Search
335. int Loyalty Customer Labels 7 5 4 Quick Set Loyalty Customer Options 7 5 5 Import Loyalty Customers 7 5 6 Export Loyalty Customers 7 5 7 Finding Loyalty Customers 7 5 8 Loyalty Detail 7 6 Phone Prefixes 7 7 Plans 7 7 1 Loyalty Plans 7 7 2 Receipt 7 8 Streets 7 8 1 Import 7 9 Zones 8 Inventory 8 1 Enter Inventory 8 1 1 Adding a New Inventory 8 2 Enter Invoices 8 2 1 Adding a New Invoice 8 3 Groups 8 4 Inventory Items 8 5 Recipe 8 6 Adding Inventory Items 8 7 Subgroups 8 8 Units 8 9 Vendors 9 Printers 9 1 Drivers 9 2 Formats 9 3 Groups 9 4 Remote Check Formats 9 4 1 Formats 9 4 2 Header 9 4 3 Chase Printing 9 5 Remotes 10 Order Entry 10 1 Blackboards 10 2 Checks 10 2 1 Find 10 3 Check Filters 10 4 Discounts 10 5 Gratuities 10 6 Order Types 10 6 1 Order Types 10 6 2 Customer 10 7 Packages 10 8 Paid Ins 10 9 Paid Outs 10 10 Payments 10 11 Price Levels 10 12 Table Types 10 13 Tare Weights 10 14 Taxes 10 14 1 Taxes 10 14 2 Tables 10 15 Voids 11 Locations 11 1 Locations 11 1 1 Locations 11 1 2 Menus 11 1 3 CC Voucher 11 1 4 Guest Check 11 1 5 Guest Check Formats 11 1 6 Printer Assignments 11 1 7 Screen Layout 11 1 8 Cash Trays 11 2 Revenue Centers 11 3 Stations 11 3 1 Stations 11 3 2 Devices 11 3 3 Information 12 Reports 12 1 Groups 12 2 Reports 12 3 Setup 12 3 1 Reports 12 3 1 1 Activity Report 12 3 1 1 1 Sample Activity Report 12 3 1 2 Attendanc
336. is used to sort the items on the Report Group Sort Key If the Canvas type is Automatic then the items on the Canvas are sorted by Repor Rows The number of rows of buttons that will be displayed on Automatic Canvases Automatic Template Columns The number of columns that will be displayed on Automatic Canvases Procedure to Establish Canvases Prepare a list of Canvases and determine witch Canvases will be Automatic or Manual Enter the of each Canvas in a separate Name text box Assign the appropriate options to the Canvas Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Menu TOP 13 3 Menu Items Purpose The Menu Items Window is used to establish and maintain the elements options and attributes needed to describe a Menu Item or Modifier A Menu Item may also be a Modifier The Menu Items Window contains a list of available Menu Items and Modifiers previously established Menu Item names can be added and deleted from this list The list is sorted by Menu Name and is case sensitive lower case items being listed last Menu Names starting with spaces symbols or numeric characters are listed first With the focus on the items list a specific item may be accessed by typing the first few characters of the name A second item can be found in the same way after the focus is moved off of the first item Restrictions Before a Menu Item can be successfully created Screen Formats Printer Formats Printer Groups P
337. isplayed Check Number The Check Number of the Open Check is displayed Total The Total amount of the Open Check is displayed Remaining Balance The Remaining Balance of the Open Check is displayed Note Each individual Paid Out is listed Figure x x Paid Outs Section Fields Field Description Name The name of the Paid Out is displayed Invoice Number The Invoice Number of the Paid Out is displayed Amount The Amount of the Paid Out is displayed Note Each individual Paid In is listed All gift cards are displayed as well Figure x x Paid Ins Section Fields Field Description Name The name for the Paid In is displayed Amount The Amount of the Paid In is displayed Voided Paid Ins If a paidin is voided then the original paidin is printed with the voided instance appearing immediately beneath it Note The tip pool section is only displayed if the report is filtered by time card Figure x x Tip Pool Section Fields Field Description Name The name of the Tip Pool is displayed Amount The amount of the Tip Pool is displayed Note If an employee is selected then this section is not printed Accessible jobs are used to determine the punches that get displayed if the report is not ran via an event Figure x x Open Clocks Section Field Description Job The Job name for the employees on the clock The number of employees on the clock for each job is printed besic Name The employee s Nickname Note Displays in the Su
338. ity Data Bits Stop Bits Givex Mercury Sterling Gift EPay Initial Amount Repeat Amount Threshold of Vouchers Job Right Office General Specify the Port used to communicate with the property management system Set the Baud Rate as dictated by the property management system Specify the Parity as dictated by the property management system Specify the Data Bits as dictated by the property management system Specify the Stop Bits as dictated by the property management system UserID PIN IP Address Merchant ID Port IP Address Merchant ID Port IP Address Merchant ID Port The user ID needed by the gift card processor The PIN needed by the gift card processor The IP address of the gift card processor The Merchant ID of the gift card processor The Port used by the gift card processor The IP Address of the gift card processor The Merchant ID of the gift card processor The Port used by the gift card processor The IP Address of the gift card processor The Merchant ID of the gift card processor The Port used by the gift card processor The amount of the first preauthorization on the check The amount of the preauthorization after the initial preauthorization When the total of the check comes within this amount of the currently pre authorized amount the user is prompted to do another pre authorization Note The check header will turn red when exceed
339. ity that 0 that the Street is in State Select the State that the Street is in a code Enter the Ft Code that will be used for the Street Delivery Zone Zone Select the Select the Delivery Zone that the Street isin 0000 Zone that the Street is in Address 2 Enter the second Address name that will be used for the Street The Address 2 name may be up to 30 alphanumeric characters Enter the direction to the Street The Directions may be up to 35 alphanumeric characters on 3 Directions lines Figure x x Customers Streets Commands Command Close Save Add Delete Import Cancel Description Closes and exits the Streets Window and saves changes to the current screen Saves the changes in the Streets Window without closing the dialog box Allows a new Street to be added to the Street list Default values are copied on the Minimum Address Maximum Address City State Zip Code Delivery Zone Address2 and Directions of the previously selected Street Click Delete to remove a Street from the Streets list A message prompts the operator to confirm the deletion Allows you to import Streets Exit the dialog box without saving Procedure to Add a Street Access the Customers gt Streets Window Click Add Input the Street information Click Save Related Topics none Purpose TOP 7 8 1 Import The Street Import Window is used to import Streets for delivery purpo
340. king path C Focus Images Hardware Key 0 Stations 0 J Close Figure x x System Window Fields System Tab Field Description Command Line The path to the Focus executable file Primary Path The path to the Focus server usually Focus C Focus Backup Path The path to the Focus backup server usually Backup C Focus Hardware Key Displays the Hardware key number for the software Stations Displays the number of stations the Hardware key is authorized for Options The following options determine which modules are active for the Hardware Key EDC Credit Card Module PMS Property Management Module BOF Back Office Module SCH Scheduling Module INV Inventory Module CUS Customer Module GFT Gift Card Module NEP Net ePay Module Install This option creates shortcuts on the desktop to Focus It also removes the automatic prompting to run scan disk Current Users The list box displays the version of software running on each station It also displays the user that is currently using the station POS Version X XX Copyright C 2000 2007 Focus POS Systems Inc 4 Close Figure x x Test Window Fields Field Description Track 1 Displays the information contained on Track 1 of the magnetic card that was swiped Track 2 Displays the information contained on Track 2 of the magnetic card that was swiped Related Topics none TOP
341. les Accountability Report Focus Cafe Sales Accountability Rep for 4 27 200 at 5 21 200 4 18 1 Paidins Retained Tip Fee Total Accountable Payments Total Total Employee Sales Guadalupe 175 04 Yolanda 521 72 Lance 236 46 Valentin V 254 75 Arturo A 483 55 Manuel P 206 62 Miguel G 367 91 Mario R 249 77 Yolanda 522 45 Fransico A 577517 Manuel 787 97 Miladt H 857 86 Valentin V 705 24 Jose 533 76 Blanca K 451 11 Guadalupe 509 27 Gil 703 65 TOGO 620 49 Ulises G 665 32 Mario R 892 52 Service 610 08 Totals 10932 7l GiftCards Tips 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 390 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 0 00 0 00 00 390 00 0 00 Gross Tips Cash Paid 13 21 6 00 247 72 40 23 436 86 5 00 17 55 12 271 249 62 28 00 97 35 8 00 200 70 19 48 38 04 15 00 372 17 21 38 431 67 23 00 380 68 32 17 516 27 27 28 38 12 72 36 99 37 39 12 96 74 32 00 242 99 38 87 393 28 26 97 365 88 7 60 59 37 87 66 630 80 29 54 308 56 35 73 5736 95 608 10 Figure x x Sales Accountability Report Fields Field Employee Total Sales Paid Outs Paid Ins Gift Cards Retained Tips Tip Fee Drops Total Accountable Total Payments Gross Cash Tips Paid Net Cash
342. logs in is the Check Number Window Table The default Access Method after the user logs in is the Table Number Window Floorplan The default Access Method after the user logs in is the Floor Plan Canvas Select the initial Canvas to be displayed Customer The default Access Method after the user logs in is the Customer Window The user is prompted to select a customer Dispatch The default access method after the user logs in is the Dispatch Window Tab list The default Access Method after the user logs in is the Tab List Select the canvas that is displayed if the Display Order Access After Login option is on and if the Access Method is set to Floor Plan This is the number of the Floor Plan Canvas found in Locations gt Locations gt Menu Turn this option on to display the time each table was started on the Floor Plan Enter the default number of guests for the Location This number should be set to zero if the Increment Guests option is selected Enter the customary maximum number of guests per check for this location If a higher number is entered the operator will be prompted to verify they entered the correct number of guests Automatic Gratuity If More Than Display Position Increment Position by Meal Stage Quick Service Option Menu Items to Charge Gratuity Print Loyalty Receipt Delete Last Item Only Taxes Select a default Gratuity type for the Location to be automatically applied to the guest ch
343. loyee to optionally print or reprint a guest check If more than one seat on the check is present the user v Allows the employee to create multiple seats on a check and move Menu Items between those seats Also allows the emp Allows the employee to add optional modifiers to a Menu Item Allows the employee to place an item that has not been sent on Hold The guest Check cannot be closed while an item is Allows an employee to send a Menu Item that has been on Hold Allows an employee to Void an item on a saved check or to Void a Payment on a check A reason code for the Void must Allows the employee to optionally select remove or change a Gratuity based on the subtotal value of the check The Job Table Server Allows the employee to transfer a check from a Tab to a Table from one Table to another or to anott Items Allows the employee to transfer selected Menu Items from one check to another Combine Allows the employee to combine two checks Using the Split Command all Menu Items on all seats ca Allows the items on a check to be saved and sent If the Job Right Checks Clear After Subtotal is ON the check is st Allows the employee to associate a Name or ID to an open guest check Allows an item to be split The Job Right Checks Split is required Edit Tips Item Edit Delay Print Location Select Menu Tax Exempt ID Lookup Inquire Assign Paid Outs Open Quit Reports New Seat Close Day Customer Driv
344. lty Plan 2 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 3 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 4 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 1 Discounted Amount Loyalty Plan 2 Discounted Amount Loyalty Plan 3 Discounted Amount and Loyalty Plan 4 Discounted Amount Customer Import Export Format File Included Fields Address Comment Comment Delivery Instructions 1 Delivery Instructions 1 Delivery Instructions 2 Delivery Instructions 2 Address rm er 1 E3 22 Procedure to Export Accounts Information Access the Customers gt Accounts Window Click Tools Click Export Input the File Name for the file to Export Select the fields you wish to Export Click OK Related Topics Job Right Office Accounts TOP 7 1 7 Finding Customer Accounts Purpose The Accounts Find option allows you to search for Accounts based on the criteria you are looking for Customer Filters Customer Filters Sales Loyalty Date Range Sales Customor Filters Last Name Options Do Not Deliver 7 Bad Check Dates None None Beginning ii 7 Valid Address Ending 71 if a E mail Address 7 Retumed Mail 7 Require Approval Procedure for Creating Customer Filters Access the Customers gt Accounts gt Find Window Enter the name of each Customer Filter in a separate Name text box Select or input the options used
345. lty Plan 4 Loyalty Plan 1 Current Points Loyalty Plan 2 Current Points Loyalty Plan 3 Current Points Loyalty Plan 4 Current Points Loyalty Plan 1 Total Points Loyalty Plan 2 Total Points Loyalty Plan 3 Total Points Loyalty Plan 4 Total Points Loyalty Plan 1 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 2 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 3 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 4 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 1 Discounted Amount Loyalty Plan 2 Discounted Amount Loyalty Plan 3 Discounted Amount and Loyalty Plan 4 Discounted Amount Customer Import Export Format File Name IC Focus oustomer td Available Fields Included Fields Address Comment Delivery Instructions 1 Delivery Instructions 2 Delivery Instructions 2 Fal E3 22 Procedure to Export Accounts Information Access the Customers gt Accounts Window Click Tools Click Export Input the File Name for the file to Export Select the fields you wish to Export Click OK Related Topics Job Right Office Customers TOP 7 4 7 Finding Customers Purpose The Accounts Find Window allows you to search for Accounts based on the criteria you are looking for Customer Filters Customer Filters Sales Loyaty Date Range Sales Customer Filters V CARPENTERSVELE 7 ELGIN 7 LAKE IN THE HILLS 7 WEST DUNDEE Options Spocial Occasions 17 Do Not Deliver Birthday Anniversary 7 Bad Check D
346. m Enter the taxable amount threshold Enter the break point number where the second repetitive cycle begins Click the Save button to save the tax options Related Topics Job Right Office Taxes TOP 10 15 Voids Purpose The Voids Window is used to establish and maintain up to 50 different Void reasons The Void Reason Window will be displayed and the operator must select a reason to justify the Void of the Menu Item or Payment Void Reasons appear on reports Accessing the Voids Window While in Focus Setup select Order Entry gt Voids Name Incorrect Order Changed Mind Image File Name Stow Service Spoiled Walked Out Cold Food Forgot to Serve Wrong Media Wrong Cr Card Close Save Figure x x Void Fields Option Description Name A unique name for each Void reason The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Image File Name Select a graphic that represents the Void Procedure to Establish Void Reasons Prepare a list of Void reasons Enter the name of each reason in a separate Voids text box Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Voids TOP 11 Locations Purpose The Locations Options Windows are used to establish and maintain Stations Revenue Centers and Locations Accessing the Locations Widow While in Focus Setup select Locations Reports Menu Locations Revenue Centers Stations
347. mber 0 Check Number f Sort the checks by the Time the check was im started Toggle between Open and Closed checks M Sort the checks by Dollar Amount Sort the checks by Table Number Sort the checks by the Server Name who opened the check EN Enter the check number EY ___ 1 3 10 14 Cisd Mike M The Detail Button expands the check on the right side of the screen to show you additional information Figure x x Check Detail Fields Field Description Check Number Number of the check Server Name The Server who is responsible for the check Date of the Check Date the check was opened Time Opened Time the check was opened Time Closed Time the check was closed Time Reopened Time the check was reopened Time Transferred Time the check was transferred Transferred by Who the check was transferred by Table Table or Tab Name of the check Guests Number of guests on the check Order Type Order Type the check is currently Closer of Check Employee who closed the check Location Location the check is currently Station The station the check was created Station Closed The station the check was closed Related Topics Job Right Office Checks TOP 10 2 1 Find Purpose The Find button allows you to search for a check for the current or previous day Accessing the Check Filter Options Window While in Focus Setup select Orde
348. mber of Discounts and the dollar amount of each Discount is displayed The number of Refunds and the total dollar amount of Refunds Figure x x Sales and Tax Section Fields Field Report Group Units Sales Order Type Charges Total Subtotal Inclusive Tax Subtotal Discounts Net Sales Taxes Total Tax Total Sales Paid Outs Paid Ins Gift Cards Description ana The Report Group name units sold and dollar amount will be displayed The Order Type Charge name number and dollar amount will be displayed Note Item discounts that reduce Ord The total amount of the Report Group units and sales The Subtotal equals the total Report Group sales plus the total Order Type Charges The total amount of Inclusive Tax The total amount of Subtotal Discounts The Net Sales of the time period selected The name and amount of each Tax used The total of Inclusive and Exclusive Tax Total Sales equals Net Sales plus Total Tax The total of all Paid Outs The total of all Paid Ins The total of all Gift Cards Fee Retained Tips Retained Tip Pool Drops Refunds Total Accountable The Tip Fees of Payments that the employee is accountable If the Tips option is set to Retain Tips then all non cash tips are retained and do not reduce cash The total of all Tip Pools that have the Turn In option on If a Time Card has been specified and the Retained displayed and is added to the To
349. meet a variety of reporting requirements By selecting from the different properties available for each Report a wide selection of Reports may be created Properties options selected in these Windows are established as defaults when the Report is run Accessing the Reports Setup Window While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup Report Setup Reports output File format Figure x x Report Setup Windows Field Description Reports Used to name and define Reports Output Used to select the Output type of the Report File Format Used to select fields Related Topics none Purpose available for Output on certain Reports TOP 12 3 1 Reports The Reports Window is used to establish and maintain report Each report can be customized multiple times to meet a variety of reporting requirements By selecting from the different properties available for each report a wide selection of Reports may be created Properties options selected in these Windows are established as defaults when the report is run Accessing the Reports Window While in Focus Setup select Reports Report Setup Reports Reports Output Fite format Ane nda Report 4 ot on Re Cumulative tem Count Rep Cumulative Sales Report Daily item Count Report Daily Report Distourteoids Report Extemal Report Hourly Report Inventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Report Inventory Us ape Anais inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Percent
350. ment Accounting Options Event Station E mail Server Timed Rates Span Time Ranges Related Topics Job Right Office General Purpose Closer of Check Owner of Payment Last Day of Week Last Month of Year Employee Messages to Save Days Check Files to Save End Business Day Time Credit Card Files to Save Select this option in an environment where staff other than the open real cash accountability is required Select this option in a single or multiple cashier environments where The selected day determines the default day range for the Weekly Ite Report This selection is critical when Scheduling is used The selected month determines the default date range for the Cumul Input the number of days to save Employee Message Files Enter the number of Check Files days to save If this number is set Enter the time the Business Day will end The listed time indicates tht opened before this time are included on that day s business After mi day Enter the number of Credit Card summary files to save Recommende Select the Station that will serve as the Event Station If the selection is set to None then Events will no Select the Station that will serve as the E mail Station If the selection is set to None then e mails will n Select this option if a Timed Rate Menu Item spans multiple Time Ranges The Price of the Menu Item is d 14 3 2 Screen Layout TOP The Screen Layout Window is us
351. ment of the Account Related Topics Job Right Office Loyalty TOP 7 6 Phone Prefixes Purpose The Phone Prefixes Window is use to establish the Customer s Phone Prefixes for use with the Customer Search Window The City State Zip Code and the Delivery Zone may also be configured The configuration of Phone Prefixes is not required before using the Customer Module If Caller ID is not used in Focus Order Entry the first eight Phone Prefixes will be displayed Accessing the Phone Prefixes Window While in Focus Setup select Customers gt Phone Prefixes Phone Prefixes Phone Prefixes AreaCode Exchange LEN aid 836 City CARPENTERSVILLE 847 649 847 428 State Zip Code 847 844 IL 60110 ane e 847 668 Zone 1 847 426 847 828 847 312 847 736 Close Save Cancel Figure x x Phone Prefix Fields Field Description Area code Enter the Area Code to be configured The Area Code may be up to 3 alphanumeric characters Exchange Enter the Exchange to be configured The Exchange may be up to 3 alphanumeric characters City Select the City that the Area Code is in State Select the State that the Area Code is in Zip code Enter the Zip Code that will be used for the Area Code Zone Select the Zone that the Area Code is in Figure x x Phone Prefix Commands Command Description Close Closes the Phone Prefixs Window Save Sa
352. message Length of the ID field must match the mask is displayed For example if the mask 999 99 9999 is specified then the value 123 would be invalid input If the payroll data is imported into ADP then valid values for ID2 are between 51 and 999999 Access Code Required A unique 1 to 4 digit numeric code used by the employee to gain access to the system ID2 Address City State Zip Code Emergency Phone Emergency Contact Phone 1 Phone 2 W4 Status W4 of Allowances W4 Amount Birth Date Hire Date Last Raise Termination Termination Reason Salary Day Employment Status Language Pager Options If the Access Code entered is not unique an error message that contains the name of the employee that has the access number is displayed Via the Access Code label the next available sequential code may be generated automatically A magnetic or bar code card can be used to input the code in this field The employee s street Address up to 30 alphanumeric characters The employee s City The employee s State The employee s Zip Code Emergency telephone numbers use this format 999 999 9999 The name of the person up to 20 alphanumeric characters to be contacted for this employee in case of an emergency The employee s telephone numbers use this format 999 999 9999 Alternate telephone numbers use this format 999 999 9999 Single Selected if the employee is single Ma
353. mmary Section Figure x x Labor Percentage Section Field Description Labor Cost The dollar amount and percentage the labor cost is at for the selected time period Figure x x Missing Tips Section Field Description Name The name of the employee who has a Missing Tip Check Number The Check Number of the Payment with a Missing Tip Amount The Amount of the Check Total with the Missing Tip Figure x x Retained Tips Section Field Description Retained Tips If the Pay tips out option is set to Retain tips then all non cash tips are retained and do not reduce cash Figure x x Drops Section Field Description Name The employee the Drop was assigned is displayed Amount The Amount of the Drop is displayed Figure x x Open Drawer Section Field Description Name The employee name that opened the drawer longer than the specified X number of seconds Time The time the drawer was opened longer than the specified X number of seconds Figure x x Include Cash Payments in Detail Section The option Include cash payments in detail must be on for the cash payments to appear in the Payment Detail Section Note If the report has been configured to print the Inventory Counts and the report is NOT for an employee and it IS for a single day then the Inventory Count Section is included on the report Figure x x Inventory Section Field Description Beg Qty Add Qty End Qty Qty Used Qty Sold
354. mote Check Formats Manage the look and feel of kitchen chits Remotes Manage remote printers Related Topics none TOP 9 1 Drivers Purpose The Printer Drivers Window is used to establish and configure the set of control codes that activate and control the printer operation The printer codes are entered in a Hex format Refer to the printer manual provided with the manufacture s operators or installer s manuals Accessing the Printers Drivers Window While in Focus Setup select Printers gt Drivers Printer Drivers x Printer Dewers Name Bar Code Forma Epson Tes Epson 188 Epson format Ute Windows Printer Driver Ec B Lines Format Cancel Celumes Pape StarDP8340 1845 2 0 CINZEN 063541 T Normal 162100 18210 4 0 Epson Ofke Ic 8 18210 182100 0 0 HP JeyPCL Compress 182101 82100 60 0 20 182130187201 12100187200 Detaut Expansed 182130 192100 2 0 5 350 Bold 1921271 192100 1 0 Undertine 182180 182100 42 Beep Beep Bold Full Cut OADADADASAND 1 B89 0 0 7 Cout e 182111 182100 42 8 UnesAech 1 image 186101102803186100 0 0 Green 0 0 Bue E E 0 X conce Figure x x Printer Driver Options Option Description Name A unique name should be used for each Driver The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Bar Code Select the Bar Code Forma
355. mount Loyalty Plan 2 Discounted Amount Loyalty Plan 3 Discounted Amount Loyalty Plan 4 Discounted Amount Customer Print Format Available Fields Included Fields Delivery Instruction 2 Procedure to Print Accounts Information Access the Customers gt Accounts Window Click Tools Click Print Select the fields you wish to print Click OK Related Topics Job Right Office Accounts 7 1 3 Print Customer Accounts Labels Purpose The Print Labels option prints labels for the Accounts currently displayed in the Accounts list box For this example labels will be printed for Steve Arooni Becky Baker Matt Kovo and Russ McGuire Customers Accounts Customers 4 Last Name ca EN uu _____ Phone Account 8 Picture File Mame Address AptSuite Rasave Giy Zip Code Delivery Zone CARPENTERSVILLE 0 Delivery Instructions Phone 2 211 Comments ___ Ses t Ed De Not Deliver 02 Allow Charge Returned 024 Check mv Require Approval Email Address Company Birth Date Anniv Date Charge Limit Balance Loyalty Plans 3 gy instaet 2 Bi Table service m LIE Procedure to Print Account Labels Access the Customers gt Accounts Window Click Tools Click Print Labels Note Labels will be printed for the list of currently displayed Customers Use the Find feature
356. mount are included on the report Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup 12 3 1 26 1 Sample Account Statement Report Purpose A sample Account Statement Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Account Statement Report Focus Cafe Attendance Report 04 28 200 at 05 07 200 5 19 12 PM Page 1 Time Time Date Tipped 8 60 Charge Declared Employee Job In Out In Out Hours Breaks Sales Sales Tips Tips Carlos R To GO 13 52 15 53 4 28 4 28 2 02 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Carlos R To GO 16 36 22 41 4 28 4 28 6 08 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Carlos R Busboy 13 57 21 27 4 28 4 28 7 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Carlos Busboy 13 55 23 00 4 28 4 28 8 08 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Francisco Server 16 51 22 30 4 28 4 28 5 65 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Server 16 55 23 34 4 28 4 28 6 65 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Cook 16 56 23 22 4 28 4 28 6 43 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Hostess 16 51 22 35 4 28 4 28 5 73 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Francisco Busboy 16 57 22 00 4 28 4 28 5 05 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francisco Busboy 16 53 23 27 4 28 4 28 6 57 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Guicho Server 9 52 14 55 4 28 4 28 5 05 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Guicho S
357. move Command then the Gratuity is removed from all eligible seats All Seats If the Gratuity should apply to all seats turn this option on The Gratuity the user selected is applied to all eligible seats Modify Allows the employee to add optional modifiers to a Menu Item Quantity Allows the employee to enter the number of items they wish to order Quit Allows the employee to return to the Focus Login Window Allows the employee to Repeat any items highlighted together with Repeat any associated modifiers Can be used in conjunction with the Repeat Round option in Menu Item Setup Select All This Command selects all items on the current check regardless of whether or not any item on the check is currently selected Subtotal Allows the items on a check to be saved and sent According to Job definition the check detail will be retained on screen or cleared Allows the employee to place an item which has not been sent on Hold Hold The guest check cannot be closed while an item is on Hold Job Right or Authorization required Fire Allows an employee to send and save an item which has not been saved or to send an item that is on Hold Allows the employee to optionally print or reprint a guest check If Print more than one seat on the check is present you will be prompted to print the current selected or all seats Allows the employee to select the desired Location of the remote Printer Assignment check Void Ne
358. mployees gt Jobs gt Timekeeping Jobs Rights Timekeeping Commands obs Scheduling Overtime Options Rate Hours _ Server Daily 000 Waming 0 Hostess Printer Format Weekly 150 Manager Shortcuts ADP Extemal ID Cashier Clock in Clock Out Chef t oo Grace Periods Asst Manager Clock In Clock Out Dishwasher 00 00 100 00 Early 0 0 minutes Late 0 0 minutes Driver Break ions 13 um ER Break 1 Break 2 14 Minutes Minutes 15 0 0 Dock Pay After 0 16 17 18 19 20 Initialize Required Break 0 0 Basne Figure x x Field Description Jobs The list of available Jobs defined in Employees gt Jobs Color The Color is used to distinguish Jobs in the Scheduling Window Select a basic color custom colors are not available Printer Format The format is used to print the scheduled times for the Job on the 80 column Schedule Report Dail The daily overtime multiplier rate up to 999 99 for each Job Example if daily overtime rate is y time plus one half 1 50 should be entered Enter the weekly overtime multiplier rate up to 999 99 for each Job Example if weekly Weekly overtime rate is double that of the standard hourly rate 2 00 should be entered Options Warnin If the Overtime Must be Approved Job Right _ is turned on and the number of hours the Bore 9 employee has worked during
359. mpted for the Name of the check after a check is closed or when they try to start an order NE If a Name has not been entered when the check is serviced then the user is prompted for the name The user is allowed to access a closed check in Focus Order Entry This option has no impact on the user viewing the check on the Check List Screen NE The chosen order access method is displayed automatically after a check is closed see Setup gt Locations gt Order access options NE The chosen order access method is displayed automatically after the use logs in see Setup gt Locations gt Order access options Turn this option on if the user may filter checks Filter Checks Order Access Display Sales Total Order Access Checks by Location Order Access Login Multiple Stations Order Access Other s Checks Order Access Require Table Number Order Access Quit With Open Check Order Type Prompt Order Type Require Order Type Select Payments Adjust Payments Advances Payments Approve Payments Approve Credit Limits Payments Batch Credit Card Payments Close All Open Checks Payments Display Change in Large Print Payments Edit Tips Payments Edit NE If this option is on then the total sales appear on Check List Screen For employees who do a blind check out this option should be off NE Turn this option on to restrict checks to the
360. n 00 765 Time Server Zone Central Standard Prnt Opbons Chit Format Normal W CC Tip Example On Declare Tips Figure x x Timekeeping Fields Field Description Continuous Bi Monthly Continuous Payroll Options Bi Monthly Payroll Options Payroll Options Tip Cut Off Time Retain Tips Chit Complete Format Employee Report Format Fut Cul PA ire Select this option if the pay period is a standard 1 or 2 week period Select this option if the pay period is twice a month Start Date Enter the date that the payroll starts for consecutive payrolls Length Enter the number of days in the payroll period The starting day of the first pay period within the month If the Start Day payroll type is Bi Monthly then the Start Day may not be less than one The last day of the first pay period within the month If the End Day payroll type is Bi Monthly then the End day may not be less than one Day of Specify the first day of the week for every payroll The Day of Weck Week is used to computer overtime for a week where part of the week has been included in the previous payroll period Enter a that is used on the Gratuity Section of the Activity Report as well as the Attendance and Payroll Reports to compare the Tips Declared with the of Tipped Sales The time of day that payroll period ends If clock out occurs after the Cut Off Time t
361. n Price Out of Stock 7 Scale 7 Request Weight 7 Intrement Guests gt Include in tem Price f Countdown 7 Guest Check F Fraction Quantity 7 Inventoried 7 Costfrom Recipe 7 Food Stamp Ebgible Select the options the Menu Item has and click on the Find button Related Topics Job Right Office Menu Purpose 13 3 3 Tools Sides amp Snacks Entree Menu Fruit Flavors Ternperatures Sides amp Snacks Entree Menu Daily Specials Fruit Flavors Appetizers TOP The Menu Item Functions Window allow you to Print Quick Set Import and Export Menu Items Accessing the Menu Item Functions Options While in Focus Setup select Menu gt Menu Items gt Tools and then select the option you wish to use Menu Functions Related Topics Job Right Office Menu TOP 13 3 3 1 Print Purpose The Print Menu Items Report Window allows you to print a list of Menu Items and its accompanying options The example below will print only the Menu Name Check Name Remote Name Price 1 and Price 2 Accessing the Print Menu Items Report Window While in Focus Setup select Menu gt Menu Items gt Tools gt Print Print Menu Items Report Kitchen Comment Option Follow Item Option Requires Beverage Option Satisfies Beverage Option Kitchen Price Option Out of Stock Option Scale Option Request Tare Weight Option Increment Guest
362. n pixels in the Bevel width text box Select a layout option for the graphic image Bottom Left Right Top Stretch or center then enter the desired spacing in pixels in the Spacing text box Enter the desired margin size in pixels in the Margin text box Select the shape that will be used if the format is to be used for button Select the width height image and text that the sample will use Repeat steps each format listed in the Name text boxes Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office General TOP 14 5 Time Ranges Purpose The Time Ranges Window is used to establish pre defined time periods Time Ranges identifiable units of time The Time Ranges are designated by day of the week and 1 or 2 Start Stop times A maximum of 32 separate Time Ranges can be established Accessing the Time Ranges Window While in Focus Setup select Miscellaneous gt Time Ranges Time Ranges Time Ranges Name Day Start Stop Start Stop uw E Sunday 06 00 05 59 0000 00 00 Monday 06 00 05 59 0000 00 00 Happy Hour Tuesday 06 00 05 59 00 00 00 00 Wednesday 06 00 05 59 00 00 00 00 Thursday 06 00 05 59 00 00 00 00 Friday 106 00 0559 0000 00 00 _ Saturday 06 00 05 59 00 00 00 00 EB Save X cancel Figure x x Time Ranges Fields Field Description Name Enter a name for each Time Range The name may be up to 15 alphanumeric
363. ncel button to exit add mode without saving the current Time Card Job Right Time Manager Edit Time Cards Purpose TOP 6 8 1 Editing Time Card Records The procedure to edit Time Cards are listed below Restrictions Time Cards are stored by pay period witch is configured in Miscellaneous gt General gt Timekeeping The dates may be changed to the dates required All changed Time Cards are noted as edited Current date restriction If the user has the Restrict Timecard to Current Date Job Right and they attempt to edit add or delete a Time Card for a date other than the current date then the message Operation only allowed for timecards for the current business date is displayed Figure x x Editing Time Cards Hint Description Clocking If the user is adding a Time Card and the date out field is left blank for an employee who is not clocked in then the user is asked if they want to clock in the employee If a keyboard is not available the user may be clocked in by pressing the Date Out caption If the date out field is entered for an employee who is currently on the clock then the user is asked if they Clocking want to clock out the employee The user is clocked out unless it is the Time Card for the current user that Out is editing the Time Cards then the message The current user can only clock out using the time clock is displayed Procedure to Edit Time Cards Access the Set
364. ndow for a Menu Item Cancel Click Cancel to discard all changes to the current session since the last save Procedure to Add Menu Items Click the Add button to create the first Menu Item Unless this is the very first item to be created the Add function initializes the Menu name Check name Remote ID and Inventory ID text boxes All remaining fields will default to the data of the menu item in focus Enter the appropriate options for the Menu Item Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Menu TOP 13 3 1 Assign Purpose The Assign Menu Items Window allows you to place Menu Items onto Automatic Canvases Accessing the Assign Window While in Focus Setup select Menu Menu Items Assign Menu tems Menu hems 747 Boiled Red Potatoes Bombay BOWL Brandy Alexander c Procedure to Assign Menu Items Highlight the Menu Item and then select the Automatic Canvas to assign it to Related Topics Job Right Office Menu TOP 13 3 2 Find Purpose The Menu Item Filters Window allows you to filter the Menu Items based on the criteria you are looking for Accessing the Menu Item Filters Window While in Focus Setup select Menu gt Menu Items gt Find Menu Item Filters Modifiers Burgers Procedure to Find Menu Items Options F Variable Price 7 Repeat Round F Kitchen Comment F Follow Item 7 Requires Beverage Satisfies Beverage 7 Kitche
365. nformation Enter information about Arrivals Enter information about Arrivals Le expected day and time e expected day and time Order Information Enter information about ordering i e cut off day and time for S Gems 00000 Terms Terms provided bythe Vendo 0 by the Vendor Notes Enter Notes about the Vendor Figure Inventory Vendor Commands Field Description Close Allows the operator to exit the Inventory Vendors Window Save Saves the Inventory Vendors information Cancel Exits the dialog box without saving the search Procedure to Add Inventory Vendors Click on an unused Vendor Click on the Name field Enter the Vendor name Note of the other fields are optional and for information only Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Inventory Setup TOP 9 Printers Purpose The Printers Window is used to establish and maintain the Check and Remote Printers and assign related options Remote Printers must be RS232 Serial or Parallel USB printers are not available Accessing the Printers Window While in Focus Setup select Printers Order Entry Locations Drivers Formats Groups Remote Check Formats Remotes Figure x x Printer Menu Options Option Description Drivers Controls the printer operations Formats Manage the printing styles used for printing Groups Manage logical printer Groups Re
366. nits Sales Units Sales Patron Jumbo Mar 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 3 00 36 00 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 001 Pina Colada 0 00 0 00 9 00 45 00 3 00 15 00 24 00 120 00 62 00 310 00 2 00 10 001 0 00 0 00 RED BULL 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 3 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Red Bull Blaster 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 8 00 52 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Rum 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 2 52 5 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Salty Dog 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 4 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Sangria 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 4 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 7 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0540 3 00 13 50 0 00 0 001 5 00 22 50 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 3 00 24 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Sky 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 9 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Slice 3 00 5 2350 0 00 0 00 5 00 8 78 9 00 15 751 10 00 17 501 4 00 7 001 2 00 3 50 Smirnoff 0 00 0 00 1 00 4 50 1 00 4 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Strawbery Daikir 0 00 0 00 2 00 10 00 2 00 10 00 7200 35 001 10 00 50 00 2 00 10 00 0 00 0 001 Tequila Cuervo 1 3 00 14 25 6 00 28 50 3 00 14 25 4 00 19 00 1 00 4 75 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 001 VODKA RED BULL 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 3 00 19 50 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 001 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 001 Vampiro 0 00 0 00 2 00 10 00 0 00 0 00 00 5 001 1 00 5 00 0 00 0 00 00 5 00 Vodka 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 7 001 0 00 0 00
367. nniv Date Charge Limit Balance Loyalty Plans 3 2 Table service 4 4 HEBBBBHEHE Procedure to Print Account Labels Access the Customers gt Accounts Window Click Tools Click Print Labels Note Labels will be printed for the list of currently displayed Customers that have a Last Address City State and Zip Code Use the Find feature to filter Customers Related Topics Job Right Office Customers TOP 7 4 4 Quick Set Customer Options Purpose The Customer Quick Set Window is used to configure options for multiple customers at once Options Available to Quick Set Do Not Deliver Bad Check Allow Charge VIP Returned Mail Require Approval Loyalty Plans up to 4 user defined plans Loyalty Plan Statistics Current Points Total Points Coupons Discounts Issued Coupons Discounts Redeemed and Discount Amount Customer Quick Set 5 7 Do Not Deliver 7 7 Bad Check 7 Returned Mail Allow Charge 7 Require Approval Loyalty Plans 7 10th Drink Free Instant 7 Table Service 7 Future Loyalty Plan Statistics Loyalty Plan mi Set Current Points r 0 00 Total Points E 0 00 CouponsiDisc Issued 0 CouponsiDisc Redeemed 0 Discount Amount r 0 00 f Quickset Wm Delete Procedure to Quick Set Accounts Access the Customers gt Accounts Window Click Tools Click Quick
368. none TOP 14 3 General Purpose The General Window is used to establish a variety of global parameters or options for the establishment The options set here are global settings Accessing the General Window While in Focus Setup select Miscellaneous gt General General Screen Layout Screen Layout Commands Timekeeping Restaurant Credit CarSPMB OM Card Customer Loyalty Receipt Figure x x General Options Field Description General The General Window is used to establish a variety of global parameters or options for the establishment Screen Layout The Screen Layout Window is used to configure how the Focus Order Entry Window is displayed Screen Layout Commands The Screen Layout Commands Window is used to control other commands in the Focus Order Entry Window Timekeeping The Timekeeping Window is used to configure payroll options and related settings Restaurant The Restaurant Window is used to name the establishment and provide additional e mail and ftp options Credit Card PMS Gift Card The Credit Card PMS Gift Card Window is used to configure the credit card PMS and gift card setup Use these Customer The Customer Window is used to configure various customer account options Loyalty Receipt The customer s receipt is configured in the Loyalty Receipt Window Related Topics Job Right Office General TOP 14 3 1 General Purpose The General Window is used to establish a variety of global
369. nput the File Name for the file to Import Select the fields you wish to Import Click OK Related Topics Job Right Office Loyalty TOP 7 5 6 Export Loyalty Customers Purpose The Customer Import Export Format Window is used to import or export various information from the Customer database Items that appear in the Included Fields section will be printed in the order they are listed The File Name field is the location the imported file resides Options Available to Print First Name Last Name Picture Account Address 1 Address 2 Apartment City State Zip Code Phone Number Phone Number 2 Fax Number E mail Address Comment Delivery Instructions 1 Delivery Instructions 2 Delivery Instructions 3 Zone Do Not Deliver Bad Check Allow Charge VIP Charge Limit Birth Date Prefix Suffix Last Visit Order Total Number of Orders Company Last Payment Date Balance Anniversary Date Returned Mail Require Approval Loyalty Plan 1 Loyalty Plan 2 Loyalty Plan 3 Loyalty Plan 4 Loyalty Plan 1 Current Points Loyalty Plan 2 Current Points Loyalty Plan 3 Current Points Loyalty Plan 4 Current Points Loyalty Plan 1 Total Points Loyalty Plan 2 Total Points Loyalty Plan 3 Total Points Loyalty Plan 4 Total Points Loyalty Plan 1 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 2 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 3 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 4 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 1 Discounted Amoun
370. nted Amount Loyalty Plan 2 Discounted Amount Loyalty Plan 3 Discounted Amount and Loyalty Plan 4 Discounted Amount Customer Print Format Available Fields Included Fields rm e 2 22 Procedure to Print Loyalty Information Access the Customers gt Loyalty Window Click Tools Click Print Select the fields you wish to print Click OK Related Topics Job Right Office Loyalty TOP 7 5 3 Print Loyalty Customer Labels Purpose The Print Labels Window prints labels for the Customers currently displayed in the Customers list box For this example labels will be printed for Becky Baker Anna Banana and Matt Kovo Customers Loyalty Customers 3 Eirst Last Name Phone Account 8 Picture File Address Apu Seiho Zip Code Delivery Zone 0 Delivery nstiuctioes Phone 2 Fax Not Deliver 2 Allow Charge Returned Ged Check Require Approval Email Address Company Birth Date Anniv Date Charge Limit Balance Loyalty Plans 1 ROS 3 instant HE Table service 4 LUE E E LE lt lt Procedure to Print Loyalty Labels Access the Customers gt Loyalty Window Click Tools Click Print Labels Note Labels will be printed for the list of currently displayed Customers Use the Find feature to filter Customers Related Topics Job Right Office
371. nter Inventory 13 X Enter Invoices Asst Manager 114 113 112 114 X Exit Software 15 Fingerprint Registration 116 X General 117 X Gratuites 18 X Inventory Setup X Jobs X Labor Groups BA Can ERPaste Cancel Procedure to set Job Rights Select an option and select either On or Off to assign Job Rights to the Job selected Note All Job Rights are extendable unless they have an NE beside them An extendable Job Right allows all of the employee s Jobs to be considered not just the Job associated with the employee s current clock in to determine if the user is allowed access to a specific function The Job Right associated with the employee s clock in is used to determine whether an employee is allowed access to the related function v plus green text indicates a Job Right is turned on Off A X plusred text indicates a Job Right is turned off Search Search allows multiple words to be entered Any Job Right with one or more words are displayed in a list Section Header Clicking on the section header does not turn on off any Job Rights No specific Job Right is related to the heading itself Note Section headers are underlined Office in the above picture Figure x x Job Rights Office Accounts Allows the user to Add Edit and Delete customer Accounts Checks Allows the user to view checks in Focus Setup Check Filters Close Day
372. nventory Detail Report Focus Cafe Inventory Detail Report for 5 24 20xx at 5 25 20xx 10 58 18 AM Page 1 Tran Unit Percent Item Type Actual Sales Variance Variance Date Time Absolut POUR 2 02 100 00 05 24 2007 23 44 35 Absolut SALE 70 0 32 15 84 05 24 2007 233495321 Total Absolut 2 02 10 0 32 15 84 Black Haus Black Haus SALE 2570 1 70 0 00 05 24 2007 20 16 57 Black Haus SALE 70 3 40 0 00 05 24 2007 20 16 57 Black Haus SALE 70 a5 LO 0 00 05 24 2007 20 16 58 Black Haus SALE 70 6 80 0 00 05 24 2007 20 16 58 Total Black Haus 0 00 6 80 6 80 0 00 Bushmills POUR 1 2 1 72 100 00 05 24 2007 4 35 12 Bushmills SALE 1 540 0 02 1 16 05 24 2007 4 35 35 POUR 4 37 4 39 72 09 05 24 2007 5 48 35 EMPTY 05 24 2007 5 48 40 OPEN 05 24 2007 Siar 82 POUR 1 34 5573 77 12 05 24 2007 6 16 46 Bushmills SALE 70 4 03 54 24 05 24 2007 6 17 03 Bushmills SALE 70 2 33 31 36 05 24 2007 6 17 06 POUR 1 51 3 84 42 95 05 24 2007 6238316 Bushmills SALE 70 2 14 23 94 05 24 2007 6 38 25 POUR 1 98 4 12 37 73 05 24 2007 20 05 14 Bushmills SALE 70 2 42 22 16 05 24 2007 20 08 16 Total Bushmills 10 92 8 50 2 42 22 16 Chambord Chambord SALE 1 70 0 00 05 24 2007 20 12 02 Chambord SALE 1 70 3 40 0 00 05 24 2007 20 17 02 Chambord SALE 1 70 35 10 0 00 05 24 2007 20 11 03 Chambord SALE 1 70 6 80 0 00 05 24 2007 20 17 03 Total Chambord Crown Royal 4 58 42
373. o Edit Schedules Turn this option on if the user is allowed to schedule employees Allows the user to edit only the current day s Time Cards Figure x x Job Rights Time Clock Bump Up Early Clock In Bump Back Late Clock In Print Clock In Chit Bump Up Early Clock Out Bump Back Late Clock Out Print Clock Out Chit Clock Out with Open Checks NE Turn this option on to set the user clock in time to the scheduled clock in time if they clock in early NE Turn this option on to set the user clock in time to the scheduled clock in time if they clock in late NE Turn this option on if a clock in chit should print when the user clocks in NE Turn this option on to set the user clock out time to the scheduled clock out time if they clock out early NE Turn this option on to set the user clock out time to the scheduled clock out time if they clock out late NE Turn this option on if a clock out chit should print when the user clocks out NE Turn this option on if the user can clock out if they are the owner of open checks Clock Out with Missing Tips Clock In Out Must be Approved Must Read Messages Before Clock In Out Declare Tips Take Breaks View Time Card Print Time Card View Schedule Print Schedule Enter Availability Overtime Must be Approved Messages Write Messages NE Turn this option on if the user can clock out if they have payments that have not had tips ad
374. o not display foo not display not dipl Phone 2 00 not display Do not display X v Figure x x Customer Fields Field Description Phone Number Defaults the search by the Customer s Phone Number Company Name Defaults the search by the Customer s Company Search Method Last Name Defaults the search by the Customer s Last Card Number Defaults the search by the Customer s Card Number Beginning With Defaults the user input section to Beginning With Match Containing Defaults the user input section to Containing Exact Only Defaults the user input section to Exact Only These fields determine if the setting is visible on the screen For all the fields you may choose the options Do Not Display Display No Tab Display Tab Required No Tab Required Tab The following fields are Phone Picture Last Name Address 2 State Zone Comments Bad Check VIP Account First Name Address City Zip Code Directions Do Not Deliver Allow Charge Phone 2 New Customer Fields Related Topics Job Right Office Order Types TOP 10 7 Packages Purpose The Packages Window is where you configure a button to take multiple actions with one push of a button You can have up to 250 packages with each Package containing up to 25 options Accessing the Packages Window While in Focus Setup select Order Entry gt Packages Packages Image File Name
375. odes are configured in Setup gt Employee gt Select the Revenue Center for which the report will display data If a Revenue Center is not selected None th Enter the File name for the selected report If 9od is found in the file name then it is replaced by the business d Enter the recipient of the e mail Separate multiple e mail addresses with a The FTP destination Select the FTP site that the report will be sent Initialize Format Select the desired print format from the list of available formats Make sure the selected f Complete Format Select the desired print format to complete the end of the check i e Full Cut 12 3 3 File Format Purpose The File Format Option on certain report is used to select the fields you wish to export The File Format option must be set to Comma Delimited in the Report Window and the Output Type must be set to File Procedure to Export a Report Set the File Type of the report to Comma Delimited Set the Destination of the report to File Name the file using the csv extension in the File Name E mail Attachment Name Select the fields desired to be exported Click Save Related Topics none TOP 12 4 Tip Pools Purpose The Tip Pools Window is used to establish a percentage of sales by Report Group to be used to calculate a Tip Pool for support staff Typically this means that when the server closes a shift the Tip Pool tip
376. on Inventory Subgroups The names for the Inventory Subgroups Name A unique name for each Inventory Subgroup The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Inventory Group Select the Inventory Group that this Inventory Subgroup will be a part of Procedure to Establish Inventory Subgroups Access the Inventory gt Subgroups Window Click on an unused Subgroup Enter the Subgroup Name Select the Inventory Group that the new Subgroup will be part of Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Inventory Setup TOP 8 8 Units Purpose The Inventory Units Window is used to define the units of measurement that will be used throughout the Inventory process Up to 100 separate Inventory Units can be established The Inventory Units are the base units used in recipe measurements purchased size and stock packages E G each LB OZ box case Accessing the Inventory Units Window While in Focus Setup select Inventory gt Inventory Units Inventory Units 3 Inventory Units Name wy tb 1202 Oz Pt Ot Can 16 502 Case Slic Loaf Flat Siv Gal Ea v J Close Save Cancel Figure x x Inventory Subgroups Fields Field Description Inventory Units A list of names of the Inventory Units Name A unique name for each Inventory Unit The Name may be up to 4 alphanumeric characters Procedure to Establish Inventory Units Access the Jnventory gt Units Window
377. on Description Status Allows you to view the Status of the last batch attempt Log Displays the credit card transaction log Credit card number are NOT displayed in the log Batch Detail Displays the list of transactions and allows you to void sale and modify existing transactions Reconcile Displays the reasons why the batch is not in balance Related Topics none TOP 15 3 2 1 Status Purpose The Status Window displays the previous batch attempt message Accessing the Status Window While in Focus Setup select Close Day gt Credit Cards gt iFace 4 0 29 Status Log Batch Detaa Reccocie C Focus Focus EXE PC Focus B setup L Primary Path C Focus Backup Path nt Dataran ibiBatchFolder Could not locate batch status file C Focus status SETTLE TXT Figure x x Status Windows Option Description Quit Closes the Status Window Init DataTran Initializes the DataTran modem if present Information Displays information on the previous successful batch Related Topics none TOP 15 3 2 2 Log Purpose The Log Window displays the previous batch attempt message Accessing the Status Window While in Focus Setup select Close Day gt Credit Cards gt iFace gt Log IFACE 4 0 29 f Status Log Batch Detad Reconcie b 99 07 58 C XFocusNFocus EXE PC Focus B setwp Looking in C Focus verify 09 07 58 Last rebooted 12 14 2006 9 05 18 09 09 56 Loading C F
378. on from the Customer database Items that appear in the Included Fields section will be printed in the order they are listed The File Name field is the location the imported file resides Options Available to Print First Name Last Name Picture Account Address 1 Address 2 Apartment City State Zip Code Phone Number Phone Number 2 Fax Number E mail Address Comment Delivery Instructions 1 Delivery Instructions 2 Delivery Instructions 3 Zone Do Not Deliver Bad Check Allow Charge VIP Charge Limit Birth Date Prefix Suffix Last Visit Order Total Number of Orders Company Last Payment Date Balance Anniversary Date Returned Mail Require Approval Loyalty Plan 1 Loyalty Plan 2 Loyalty Plan 3 Loyalty Plan 4 Loyalty Plan 1 Current Points Loyalty Plan 2 Current Points Loyalty Plan 3 Current Points Loyalty Plan 4 Current Points Loyalty Plan 1 Total Points Loyalty Plan 2 Total Points Loyalty Plan 3 Total Points Loyalty Plan 4 Total Points Loyalty Plan 1 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 2 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 3 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 4 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 1 Discounted Amount Loyalty Plan 2 Discounted Amount Loyalty Plan 3 Discounted Amount and Loyalty Plan 4 Discounted Amount Customer Import Export Format Included Fields Address Comment Comment Delivery Instructions 1 Delivery Instructions 1 Delivery Instructions 2 Delivery Instructions 2
379. on will be printed in the order they are listed The File Name field is the location the imported file resides Options Available to Print First Name Last Name Picture Account Address 1 Address 2 Apartment City State Zip Code Phone Number Phone Number 2 Fax Number E mail Address Comment Delivery Instructions 1 Delivery Instructions 2 Delivery Instructions 3 Zone Do Not Deliver Bad Check Allow Charge VIP Charge Limit Birth Date Prefix Suffix Last Visit Order Total Number of Orders Company Last Payment Date Balance Anniversary Date Returned Mail Require Approval Loyalty Plan 1 Loyalty Plan 2 Loyalty Plan 3 Loyalty Plan 4 Loyalty Plan 1 Current Points Loyalty Plan 2 Current Points Loyalty Plan 3 Current Points Loyalty Plan 4 Current Points Loyalty Plan 1 Total Points Loyalty Plan 2 Total Points Loyalty Plan 3 Total Points Loyalty Plan 4 Total Points Loyalty Plan 1 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 2 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 3 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 4 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 1 Discounted Amount Loyalty Plan 2 Discounted Amount Loyalty Plan 3 Discounted Amount and Loyalty Plan 4 Discounted Amount Customer Import Export Format File Name Available Fields Included Fields rm Lez kal 22 Delivery Instructions 2 Procedure to Import Loyalty Information Access the Customers gt Accounts Window Click Tools Click Import
380. ons Menus CC Voucher Guest Check Guest Check Formats Printer Assignmerts Screen Layout Cash Trays Locations Drawer Cash Tray Options Require Open Defore Use Promot for Staring Bank One User Per Tray ORNE THAU BankAmount ofReperts Close Tray Reson 0 Shift Invertory Worksheet None PA ire Qus X conca Figure x x Cash Trays Field Description The drawers on Stations associated with this Location will be treated as Cash Trays and require the Cash Tray Open Procedure to be completed before the user is allowed to perform tender related operations to it Require Open Before Use Prompt for Starting Bank The user is prompted to enter the starting bank when the Cash Tray is opened ncs cnEen Select this option if only one employee may be assigned to a Cash Tray Tray Bank Amount This amount becomes the default starting bank of Reports The number of times that Close Tray Report is ran when the Close Cash Tray function is performed Select the Drawer Report to print when the Close Cash Tray procedure is performed Shift Inventory The Inventory Worksheet Report that determines the items that counts will be entered for the Worksheet Cash Tray Count function Related Topics Job Right Office Locations 11 2 Revenue Centers Purpose The Revenue Centers Window is used to maintain a list of Revenue Center names example dining room name
381. onsidered Overtime Hours The letter Bally Overtime Hours If daily and weekly overtime are configured an employee who exceeds daily and weekly overti Weekly have worked over the daily overtime hour limit they are entitled to daily overtime If that day weekly overtime limit they do not get additional weekly overtime pay as well The letter W is overtime hours The employee s Overtime Pay Rate Overtime Pay equals Overtime Hours multiplied by Overtime Pay Rate Overtime Pay will be broken out into Daily Overtime and Weekly Overtime A separate line is printed for Di Total Pay equals Regular Pay plus Overtime Pay Tipped Sales equals the Tipped Sales on the Activity Report The Sales Adjustment field in the time record The tip reporting percentage is multiplied by the Tipped Sales Charge Tips are the Total Tips on credit card and account Payments minus the CC Tip Fee The Tip Adjust the Charge Tips The tips the employee declared when they clocked out The four adjustment fields in the time which may be entered in the Time Card Window 12 3 1 21 Sales Accountability Report Purpose The Sales Accountability Report displays individual employee sales related items on one report Accessing the Sales Accountability Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Sales Accountability Report Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Report a ime Atenda
382. oous batch LOG TxT 99 09 56 STARTING 12 14 2006 9 09 56 RM m m 6 12 11 09 09 56 C Bocus FOCUS PC Focus 8 Looking in C Focus verify 09 09 56 Last rebooted 12 14 2006 9 05 18 99 19 34 Loading C Focus batch LOG TXT 09 10 34 STARTING 12 14 2006 10 34 RM 6 12 11 09 10 34 C Pocus Focus EXE 8 setwp Looking in C Focus verify 09 10 34 Last rebooted 12 14 2006 9 05 18 lt gt Figure x x Log Windows Option Description Information Displays the information log of the current credit card batch Related Topics none TOP 15 3 2 3 Batch Detail Purpose The Batch Detail Window displays a list of current credit card transactions You may Void Sale Refund Edit Tips and Settle the credit card batch from this Window The transactions may be sorted by touching the column label Accessing the Batch Detail Window While in Focus Setup select Close Day gt Credit Cards gt iFace gt Batch Detail IFACE 4 0 29 Status Log Batch Detal Reccecie Total 50 00 Figure x x Batch Detail Fields Field Description Date The Date of the transaction Time The Time of the transaction Account Number The Account Number of the transaction Expiration Date The Expiration Date of the transaction Type The credit card Type of transaction Card Number masked The truncated credit card number of the transaction Amount The Amo
383. options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Inventory Worksheet Report Focus Cafe Inv Worksheet at 5 21 200X 6 03 55 PM Page 1 Stock Conv Purch Par Item Qty Unit Factor Unit Level Price F Freezer Apple Turnovers Ea X 120 00 Case 00 Biscuits Ea X 320 00 Case 00 Breast Fillets Fresh Bag X 8 00 Case 00 Breast Fillets FTF Bag X 8 00 Case 00 Breast Strips Fresh Bag X 8 00 Case 00 Buffalo Nuggets Bag 8 00 Case 00 Buns Ea X 96 00 Case 00 Butter Solids Ea 36 00 Case BU Butterfly Shrimp Fresh Box X 0 00 Case 00 Butterfly Shrimp FTF Bag X 0 00 Case 00 Cajun Meat Chub X 9 00 Case 00 Catfish Fillets Bag X 6 00 Case 00 Chicken Etouffee Base Chub X 9 00 Case 00 Corn Ea 48 00 Box 00 Crawfish Bag X 48 00 Case 240 Crawfish Etouffee Base Chub 2 00 Case 00 French Fries Bag X 6 00 Case 00 Gravy Base Chub X 9 00 Case 00 King Shrimp Bag X 6 00 Box 00 Mississippi Mud Cake Ea X 48 00 Box 00 Onion Rings Bag X 9 00 Case 00 Popcorn Chicken Bag 8 00 Case 500 Popcorn Shrimp Bag 0 00 Case 00 Red Beans Chub 9 00 Case 00 Shallots Bag X 28 00 Box 00 Sliced Apple Pie Ea X 48 00 Box 00 Sliced Lemon Pie Ea X 48 00 Box 00 Sliced Mardi Gras Cheesecake Ea X 48 00 Box 00 Sliced Pecan Pie Ea X 48 00 Box 00 Chicken 8 pc chicken Case X 00 Case 00 Chicken Wings
384. or Canvas Item The vertical spaces between all Canvas Items selected will be equal The top most Canvas Item and the bottom Canvas Item will not be moved regardless of the position of the anchor Canvas Item The selected Canvas Items should all be the same height in order to appear to be spaced evenly llows Canvas Item characteristics such as height width and spacing for a Canvas template to be defined The Template function is an easy way to create multiple Canvas Items that are already aligned to be placed on a Canvas Sort Sorts like Canvas Items Menu Items are sorted based on the Sort Key Quit Exits the Canvas Designer Template Related Topics Job Right Office Menu TOP 13 2 Canvases Purpose The Canvas Screen is used to name and define the type of Canvases to be used Accessing the Canvases Window While in Focus Setup select Menu gt Canvases Canvases Canvases Name Image FastFood Sides amp Snacks Background Color Entree Menu kp Background Image mags FocusLog bmp Daily Specials Beer Canvas Item Screen Format Call Liquor Transparent Cocktails Impori Beer FrumFlavors Appetizers Lock Desserts None C Lock Position C Lock Temperatures Ala Carte Automatic Template Sort Automatic Template Payments Name Columns Rows c 5 ro 4 Discounts Report Group 5 10 Report Group Sort Key Beverages Type G Automatic Manual C Modifler Figu
385. ormat that is used when printing chits i e Payment Vouchers Paid Out Vouchers Paid In Vouchers and Clock In Out chits chit complete Select the print format to finalize the printing i e Full Cut Format Select the print format for the employee report from the list of available formats Note The Employee Report Format is also used to set the format for the Menu Item List and the Employee List Employee Report Format Job Right Office General Purpose TOP 14 3 5 Restaurant The Restaurant Window is used to name the establishment and provide additional e mail and ftp options Accessing the Restaurant Window While in Focus Setup select Miscellaneous gt General gt Restaurant General Screen Layout Screen Layout Commands Timekeeping Restaurant Crede CaraPMEDA Card Customer Loyalty Receigt Restaurant Name Forws Cafe Restaurant E mail Address Senden ADP Festiyurart Code internet Consecto Type None Email Outgoing Maa SMTP Options SMTP Server User Name there Pastwors Afere F UseA fentcaton 2 Address P Address User Name FTP Password T Passive Mote T Atema Close Day Pot Figure x x Restaurant Fields Field Description Restaurant Name Restaurant E Polling Options Close Day FTP Address FTP User Nene FTP Paseword Potting 3 Address Address FTP User Name FTP Pas
386. ort Distounts voids Report btema Repot Report Inventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Report Irrentory Usepe Analyses irmeentory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Report Media Report Overtime Limit Report Paid Payroll Repon Saes Accountability Rep Sales Contest Repon Weebly tem Count Report Employee Performance Rep Account Transacton Report Name Cumulative item Count Rep Type Cumulative item Count Report Veekdy Cumulative Item Count Report OpSons Totals for Each Price Zero Price tems Curent Emgioyee Primary Sort Report Group Sort Key hems Secondary Son Name Units Sols Sales Menu fem Fiar None Stan Time End Time 00 00 00 00 Order Type Nona PA Save Figure x x Cumulative Item Count Options Field Name Include Totals for Each Price Include Zero Price Items Current Employee Primary Sort Options Secondary Sort Menu item Filter Start Time End Time Order Type Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup Description A unique name for the report Select this option if a separate line will be displayed or printed for each price at which the item has been s Select this option if zero priced items and modifiers will be included on the report Select this option to view data from the currently selected employee Report Group Select t
387. ount The Amount the credit card was approved for is displayed Tip The amount of the Tip is displayed Total The Total amount the credit card Amount plus Tip is displayed Check The Check that the credit card was used is displayed Offline Declined Transaction Section Offline transactions that were declined are listed Related Topics none TOP 12 3 1 4 Collection Report Purpose The Collection Report allows multiple reports to be processed within one report If the individual report in the collection is set to Screen then it is printed otherwise the destination is the individual s report destination Accessing the Collection Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Collection Report Report Setup Reports Output format Cumulative fem Count Rep Cumulative Sales Report Distousts voids Report External Report Hourly Report Inventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Report Ariventory Usage Analyses Inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Report Media Report Sates Accountabilty Sales Contest Report Weebly hem Count Report Name Coltecbon Report corecton Regon Collection Report Options Date Current business date Reports 1o inciude in Collection Check Out Rpt interest Ree Sate Acct Highland Daily E Mail Daily Sales Short Checkout Discount Lunch Report Voids Dinner Report Attendance Labor
388. out for designated Jobs such as Busboy Host Hostess Bartenders etc will be printed on the Activity Report Up to 10 different Tip Pools may be established Tip Pools are optional and are activated individually All employees with Order Entry responsibilities who are on the clock during the time when a Tip Pool is active are theoretically expected to contribute to the Tip Pool as a proportion of sales Accessing the Tip Pools Window While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Tip Pools Tip Pools Tip Pools Report Groups CHICKEN SIDE ORDERS BEVERAGES POBOYS DESSERTS BUFFET BISCUITS m Eg 3 a m Active Time None TENDERLOIN Distribution Job SPECIALS lt None gt COUPONS POPCORN CONDIMENTS BREAKFAST MISC Report Group18 Report Group19 Report Group20 BR Save X Cancel Figure x x Tip Pools Fields Field Description Name A unique name for each Tip Pool The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Jobs The Job selected from the list of available Jobs who will contribute to the Tip Pool Rate The rate number 1 2 3 or 4 which applies to the sales for the Report Group for each Job Rate Enter the percentage that applies to the sales for the Report Group for each Job Maximum The maximum amount which can be paid into a Tip Pool for a shift 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 Select the time range when the Tip Pool is active If a time range is not selected then the Tip Pool is alwa
389. own SO Dk Brown RO Black SQ Black RD Lt Yellow 60 Lt Yellow RD Yellow 89 Yellow Name Font Transparent Background Options Color Image arial image Down Options Display Caption Transparent Layout C Bottom C Let C Right C Top C Stretch Center Example Width Height Image 8 Bevel Lowered Raised Spacing Margin 2 1 Shape Rectangle Caption 100 50 sermerbmp Test Figure x x Screen Format Fields Field Name Font Background Options Options Bevel Description close Cancel Enter a name for each Format Select the Font and size from the list of available Fonts Note Fonts are only used for Screen Formats and not for pri Color Image Image Down Display Caption Transparent Lowered Raised Select the background color for the Screen Format Select an image that will be used for the Screen Format Select an image that will be displayed when the button is depressed The Caption will be displayed on Focus Order Entry Canvases with or without a graphic The canvas text or icon is transparent and has no colored background or beveled surround The bevel appears lowered when the button is pressed The bevel appears raised when the button is pressed Bevel Width Enter a number in pixels to establish the width of the bevel Bottom The graphic will display below the caption Left The
390. oyalty Plan 3 Current Points Loyalty Plan 4 Current Points Loyalty Plan 1 Total Points Loyalty Plan 2 Total Points Loyalty Plan 3 Total Points Loyalty Plan 4 Total Points Loyalty Plan 1 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 2 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 3 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 4 Coupons Discounts Issued Loyalty Plan 1 Discounted Amount Loyalty Plan 2 Discounted Amount Loyalty Plan 3 Discounted Amount and Loyalty Plan 4 Discounted Amount Customer Print Format Available Fields Included Fields Delivery Instructions 1 Delivery Instructiom 2 Procedure to Print Accounts Information Access the Customers gt Accounts Window Click Tools Click Print Select the fields you wish to print Click OK Related Topics Job Right Office Customers TOP 7 4 3 Print Customer Lables Purpose The Print Labels Window prints labels for the Accounts currently displayed in the Accounts list box Avery 8160 1 x 2 5 8 mailing labels are supported For this example labels will be printed for Steve Arooni Becky Baker Matt Kovo and Russ McGuire Customers Customers 4 First Name Last Phone Account Picture File Address Apt Suite Zip Code Delivery Zone Delivery Instructions Phone 2 Comments Do Hot Deliver 0 Allow Charge Returned 024 Check vP Require Approval Email Address Binh Date A
391. p 2 Mer coke Sues Contest Report 200 Food Trays Weebly tem Count Report 77 Bags Employee Performance Rep T Register Paper Account Transaction Rep 300 f eod Tr Account Stitemeet Report Menu Report 6 bags Git Card Repon 7 bean cups Tip Pool Report 8 pt chicken Prodacson Repon F Caryouts Loyalty Repoet tail Re Bore P Save Figure Inventory Detail Report Options Option Description Start Time Only transactions that occurred on or after the Start Time are included on the report End Time Only transactions that occurred before the End Time are included on the report Summary The individual transactions that contribute to the variance for the Inventory Item are not included on the report if this option is on Jobs Select the Jobs for the report Items Select the Items for the report The following information is displayed on the Inventory Detail Report Item Tran Type Actual Sales Unit Variance Percent Variance Date Time Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup TOP 12 3 1 32 1 Sample Inventory Detail Report Purpose A sample Inventory Detail Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample I
392. paper size and font availability when designing Guest Check Formats Accessing the Guest Check Formats Window While in Focus Setup select Locations gt Locations gt Guest Check Formats Locations Menus CC Voucher Guest Check Guest Check Formats Printer Assignmeres Screen Layout Cash Trays Locatons Foemats Repent Modifiers Te Rates Normal hand Normal Restaurant Name Survey bod Nom vere ORME THAU image Order Type Charpes Completion Format Wage Nom _ fata _ Header Otscounts Normal Delivery Fields Oratatos Customer Name Normal None Check Tanes Customer Phone Komy Nom pa Guests Order Type Total Customer Address Noms E Server Payments Delivery instructors Normal Normal None Jj Time Balance ChangeOue Delivery Zone Noma Focter Completion Format Noms Nom And None 21 hems Food Bar Other Total Loyalty Information Noms None cow Figure x x Guest Check Formats Fields Field Description tion displayed on the Guest Check t Name displayed on the Guest Check Image Format of the Image used for the Header displayed on the Guest Check Header Format of the Header displayed on the Guest Check Table Tab Format of the Table Tab displayed on the Guest Check Check Format of
393. port Access Other s Reports Report Security Code 1 9 Related Topics NE The user may View their Checkout Report see Setup gt Jobs gt Check out report options NE The user may Print their Checkout Report while they are still on the clock If the employee does not have any open checks and no missing tips then they are allowed to print their Checkout Report The Print button is enabled but the message Checkout report cannot be printed with open checks or missing tips is displayed Once the Checkout Report is printed the employee is not allowed to perform any order entry functions other than Quit This right determines whether a user can generate a check out report for another employee The user is allowed to view the Drawer Report see Setup gt Locations gt Cash Trays The user is allowed to Print the Drawer Report The user is allowed to View Print Drawer Reports for cash trays that they are not assigned The user is allowed to View Print reports that have the same Security Code Job Right Office Job TOP 6 2 3 Timekeeping Purpose The Timekeeping Window is used to establish and maintain different timekeeping options including the Scheduling Color payroll Overtime Options Grace Periods and Break Options The Overtime Options that are configured in the Timekeeping Window are Job specific and only apply to the selected Job Accessing the Timekeeping Window While in Focus Setup select E
394. port 12 3 1 22 1 Sample Sales Contest Report 12 3 1 23 Weekly Count Report 12 3 1 23 1 Sample Weekly Item Count Report 12 3 1 24 Employee Performance Report 12 3 1 24 1 Sample Employee Performance Report 12 3 1 25 Account Transaction Report 12 3 1 25 1 Sample Account Transaction Report 12 3 1 26 Account Statement Report 12 3 1 26 1 Sample Account Statement Report 12 3 1 27 Menu Item Report 12 3 1 27 1 Sample Menu Item Report 12 3 1 28 Gift Card Report 12 3 1 28 1 Sample Gift Card Report 12 3 1 29 Tip Pool Report 12 3 1 29 1 Sample Tip Pool Report 12 3 1 30 Production Report 12 3 1 30 1 Sample Production Report 12 3 1 31 Loyalty Report 12 3 1 31 1 Sample Loyalty Report 12 3 1 32 Inventory Detail Report 12 3 1 32 1 Sample Inventory Detail Report 12 3 1 33 Paid In Report 12 3 1 33 1 Sample Paid In Report 12 3 1 34 Drawer Report 12 3 1 34 1 Sample Drawer Report 12 3 2 Output 12 3 3 File Format 12 4 Tip Pools 13 Menu 13 1 Canvas Designer 13 2 Canvases 13 3 Menu Items 13 3 1 Assign 13 3 2 Find 13 3 3 Tools 13 3 3 1 Print 13 3 3 2 Quick Set 13 3 3 3 Import 13 3 3 4 Export 13 3 4 Recipe 14 Miscellaneous 14 1 Accounting Interface 14 2 Events 14 3 General 14 3 1 General 14 3 2 Screen Layout 14 3 3 Screen Layout Commands 14 3 4 Timekeeping 14 3 5 Restaurant 14 3 6 Credit Card PMS Gift Card 14 3 7 Customer 14 3 7 1 Customer Setup Screen 14 3 7 2 Account Setup Screen 14 3 7 3 Loyatly Setup Screen 14 3 8 Lo
395. port displays the transactions a House Account incurs The Account Statement Report displays the current House Accounts and the balances of each The Menu Item Report displays a list of menu items The Gift Card Report displays a list of gift cards sold Tip Pool Report Production Report Loyalty Report Inventory Detail Report Paid In Report Drawer Report Related Topics none 12 3 1 1 Activity Report Purpose The Activity Report is often referred to as the Server Checkout Report or the Cashiers Report depending upon the information included or excluded Multiple Activity Reports may be configured to accommodate the requirements of the operator and checkout procedures The format selection defined for this report cannot be further modified in the report module with the exception of include exclude open checks and open clocks which may be selected by a manager with the Access Others Checks Job Right The Tip Pool Report displays the amounts of the tip pools and the distribution list The Production Report displays the amount of an ingredient that was used on an interval basis The Loyalty Report displays the accounts currently in the Loyalty Program and the Points associated with each account The Inventory Detail Report displays inventory Unit and percent variance The Paid In Report displays the Paid Ins sorted by type The Drawer Report is similar to the Activity Report but also displays Inventory Count
396. price will default to Price 1 Price Times established for Menu Items override the Price Times configured for a Menu Menu 1 Name Menu 2 Name and Menu 3 Name are user defined names for the Menus Assignments Select the option witch is to be used for the Menu Assignments for this Location Menu 1 Menu Active 2 or Menu 3 Active Time Select the Time Range during which the Menu Active A Time Range is not required Select the starting Canvases for the three Menus The Default Canvas will be displayed after the Default Canvas table has been selected if the Floor Plan access method is used The number of buttons will vary due to the size of the Canvas Ribbon buttons Time Activated Turn this option on if time is used to determine the active menu Select the canvases to include on the menu A Canvas may be displayed on more than one Menu Canvas position and may be included in more than one Menu Modifier Canvases should not be selected If a Modifier Canvas is placed onto a Menu Canvas Ribbon the modifiers will be printed on the guest check and at the remote printers as items not as modifiers Menu Canvases Copy Used to copy the order and list of Menu Canvases on the currently selected Location Paste Used to paste the order and list of Menu Canvases to the currently selected Location Procedure to Establish Menus Select and highlight the Location to configure Click on the Goto Modifier check box of each Canvas for which
397. r Entry gt Checks gt Find Check Filter Options Check EN Discounted Payment Pending Voided Missing Tip Transferred Missing Beverage Reopened Reprinted Renumbered m Offline Cancelled Menu Item Payment Payment Account 1 Figure 1 1 Check Filter Fields Field Description Date The Date you want to find a check Check The Check Number of a check Employee The Employee who is the owner of the check Discounted Finds checks with Discounts applied Voided Finds checks with Voids applied Transferred Finds checks which have been Transferred Finds checks which have been Reopened Renumbered Finds checks which have been Renumbered Cancelled 00 Finds checks which have been started but all items have been Deleted and not sent 00000 checks which have been started but all items have been Deleted and not sent Rayment Finds checks which have a Pending Payment Missing Tip Tip Finds checks which have Finds checks which have Missing Tips Tips Missing Finds checks which are Missing Beverages Menu Items can be set as beverages as an option in Menu gt Menu Items Reprinted 0 Finds checks which have been Finds checks which have been printed more than once more than once Offline Finds checks which have credit card payments while in Offline Mode Menu Item Finds checks with the Menu Item 00 Payment 000 Finds
398. r Guest Check Formats Field Customer Name Customer Phone Customer Address Delivery Instructions Delivery Zone Completion Format Loyalty Information Description Format of the Customer Name displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Customer Phone Number displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Customer Address displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Delivery Instructions displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Delivery Zone displayed on the Guest Check Format of the Completion method used after the Guest Check is printed Format of the Loyalty Information displayed on the Guest Check Procedure to Establish Guest Check Formats Select a Format for each of the following items The selected Format name will display in the list box If no format is selected the selected text or caption and total will not print on the Guest Check Formats are configured in Printers gt Formats Note Only captions with a Format selected will print on a Guest Check Captions without Formats none will not print on the Guest Check Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Locations TOP 11 1 6 Printer Assignments Purpose The Printer Assignment Window is used to define the link between a Location Printer Groups physical printer and Remote Printers the logical printer Use the Printer Assignments Window to establish the different Printer Assignments Assignments are made to specific Printer Groups
399. r Menu Items may be Quick Set The Taxes for Menu Items may be Quick Set The Type of Menu Items may be Quick Set Figure x x Quick Set Commands Command Quick Set Undo Delete Close Description Commits changes set in the Quick Set Window To undo any changes made by the last Quick Set click Undo Undo may be used multiple times in succession to reverse multiple Quick Sets Once the office software is exited and restarted any changes made by Quick Set cannot be undone The Delete function allows multiple items to be deleted simultaneously Closes the Quick Set Window Procedure to Quick Set Menu Items Find the Menu Items you wish to Quick Set Select the options you wish to Quick Set Click Quick Set Related Topics Job Right Office Menu Menu Items gt Find 13 3 3 3 Import Purpose The Import Window allows you to import Menu Items into the database Accessing the Import Window While in Focus Setup select Menu gt Menu Items gt Tools gt Import Import File Name Procedure to Import Menu Items Select the File Name used for the import Click OK Related Topics Job Right Office Menu TOP 13 3 3 4 Export Purpose The Select Menu Item Fields Window is used to import or export various information from the Menu Item database Items that appear in the Included Fields section will be exported in the order they are listed Accessing the Expo
400. r example if the next highest is configured to be 1 and the amount due is 4 50 then the amount of the tender would be 5 00 If the next highest was configured to be 10 then the amount of the tender would be 10 00 Select if the amount of the cash tender is set to the balance due on the check The tip fees on tips of Payments that the employee is accountable Open Cash Drawer Required Approval Tip Required Over Tender Equal Tip Allow Over Tender Verify Print Check When Closed Alphanumeric Input Allow Paid In Gift Card Prompt for Folio The cash drawer is opened when media is received Select if manager approval is required for the Payment type Select if a Tip entry possibly by Tip Edit is required for the Payment type before the check can be closed Credit card or Charge Account type only This option is not suitable for Check Payment type Select if an over tender equals tip for the named Payment type in Order Entry This option may be appropriate for check credit card or account Payment types Select if over tender is allowed for the named Payment type Select if verification is required for the named Payment type On line credit card check guarantee checks verification and account types only Select if the guest check will be printed at close when settled using this Payment type This selection is activated when Print Check at Close is not required by job for all checks Select if alphanum
401. r from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Hourly Report Focus Cafe Hourly Report Page 1 for 4 27 200X at 5 21 200X 4 08 04 PM 11 00 12 00 Checks 33 Guests 83 Sales 775 95 Total Sales 775 95 Labor 20 13 Total Labor 20 13 Liquor 7 38 00 Wine 2 7 00 Beer 11 19 25 Food 137 711 70 Server 17 74 Bartender 6 00 Manager 9 00 Hostess 12 50 Busboy 34 44 Cook 29 75 Dishwasher 20 25 Prep Cook 26 50 12 00 13 00 Checks 28 Guests 72 Sales 791 45 Total Sales 1567 40 Labor 20 02 Total Labor 20 07 Liquor 21 78 75 Beer 11 20 75 Food 133 691 95 Server 19 17 Bartender 6 00 Manager 9 00 Hostess 12 50 35 25 29 75 Dishwasher 20 25 Prep Cook 26 50 13 00 14 00 Checks 13 Guests 25 Sales 231 66 Total Sales 1799 06 Labor 56 72 Total Labor 24 79 Liquor 3 11 75 Beer 5 9 75 Food 39 210 16 Server 19 17 Bartender 6 00 Manager 9 00 Hostess 12 50 Busboy 32 35 Cook 23 38 Dishwasher 15 05 Prep Cook 13 35 14 00 15 00 Checks 5 Guests 10 Sales 125 80 Total Sales 1924 86 Labor 75 28 Total Labor 28 09 Liquor 4 20 00 Beer 1 T5 Food 17 104 05 Server 3 57 Bartender 6 00 Manager 17 28 Hostess 6 25 Busboy 11 73 Cook 22 48 Dishwasher 13 64 Prep Cook 13 75 15 00 16 00 Checks 6 Guests 13 Sales 197 05 Total Sales 2121 91 Labor 34 49 Total Labor 28 68 Liquor 7 31 75 Beer 1 2 00 Food 25 63 230 Server 6 39 Bartender 3212
402. r is allowed to ring orders Turn this option on if the user may enter the price for Variable Price Items The user is allowed to place the Station in Training Mode Will not print a guest check or remote check and the cash drawer will not open This option is useful in environments where ownership of the check should be relinquished when it is accessed by a subsequent user Transfer Combine Transfer Employee Transfer Employee Pending Transfer Items Transfer Table Transfer Table Pending Transfer All Open Checks The user may combine checks NE The user is allowed to transfer a check to another employee NE The check is marked as pending displayed in green when a check is transferred to an employee The originating employee owns the check until the pending employee accepts the check The user may transfer individual items from a check NE The user is allowed to edit the table number NE The check is marked as pending displayed in green when a check is transferred to a table The originating employee owns the check until the check is accepted by another employee All open checks are moved from the current employee to the selected employee Figure x x Job Rights Reports Checkout Report View Checkout Report Print Checkout Report Print if No Open Checks Tips Checkout Report Access Other s Reports Drawer Report View Drawer Report Print Drawer Re
403. ray Liners 0 48 Box s Water Cups Slv s Wipes Box Ziplock Bags Quart 0 74 Box s TYSON 8 chicken 32 09 Case s 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 05 2 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X 0X Lb Bag Botl Roll Box Box Pair Bag Lb Ea Ea Ea Ea Botl Botl Chub Box Ea Botl Bag Ea Roll Case Roll Box Slv Box Box Case 27 54 26 26 25 135 200 98 35 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 19 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 50 00 00 MES 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 1 2 212 00 00 00 00 00 49 00 00 00 00 00 06 T3 43 12 38 00 00 03 14
404. rd Breaks Tips Hours Rate Diaz 43 52 0 00 0 00 Alvarez Luis 277 28 0 00 0 00 Aranda Abel 13 02 0 00 0 00 Bernal Ninfa 238 44 0 00 0 00 Briones Genaro 15298 0 00 0 00 Briones Jose 00 23 0 00 0 00 Carmona Roberto 77 03 0 00 0 00 Chaires Nick Simon 86 71 0 00 0 00 Cortes Efrain 511 74 0 00 0 00 Cruz Edith M 274 87 0 00 0 00 De Leon Rosaura 388 80 0 00 0 00 Doval Alfredo 0 00 0 00 0 00 Erazo Anibal 60 03 0 00 0 00 Erazo Hector 68 60 0 00 0 00 Estrada Humberto 63 70 0 00 0 00 Garcia Mario 81 32 0 00 0 00 Garcia Rosemary 95 00 0 00 0 00 Giron Perla 56 84 0 00 0 00 Gudino Carlos 15 92 0 00 0 00 Guzman jr Daniel 60 70 0 00 0 00 Hernandez Esperanza 0 00 0 00 0 00 Hernandez Mariel 48 03 0 00 0 00 Herrera Roberto 87 49 0 00 0 00 raheta Santos 82 11 0 00 0 00 Jaramillo Ciro 97 02 0 00 0 00 Lamaren Ricardo 268 31 0 00 0 00 Lomeli Ricardo T6032 0 00 0 00 Lozano Susana 233 43 0 00 0 00 Madrid Ericka 84 56 0 00 0 00 Meledrez Jose 87 62 0 00 0 00 Melendrez Francisco 171 08 0 00 0 00 Morroquin Estuardo 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 1 00 1 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 2 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 3 00 ITs 39 34 38 32 33 29 335 39 35 30 40 40
405. re Locations Allows the user to Add Edit and Delete Loyalty Customers Allows the user access to the Canvas Designer and Menu Item configuration Allows the user access to Focus Setup Allows the user to configure Order Types Allows the user to configure Packages Allows the user to configure Paid Ins Allows the user to configure Paid Outs Allows the user to configure Payments Price Levels Printer Drivers Printer Formats Printer Groups Remote Check Formats Remote Printers Report Groups Report Setup Restore from Backup Revenue Centers Screen Formats Skills Stations Table Types Tare Weights Taxes Termination Reasons Time Ranges Voids Allows the user to configure Price Levels Allows the user to configure Printer Drivers Allows the user to configure Printer Formats Allows the user to configure Printer Groups Allows the user to configure Remote Check Formats Allows the user to configure Remote Printers Allows the user to configure Report Groups Allows the user to configure Reports Allows the user to restore the system to the primary server Allows the user to configure Revenue Centers Allows the user to configure Screen Formats Allows the user to configure Skills Allows the user to configure Stations Allows the user to configure Table Types Allows the user to configure Tare Weights Allows the user to configure Taxes Allows
406. re constitutes your acceptance of the following license statement and the previous statements regarding liability License Statement The Focus System and this manual are licensed to the original purchaser only Backup copies of the software and this manual may be made No other copying of The Focus system software or this manual may occur Failure to comply with this statement voids the license You agree to destroy all copies of the software and manual if the license is voided Trademarks All brands and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holder s TOP 4 Focus End User Configuration Configuration Techniques Configuration of the Focus system to meet end user operational requirements is simple and the processes used are consistent throughout all Modules The following information is provided to orient the operator in the basic techniques that are recommended With very few exceptions when a touch screen is provided all fields in all Modules may be accessed by touch When configuring the system areas of Setup Employee and Canvas however it is recommended that both a mouse and a keyboard are available All areas of Point of Sale where alphanumeric input is required are provided with a pop out keyboard on screen Most Focus entities are pre configured to a set number there is no adding or deleting except for Employees Menu Items Inventory Items and Customers Figure x x Keyboard Commands Comm
407. re x x Canvas Fields Field Description A unique name for each Canvas is recommended Up to 30 alphanumeric characters may be entered If used displayed in up to three lines by including the symbol to indicate a carriage return Image Select the appropriate graphic file from the Image Directory if an image is to be displayed on the Canvas Ribbon Background Color Select the color for the background of the Canvas Background Image Select the image to be used as a background for the Canvas Canvas Item Screen Format The Screen Format that is used for Canvas Items displayed on Automatic Canvases If a Screen Format is configt Select Automatic if you wish the Menu Items to be placed automatically on a spec Automatic able to edit the Canvas in the Canvas Designer Type Manual Select Manual if you wish to place the individual Canvas Items on the Canvas None The default method Canvas Items move freely about the Canvas Lock Lock Canvas Items cannot be moved or modified Lock Position Canvas Items cannot be moved but can be modified Item The default method A full Canvas is displayed to add Canvas Items Level m Modifier Displays the area of the Canvas which is used if the Canvas is a Modifier Canvas right of the on screen check Name If the Canvas type is Automatic then the items on the Canvas are sorted by name Automatic Template Sort Report Group If the Canvas type is Automatic then Report Group
408. rements are included in the counts and sales res Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup TOP 12 3 1 22 1 Sample Sales Contest Report Purpose A sample Sales Contest Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Sales Contest Report Focus Cafe Sales Contest Report for 4 27 200X at 5 21 200X 4 19 53 PM Page 1 Employee Count DANIEL CALDERON 11 EDGAR A 9 Rene A 8 SARA B 7 SANTIAGO A 6 RUBEN B 5 ANGELICA I 4 ANDRES V 4 HECTOR T 4 Figure x x Sales Contest Report Fields Field Description Employee The employee s name Sales Contest Item The name and calculation of the items in the contest depending on the setup of the report Related Topics 12 3 1 23 Weekly Item Count Report Purpose TOP The Weekly Item Count Report displays the Menu Items sold for each day of the week Accessing the Weekly Item Count Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Weekly Item Count Report Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Repot a Attendance Report f Week hem Count Report Weebly ltem Count Report Batch Report Cotecton Report Weekly Cumulative Count Report Cumulative tem Count Rep Cumulative Sales R
409. riable Weight 9 10 11 12 iJ Close BR Save Cancel Figure x x Tare Weights Fields Field Description Name Enter a name for each Tare Weight The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Image File Name Select a graphic that represents the Tare Weight Weight Enter the Tare Weight for each item The Tare Weight format is 999 999 of a pound Variable Weight Select if the server will be prompted to enter the Tare Weight Procedure to Establish Tare Weights Prepare a list of Tare Weight names and Weights Enter the name of each Tare Weight in a separate Name text box Select the appropriate options Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Tare Weights TOP 10 14 Taxes Purpose The Taxes Window is used to establish up to 16 different Taxes Taxes can be calculated by percentage or referenced to a Tax Table Percentage Taxes may be calculated as inclusive or exclusive Flat Taxes by which a specific value is added per item regardless of the item value may also be established Specific Taxes may be applied exempted for Order Types and associated Order Type surcharges Tax exemption 15 available in Focus Order Entry according to Job Right Accessing the Taxes Window While in Focus Setup select Order Entry gt Taxes Taxes Tables Figure x x Taxes Options Option Description Taxes The Taxes Window is used to setup the Tax specific options Tables
410. rice Levels Tare Weights Taxes and Report Groups must be established Accessing the Menu Items Window While in Focus Setup select Menu Menu Items Menu items Mene 747 Dem Check TT inventory am and Swin onem s orem ei Prices Options Printer Group ter Format Level ae CS 1 Sort Mod Unit Effective From Efiective 73 LI MUR ll m KI Tare Audio File Rec WoW Trak pm le iion File Modifier Canvas Price imos More FE Moreo 1 R 3 1 5 Sub Eta No Mod 3 i wv Effective Time Meal Stage Suggestion ID me on Text n Eua 52 Figure x x Menu Item Fields Field Description A unique name 1 30 characters of the Menu Item to be displayed on the Canvas Menu Name sort is case sensitive and may be displayed in up to 3 lines of automatically centered text Insert the symbol to indicate a carriage return Menu Name Example T BONE STEAK is displayed as T BONE STEAK A name 1 23 characters that appears on the guest check and related reports for the selected Menu Check Name Item This field defaults to the first 23 characters of the Menu Name field when a new menu item is added Remote A name 1 17 characters that appears on the remote printer chit This field defaults to the first 17 Name characters of the Menu Name field when a ne
411. rint at the top of the Loyalty Receipt Specify the printer format that is used for the header Specify the image format to print the image on the top of the Loyalty Receipt Enter the footer for the Loyalty Receipt Specify the number of blank lines to print at the bottom of the Loyalty Receipt Specify the printer format to send to the printer at the end of the Loyalty Receipt Specify the printer format that is used to format other information on the Loyalty Receipt other than the Header and Footer The survey information is printed on every Survey Frequency Guest Check Job Right Office General TOP 14 4 Screen Formats Purpose The Screen Formats Window is used to establish specific display formats that can be used throughout the system For example a text style font font size and color may be set up That Screen Format can then be applied consistently on all of the buttons or labels on Canvases and other areas in Focus The screen displays report and check formats can all be customized and standardized Up to 100 Screen Formats may be established Accessing the Screen Formats Window While in Focus Setup select Miscellaneous gt Screen Formats Screen Formats Screen Formats Bitmap SCREEN Red Italic SCREEN Vite Full Graphic no Caption Full Graphic wf Caption Transparent no Caption Transparent wi Caption Lt Red 50 Lt Red RO Red 50 Red RD Wine SQ Wine RD Maroon SO Maroon RD Dk Br
412. rmat Purpose End Time 1 4 Enter the end time for the shift If this option is on then the NRGT is displayed on the report unless the report is generated to span Text Default view the report on screen and print as it displays Comma Delimited View and export the report in a comma separated format Account Interface Used to export to a user defined accounting interface Select the interface you wish to export the report Select the Order Type for the report If this option is checked then a separate transaction will be imported for each day within the specif TOP The File Format Option on the Daily Report is used to select the fields you wish to export The File Format option must be set to Comma Delimited in the Report Window and the Output Type must be set to File Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Activity Report Daty Report Optons Atendance Report Batch Report Colchon Report Cumulstive tem Count Rep Cumulative Sales Report Daily Count Report Begin Date DiscourteVoids Report Report Hourly Report 9 ct Guests Inventory On Hand Report 9 ct Guests 5 1 Inventory Reorder Report Usape Analysis ory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Report ct Guests Shift 4 Media Report Avg Check Overtime Limit Report Avg Check Shit 1 Report Arg Check 2 tabelty Rep Avg Check Shit Sales C st Report Weebly Item Count Report Employees P
413. rmation is included in a manager report when a specific server and Time Card are selected Select if the report will contain a list of all employees currently on the clock This option can be overridden when the report is generated Select if the report will contain Labor Percentage information Labor percentage is not included in an individual server s report Labor percentage may not be the only section included in an Activity Report Select if the report will contain a list of all employees credit card payments that are missing tips Select if the report will contain the Retained Tips Section Select if the report will contain the Drops Section Select if the report will contain the Open Drawer Section Select if the report will contain the Cash Payments in Detail Section The starting time of the report The ending time of the report If the Drawer Section is printed on the report then the of drawer opens longer than X seconds is printed If a Station is selected all checks payments and sales information that were processed at the Station will be reflected on the report Check Selected if the report will be printed on a 40 column check printer Printer Report Selected if the report will be printed on a standard office printer Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup Job Right Checkout Report Access Other s Reports Job Right Checkout Report View
414. rocedure to Refund a credit card is described below New Refund Payment gt __ p Procedure to Refund or Return a Credit Card While in the Refund Window Click New Select the Payment type Enter the account number of the credit card Enter the expiration date of the credit card Enter the amount of the refund Click OK Related Topics none TOP 15 4 Daily Inventory Purpose This Daily Inventory Window allows the user to enter the daily beginning count incremental stock count and ending inventory count for predefined Inventory Items These counts along with recorded sales are used to compute the variance between the actual and theoretical usage of these Inventory Items Daily Inventory Item Bread Slice Grape Jelly Peanut Butter Figure x x Daily Inventory Fields Field Description Item The name of the Inventory Item Beg Qty Enter the beginning number of units for the Inventory Item Add Qty Enter the number of units added during the shift for the Inventory Item End Qty Enter the ending number of units for the Inventory Item Related Topics TOP 15 5 Deposits Purpose The Deposits Window is used to enter Deposits in order to determine the over and short amount on the Daily Report Accessing the Deposits Window While in Focus Setup select Close Day gt Deposits Deposits Description Counted by Figure x x Checks Sort Options
415. roll Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Payroll Report Report Setup Reports Output Fife format acy Report Attendance Report Batch Report Colecon Report Cumulative tem Cumulative Sales Report Dally tem Count Report Daly Report Distountsfvoids Report External Report Hourly Report Inventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Report Irrentory 1 8 806 linrventory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Repon Media Report Overtime Limit Report Paid Out Report oum Rep Sales Accountability Rep Sales Contest Report Weebly hem Count Report lEmptoyee Performance Account Transacton Rep Figure x x Payroll Report Options Field Payroll Report Options Detail Sort Payroll File Format Revenue Centers Related Topics Description Nime Payroll Report Payrol Report Options J COUNTER Manager Asst Manager Joe r Payroll Report Detail 9 Indwidual Times Job Totals DRIVETH Server Empioyee Totals Cook Sot 10 T Emgloyee Chef Primary Job Payrol File Format Report Revenue Centers F COUNTER DRIVE THAU PA Save X Cancel Select the jobs that are to be included in the Payroll percentage report Individual Times Job Totals Employee Totals Employee Primary Job Report ADP ADP Job Cost Comma Delimite
416. rried Selected if the employee is married Married Withhold Selected if the employee is married but chooses the single rate for the at single rate purpose of withholding The number of allowances requested by this employee up to 99 The amount of any additional withholding for this employee up to 999 99 The employee s date of birth Use the mm dd yyyy format The employee s date of hire Use the mm dd yyyy format The date on which the employee last received a raise Use the mm dd yyyy format The employee s termination date if applicable Use the mm dd yyyy format Select the reason the employee was terminated from the list of available reasons The amount an employee is paid per day Active Select this option if the employee is currently active in the system Inactive Select this option if the employee is inactive and can not clock in Select this option if the establishment no longer employs the employee Terminated status prevents employee access Terminated Select the Language to be used to display various prompts and messages for the employee The employee s pager number uses this format 999 999 9999 The employee must use a magnetic card keyboard scanner or Require Card fingerprint to enter the Access Code and to gain access to the system Jobs 1 6 Pay Rate 1 6 Skill Selected if the employee will have a superset of Job Rights comprised of the rights associated with all of the
417. rt Inventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Report Inventory Usage Analysis Ireentory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Repon Media Report Overtime Limit Report Out Report 153465 Accountability Rep Payroll Report Company Cose First name Last 101 102 Job Job extemal name 426 pay rate Tips percent Tips declared Tips charge Tip fee Tipped sales Misc field 1 Mist feig 2 Misc feig 3 test Repon y tem Count Report Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep 9 X conce Procedure to Export a Payroll Report Set the File Type of the report to Comma Delimited Set the Destination of the report to File Name the file using the csv extension in the File Name E mail Attachment Name Select the fields desired to be exported Click Save Related Topics none TOP 12 3 1 20 2 Sample Payroll Report Purpose A sample Payroll Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Payroll Report Focus Cafe Payroll Report for 4 23 200X 4 29 200X at 5 21 200X 4 16 29 1 Time Time Total Tipped 8 00 8 Job In Out Pay Sales Sales Date Dat Charge In Out el Decl
418. rt Menu Item Fields While in Focus Setup select Menu gt Menu Items gt Tools gt Export Select Menu Fields Fite Available Fields Included Fields Dbi Effective Time Range Mod Canvas Free 1 Mod Canvas Free 2 Mod Canvas Free 3 Mod Canvas Free 4 Mod Canvas Free 5 Mod Canvas Free 6 Mod Canvas Free 7 Mod Canvas Free 8 Inv Subgroup Inv Vendor Inv Vendor Item Number Inv Recipe Sales Unit Inv Stock Unit Inv Purchase Unit Inv Par Level HOn BAH The commands down the center of the screen are used to move items over to the Included Fields section Coo Commands Field Description 00000 LE gt Moves all available fields over to the Included fields section Moves the selected item in Available Fields to the space selected in the Included Fields section Moves the selected item in Available Fields to the bottom of the list in the Included Fields section 2 Moves the selected item in Included Fields back to the list in Available Fields t Moves the selected item in Included Fields up the list Moves the selected item in Included Fields down the list Moves all items in Included Fields back to the Available Fields section The File Name field is the location the imported file resides Options Available to Export Menu Name Check Name Remote Name ID Inventory ID Picture 1 Price 2 Price 3 Price 4 Price 5 Price 6 Su
419. s 0 Bag s Box 2 Box s 23 06 5 3 99 Gal s 8 66 Slv s Box 12 Ea s 0 Ea s 4 5 0 5 0 Slv s 8 77 1 5 3 5 2 48 s 1 1 1 20 5 1 00 5 1 0 92 1 00 5 0 99 Box s 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 37 69 Plastic Gloves Popcorn Chicken 00 69 92 Popcorn Shrimp 00 143 38 Red Beans Red Rice Season Rice Safeguard Hand Soap 00 20 10 Salt Bulk 00 9 14 Salt Packets Sanatizer Sanatizer test strips 00 4 81 Sandwich Wrap 00 60 28 Scouring Pads Season Gloves Shallots 00 41 22 Shrimp Breading 00 17 00 Sliced Apple Pie 00 20 60 Sliced Lemon Pie 00 21 85 Sliced Mardi Gras Cheesecake Sliced Pecan Pie 00 25 87 Small amp Large Bean Lids Small amp Meduim Drink Lid Small Dinner Box Small Drink Cup 00 31 85 Snack Box Spic amp Span Floor Cleaner Spic amp Span Glass Cleaner
420. s Description Closes the Scheduling Window The employee s name Days of the week The time periods the employee works are displayed under the Days of the Week Total hours the employee is scheduled for the week Total hours for all the employees scheduled for the week The total Cost the scheduled employees will cost The Projected Sales amount The Projected Labor The Job specific Shortcuts Adding an Employee to a Schedule Any employee may be included on any non Job specific schedule using the OK button to provide access to the Employee List When a Job is selected only employees with the Job in their employee record may be selected So that adequate staffing of a schedule may be verified at a glance the color of each day shift time range is displayed on the screen schedule in the color selected for the Job Procedure to Add an Employee to a Schedule Click Add The focus and drop down list access will be on the first blank employee name field Select an Employee from the drop down box The names of all employees who meet the Job and Revenue Center criteria explained above will be included in the list Click on the employee to be scheduled The list box will close and the employee name will be displayed TN Enter Schedule Employee Anthony M X Job COUNTER CASHIER Timein Time Out Comment Don t Enforce Time Out Select a Job from the list Note Only Jobs assigned to the currently
421. s Field Description Name The name of the Tip Pool is displayed Amount The amount of the Tip Pool is displayed Note If an employee is selected then this section is not printed Accessible jobs are used to determine the punches that get displayed if the report is not ran via an event Figure x x Open Clocks Section Field Description Job The Job name for the employees on the clock The number of employees on the clock for each job is printed besic Name The employee s Nickname Note Displays in the Summary Section Figure x x Labor Percentage Section Field Description Labor Cost The dollar amount and percentage the labor cost is at for the selected time period Figure x x Missing Tips Section Field Description Name The name of the employee who has a Missing Tip Check Number The Check Number of the Payment with a Missing Tip Amount The Amount of the Check Total with the Missing Tip Figure x x Retained Tips Section Field Description Retained Tips If the Pay tips out option is set to Retain tips then all non cash tips are retained and do not reduce cash Figure x x Drops Section Field Description Name The employee the Drop was assigned is displayed Amount The Amount of the Drop is displayed Figure x x Open Drawer Section Field Description The employee name that opened the drawer longer than the specified X number of seconds Time The time the drawer was opened lon
422. s View Jobs Job Right Employees View Pay Rates Job Right Employees View Employment Status Job Right Employees View Skills TOP 6 1 2 Modifying Existing Employee Information Purpose The steps to modify existing employee information are listed below Restrictions If termination is the reason for modifying the information Employee Termination Reasons must be established prior to completing this procedure If the user does not have the Edit Employees Job Right then the user will not be able to Add Edit or Delete employees Procedure to Modify Existing Employee Information Access the Setup gt Employees gt Employees Window Select the employee name in the Employee List to display information for the selected employee Verify that the employee to change is highlighted Make any necessary modifications to the employee information Note The employee s pay rates should not be changed while the employee is clocked in Past payroll records are not changed by pay rate changes Click Save Related Topics Job Right Employees Edit Employees Job Right Employees Add Employees Job Right Employees View Employees Job Right Employees View Access Code Job Right Employees View Jobs Job Right Employees View Pay Rates Job Right Employees View Employment Status Job Right Employees View Skills TOP
423. s authorized personnel can enter and maintain Vendors and Inventory Items The Focus system uses standard inventory formulas for calculating inventory Starting Inventory Purchases Sales Projected Ending Inventory and Actual Inventory Projected Ending Inventory Variance The Inventory Module is not a stand alone operation Before you begin it would be a good idea to become familiar with the major functions of this module The reports for Inventory are configured in Reports gt Setup Printers Order Entry Enter Inventory Enter Invoices Groups Inventory Items Subgroups Units Vendors Figure x x Inventory Menu Options Field Description Enter Inventory Enter Inventories Enter Invoices Enter Invoices Groups Setup Inventory Groups Inventory Items Setup Inventory Items Subgroups Setup Inventory Subgroups Units Setup Inventory Units Vendors Setup Inventory Vendors Related Topics none TOP 8 1 Enter Inventory Purpose The Enter Inventory Window is used to enter Inventories If the Inventory has a green check then it has been posted Accessing the Enter Inventory Window While in Focus Setup select Inventory gt Enter Inventory Inventories Posted 03 18 2007 Inv Worksheet 03 11 2007 Inv Worksheet 03 11 2006 Inv Worksheet 03 04 2007 Inv Worksheet 02 26 2007 Inv Worksheet Figure x x Inventories Commands Field Description Close The Close button allows
424. s Include Cost Information Current Employee Primary Sort Options Daly item Court Report item Court Report Daily hem Count Report Options wehude Totals for Each Price Inchade Cost Information Zero Price toms CurmentEmeloyee Primacy Sort Secondary Sort 5 Repon Group Name C Units Sold C Sys nems Profit Sot Key Menu em Fiter Order 4006 crore gt Stan Time End Time 02 00 po 00 Fite Format Report Pa save X Cancel rt Options Description A unique name for the report Select this option if a separate line will be displayed printed for each price at which the item has been sold Select this option if zero priced items and modifiers will be included on the report Cost information will be displayed on the report The current employee becomes the filter for the report and cannot be changed This allows a server to view tl Report group Select this option if the report is to be sorted by Report Group Totals are displayed Sort key Select this option if the report is to be sorted by the Item Sort Code field Totals are Item Select this option if the report data is to be sorted by Menu Item Check Name Secondary Sort Menu item Filter Start Time End Time Order Type File Format Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup Setting the File Format 12 3 1 7 1 File Format Purpose Name Select this option
425. s bar patio etc Revenue Centers provide a way to identify parts of the organization for very detailed reporting Each Revenue Center is assigned a unique name that is referenced in reports Location and Station configuration Accessing the Revenue Centers Window While in Focus Setup select Locations gt Revenue Centers Revenue Centers Revenue Centers Name COUNTER DRIVE THRU 3 Close Save Cancel Figure x x Revenue Centers Field Description Name A unique name for each Revenue Center The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Related Topics Job Right Office Revenue Centers TOP 11 3 Stations Purpose The Stations Windows are used to establish and maintain up to 100 different Stations Every Station must be assigned a unique Station ID that is the same as the Windows Computer Name Accessing the Stations Window While in Focus Setup select Locations gt Stations Stations Devices Information Figure x x Station Windows Window Description Station Used to define Station names and general information Devices Used to define Devices attached to a Station Information Displays the Devices and controls used with a Station Related Topics none TOP 11 3 1 Stations Purpose The Stations Window is used to establish and maintain up to 100 different Stations at each Location by name Each Station can be configured to accommodate the individual
426. s 54 4 topPaid 542 topClean 4 topBev A 4 topPrint Files of type Bitmap Cancel Open as read only To deselect an Image leave the File Name field empty E TOP 5 File Purpose The File Menu is used to Logout Quit the Setup Window Accessing the File Menu While in Focus Setup select File rr f Focus Setup AE Employees Customers Logout Quit Figure x x File Menu Options Option Description Logout Use to log out of Focus Setup Quit Use to quit the Setup Module Related Topics Job Right Office Exit Software TOP 6 Employees Purpose The Employees Menu contains a variety of options for managing employees and maintaining detailed employment records The Employee Menu is used by authorized personnel to enter and maintain employee name address contact information employment status information Job Rights and Labor Groups An unlimited number of employees may be entered in the system The ability to enter or view employee information is carefully controlled by Job Rights Only those users who have the designated employee Job Rights will be able to access the Employee Module Accessing the Employee Window While in Focus Setup select Employees Focus Setup File 23 Customers Inventory Printers Employees Jobs Labor Groups Messages Scheduling Skills Termination Reasons Time Cards Figure
427. s 83 Sales 1644 45 Total Sales 7792 38 Labor 11 27 Total Labor 21 64 Liquor 75 457 50 Wine 1 3 50 78 223 50 Food 125 959 95 Server 30 91 Bartender 17 50 Manager 11 25 Hostess 18 25 Busboy 43 89 Cook 36 50 Dishwasher 13 50 Prep Cook 13 50 22 00 23 00 Checks 17 Guests 59 Sales 1084 35 Total Sales 8876 73 Labor 12 71 Total Labor 20 55 Liquor 66 410 25 Wine 1 3 50 Beer 83 236 75 Food 61 433 85 Server 21 24 Bartender 14 50 Manager 9 00 Hostess 8 07 Busboy 26 59 Cook 36 50 Dishwasher 12 35 Prep Cook 9 58 11 00 23 00 Checks 226 Guests 636 Total Sales 8876 73 Total Labor 20 55 Liquor 375 2227 75 Wine 4 14 00 Beer 327 919 25 Food 875 5715 73 Server 263 78 Bartender 138 16 Manager 181 53 Hostess 172 92 Busboy 413 94 Cook 350 52 Dishwasher 170 97 Prep Cook 173 97 Figure x x Hourly Report Fields Field Description Time Range The Time Range specified for the report Checks The number of checks that were opened during the interval Guests The number of guests that were on checks opened during the interval Sales Total Sales Labor Total Labor Interval Report Group Sales Job Labor Cost Totals Related Topics none The total of all Report Group Sales for the interval as well as the Total Sales for the current Report Group Groups The Labor for the interval as well as the Total Labor for all the preceding intervals including the curr Report Group Units and Sales for each Report Group for the interval If the Labor
428. s Option Inciude in Item Price Option Countdown Option Guest Check Option Fraction Quantity Option inventoried Option Cost From Recipe Option Food Stamp Eligible Timed Rate Option Type Tares Printer Format Procedure to Print Menu Items Select the fields you wish to print Note If the Recipe Only option is turned on then the Recipe for each Menu Item that has a defined Recipe is printed Click Print Related Topics Job Right Office Menu TOP 13 3 3 2 Quick Set Purpose The Quick Set Window allows you to set multiple configuration files to multiple Menu Items at once Accessing the Quick Set Window While in Focus Setup select Menu gt Menu Items gt Tools gt Quick Set Quick Set Properties Options 22 Variable Price amp Repeat Round 22 Kitchen Comment BB Follow hem Requires Veverage El Satisties Beverage F Kitchen Price E Out of Stock Scale Options Request Tare Weight Price Level 1 Increment Guests 8 inchade in Price Prices Countdown Printer Format Guest Check Printer Group Fraction Quantity Priority Report Group Cost From Recipe Sort Ej Food Stamp Eligible Timed Rate Figure x x Quick Set Options Option Description pee Select the Screen Format you wish to Quick Set the Menu Items Canvases Menu Items can be automatically Assigned to Automatic Canvases Cost The Cost of Menu
429. s Section Select if the report will contain a Summary section Shift Drawer Open Threshold Seconds Station Sales and Tax Section Payments Section Gratuities Section Detailed Payments Section Open Checks Section Paid Outs Section Paid Ins Section Tip Pool Section Open Clocks Section Labor Percentage Section Missing Tips Section Retained Tips Section Drops Section Open Drawer Section Include Cash Payments in Detail Inventory Section Start Time End Time Select if the report will include a Sales and Tax section Select if the report will contain a Payments section Select if the report will contain a Gratuities section Gratuity section is included on the report when a specific server and Time Card are selected in the Reports Window Select if the report will contain a Detailed Payments section Payment detail is included on a manager report only when a specific employee is selected Cash payment detail is included when that Job Right has been assigned to the employee Select if the report will contain an Open Check section Open checks are always included on a Server Activity Report unless de selected in the Report Window Select if the report will contain a Paid Outs section Voided Paid Outs are not included Select if the report will contain a Paid Ins section Voided Paid Ins are not included Select if the report will contain a Tip Pool section Tip Pool info
430. s and the employees assigned to the drawer TOP Accessing the Activity Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then selet the Activity Report Report Setup Reports Output Fite format Name Attendance Report Batch Report Cobacbo Report Cumulative tem Report Activity Report Activity Report Options Sectons Summary Section Sales and Tax Secton Payments Section oum Rep Cumulative Sales Report Daily fem Count Report Daily Report Discoutts voids Report Tip Poo Section Open Clocks Section Labor Percentage Section Inventory Section External Report Hourly Report Gratuities Secon Messing Tips Section Inventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Report inventory Usage Anais Inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Repon Media Report Overtme Limit Report Paid Out Report Payroll Report Sales Accountabilty Rep Sates Contest Report Weebly tem Count Report Account Transacton Rep Detailed Payments Section Open Checks Section Retained Tip Poot f Orops Section Paid Outs Seton Paid Ins Section Open Drawer Section include Cash Payments in Detail Sten Drawer Open 000 _ Seconds Printer End Time 00 00 Staton 2 Employee Performance Rep Sos X cance Figure x x Activity Report Options Option Description Summary Section
431. s each that will display at the top of the Guest Check Each line is automatically centered Enter the number of line feeds 0 99 to occur at the top of the Guest Check before printing starts Select the name of the graphic file that will display at the top of the Guest Check Note The properties for the file must be Monochrome format with a Width of 208 pixels and the Height of 64 pixels Enter up to 4 lines of up to 40 characters each that will display at the bottom of the Guest Check Each line will not be centered The user Prints the Guest Check Number may include a Macro in Prints the Customer Name if present otherwise it will print the Tab the Footer Name to be printed bx A specific begin format where x is the format number Macros are supported in the header as well when it is ex A specific end format where x is the format number combined with the footer Enter the number of line feeds 0 99 to occur at the bottom of the Guest Check before auto cut The survey information found in Miscellaneous gt General gt Loyalty Receipt gt Survey is printed beneath the Footer if the Survey Format is specified Enter the percentage for a suggested Tip Rate 1 If no Format is selected for the Tip Example the suggested tip will not print Tip Rate Name Enter the name of the Tip Rate to be displayed on the Guest Check Tip Rate 2 Enter the percentage for a suggested
432. s pay period Dates To Enter the end date of the time card to be displayed and press the Tab key to update the Time Cards List Clicking on the word To will automatically advance the start date and end date to the next pay period Job Specify a Job to view Time Cards to those with the selected Job On Clock Only employees that are currently on the clock are included in the Employee List Status Off Clock Only employees that are not on the clock are included in the Employee List Time Clock Only employees that worked during the pay period are included in the Employee List Figure x x Time Cards Fields Fields Description Employees Only the employees and Jobs allowed by Accessible Jobs appear in the Employee List Time Cards The Time Cards List displays the clock in clock out record for the period defined in dates Time In Displays the time that the employee logged in Time Out Displays the time that the employee logged out Date In Displays the date that the employee logged in Date Out Displays the date that the employee logged out Job Displays the Job that the employee performed The user may only choose Jobs the employee is allowed to work Revenue Center Displays the Revenue Center that the employee logged into The Revenue Center may be edited to another Revenue Center On Displays the time that the employee started break 1 Break 1 Out Displays the time that the employees break 1 ended 2 Declared
433. s require the Job Right to use them i e The Job Right Check items Void is necessary to execute the Void Command Accessing the Commands Window While in Focus Setup select Employees gt Jobs gt Commands Jobs Jobs Rights Timekeeping Commands 4005 Commands Accessible Jobs COUNTER oui 4 COUNTERCASHER 4 IDRIVETH CASHIE DRIVETH CASHIER Server 12 Delete X Server Cook Cook Iz 1 Manager 3 Repeat 10 ri 10 4 vanity Chef f Asst Manager I Chef 5 Modify zj r u vanag Assi Manager Void B 1 13 13 7 Refunds 18 14 12 15 13 8 uit v 16 14 17 9 Quit X on 15 19 16 0 Void 17 f r 21 111 Refunds X r3 18 2 23 5 19 12 tem 4 close Passe easte Cancel Note Packages may be place on the Command Ribbon Figure x x Command Descriptions Command Delete Repeat Quantity Print Split Modify Hold Fire Void Gratuity Transfer Subtotal Tab Split Item Description Allows the employee to delete Menu Items that have not been saved or sent Allows the employee to repeat any Menu Items highlighted together with any associated modifiers Can be used in conjun Allows the employee to enter the number of Menu Items they wish to order Allows the emp
434. s that will be used Place the cursor in the first Skill name text box and enter the Skill name Then enter the Skill Code in the Skill Code text box Continue entering Skill Names and Codes as necessary Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Skills TOP 6 7 Termination Reasons Purpose The Termination Reasons Window contains a list of possible reasons for a termination A maximum of 20 Termination Reasons and corresponding descriptions may be entered and maintained The name of the Termination Reason can be placed into an employee s record when appropriate Accessing the Termination Reasons Window While in Focus Setup select Employees gt Terminations Reasons Termination Reasons Termination Reasons Name a Excessive Tardy Theft Cust Complaints Laid Off Description Excessively late absert Multiple wamings given Employee continued to be late Resigned Showed no improvement Poor Work Ethic Transfer Job Abandament 9 10 11 12 I Close PR Save X Cancel Figure x x Termination Reasons Fields Field Description Name Enter a name for each Termination Reason The Name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Enter an explanation or reason for the termination The Description may be up to 250 alphanumeric Description characters including spaces Procedure to Establish Termination Reasons Prepare a list of possible Termination Reasons and a description of each
435. scounts 5000 amount of Discounts Units Only the Units of Menu Items in the target Menu Item Filter are accumulated Zero priced items are the Daily Report and this report are the number of zero priced units Sales Only the sales of Menu Items in the target Menu Item Filter are accumulated The difference in the discounts are not included in the sales Se of the Daily report Unit to Unit Unit to Unit 7 The total units of Menu Items in the target Menu Item Filter are divided The total units of Menu Items in the target Menu Item Filter are divided by the total units of Menu 1 the total units of Menu I Sale to Sale The total sales of menu items in the target Menu Iitem filter are divided by the total sales of menu i Charge Tips The amount of Charge Tips Filter Base Filter Jobs File Format Ranking Related Topics This Menu Item Filter is used to accumulate sales or units if the type is Sales by Guest Sales by Check Units Sales Unit to Un The Base Menu Item Filter is used to accumulate sales or units if the type is Unit to Unit or Sale to Sale Only data for time records with the selected Jobs are considered Text Select if the file is to be exported in a Text format Comma Delimited Select if the file is to be exported in a Comma Delimited format Tab Delimited Select if the file is to be exported in a Tab Delimited format Select the Column that the report will be sorted If a Column is not specifie
436. se The Menu Item Report displays a list of menu items Accessing the Menu Item Report Options The Charge Balance equals the Previous Balance plus Purchases minus Payments The sum of the transactions TOP While in Focus Setup select Repots Setup and then select the Menu Item Report Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Batch Report A Type Collection Report Menu Report Menu hem Report Cumulative tem Count Rep 4 Cumulative Sales Report Mere Rom Report Options Daly tem Count Menu ftem Fiter Dally Report Discounts Voids Report External Report Hourly Report Irentory On Mand Report Inventory Reorder Report Inventory Usape Analysis inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Repon Report Owertme Report Paid Out Report Payroll Repon Sees Accountatety Rep Sues Contest Report Weebly Item Count Report Employee Performance Rep Account Transaction Rep Account Statement Report None Fields to Print PA Save X cance Figure x x Menu Item Report Options Option Description Menu Item Filter Select the menu item filter to be used on the report If a Menu Item Filter is specified then only Menu Items that match th Fields to Print Select the available fields to print The following information is displayed on the Menu Item Report Menu Item Name Total Number of Items Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup
437. selected employee appear in the list The Shortcut Times for the selected Job are then displayed Click the Shortcut Time required The selected shortcut times will be displayed in the Time In and Time Out fields If no shortcuts have been programmed or a non standard shift is required click on the Time In field Enter the time that the employee shift should start Click on the day field that the employee is to be scheduled If the shortcut times of the correct job are displayed on the screen click on the appropriate shortcut and the shortcut time will be displayed on the schedule in the selected day field If the shortcut time is not currently displayed or if a nonstandard shift is required double click on the day field The Enter Schedule Window will be displayed Select the Job required from the Employee s Job List The shortcuts for the selected Job will be displayed Click on the Shortcut time required The selected shortcut times will be displayed in the Time In and Time Out fields If no shortcuts have been programmed or a non standard shift is required click on the Time In field Enter the time that the employee shift should start Click on the Time Out field and enter the time that the employee shift should end If the clock out time for the shift should not be enforced turn this option on _ in the check box indicates that the option is selected This option can be used in environments where individual employees may be sent
438. selected item in Available Fields to the space selcted in the Included Fields section Moves the selected item in Available Fields to the bottom of the list in the Included Fields section Moves the selected in Included Fields back to the list in Available Fields Moves the selected item in Included Fields up the list Moves the selected item in Included Fields down the list None Moves all items in Included Fields back to the Available Fields section Figure x x Standard Entry Formats Time Times are configured in 24 hour military format and must be expressed as MM HH Date Dates are configured in North American format MMDDYYYY Figure x x Miscellaneous Italicized Labels Any label that is italicized may be clicked on to drill down to another form On Screen Keyboard Keys To select an image bmp jpg audio wav or audio visual avi file Click Image button 5 The Picture dialog box will be displayed Select the directory required from the drop down list Click on the file required The file name will be displayed in the file name field Click Open The Picture dialog box will be closed and the image selected will be displayed Lookin CQ images 51 SGIFT A 2_topFood AJ 4 topClean 10GIFT 54 2 topHold 4 topFood 54 20GIFT 2 topOpen 54 4 topHold 54 50GIFT A 2 topPaid AJ 4 topInUse N _Focusss 151 2_topPrint AJ 4 topOpen 42 topBev 4 2 topTran
439. ses Note Streets to import are only visible after the Customer database is established Accessing the Street Import Window While in Focus Setup select Customers gt Streets gt Import x The linked image cannot be displayed The may have been moved renamed deleted that the link points to the correct fle and location Procedure to Import Streets Select the criteria you wish for the import Click Import Click Close Related Topics none TOP 7 9 Zones Purpose The Zones Window is used to establish Delivery Zones Up to 100 Zones may be entered into the system Accessing the Zones Window While in Focus Setup select Customers gt Zones Zone 2 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Zone 6 Zone 7 Zone 8 Zone 9 Zone 10 Zone 11 Zone 12 Zone 13 Zone 14 Zone 15 Zone 16 Zone 17 i Close ES Save Cancel Figure x x Zone Window Fields Field Description Name Enter the name of each Zone up to 15 alphanumeric characters Figure x x Zone Window Commands Command Description Close Closes the Zones Window Save Saves current changes Cancel Cancels changes made prior to saving Procedure to Name Zones Prepare a list of Zones Enter the name of each Zone in a separate Name text box Related Topics none TOP 8 Inventory Purpose The Optional Inventory Module contains a variety of options for managing and maintaining detailed Inventory In Focu
440. sheet Repor Labor Percentage Repon Media Report Overtime Limit Report Weebly hem Count Report Employee Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep Figure x x Account Transaction Report Options Field Description Type Sorts the report by Type Sort Customer Sorts the report by Customer The following information is displayed on the Account Transaction Report Date Time Amount Account Employee Check Net Amount Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup TOP 12 3 1 25 1 Sample Account Transaction Report Purpose A sample Account Transaction Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Account Transaction Report Focus Cafe Attendance Report for 04 28 200X at 05 07 200X 5 19 12 PM Page 1 Time Time Date Date Tipped 8 00 Charge Declared 1 300 In Out In Out Hours Breaks Sales Sales Tips Tips Carlos R To GO 13 52 15 53 4 28 4 28 2 02 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Carlos R To GO 16 36 22 41 4 28 4 28 6 08 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Carlos R Busboy 13 57 21 27 4 28 4 28 7 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Carlos R Busboy 13 55 23 00 4 28 4 28 8 08 1 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Francisco Server 16 51 22 30 4 28 4 28 5 65 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Francis
441. st tax breakpoint Each breakpoint is the highest amount in the range before the tax is incremented Flat If selected enter the amount that is charged on each item Taxes are whole numbers preceding the decimal with fractional tax following up to 99 9999 Enter a percent if the tax type is an exclusive percentage or inclusive percentage Enter the amount if the tax type is flat None If the tax is applied regardless of the amount of the check By total If the minimum limit is applied to the check total If the minimum amount is applied to the check total divided by the number of By ous guests The minimum no tax limits up to 999 99 If the total is greater than or equal to this Limit amount then tax is charged If the total is less than this amount no tax is charged regardless of the threshold The order types which are taxed by this tax The time a particular tax is to be used The Active Time is a user defined range specified in Miscellaneous gt Time Ranges Rounding Allows the tax to be rounded to the nearest nickel Smart Tax If a smart tax is selected then the inclusive tax is replaced by the smart tax for the item if there is a tax amount on the check from any other tax that is not inclusive Procedure to Establish Taxes Prepare a list of Taxes Enter the name of each Tax in a separate Name text box Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Taxes TOP 10 14 2 Tables Purpose The Tax Tables
442. structions on arrive at the Customer 3 lines with up to 35 alphanumeric characters Display the Customer s second Phone Number up to 10 numeric characters Display the Customer s Fax Number up to 10 numeric characters Any other information regarding the Customer up to 60 alphanumeric characters A check box to not allow delivery The warning Do not deliver will flash on the customer screen in Focus Order Entry A check box to indicate that the Customer has a bad check The warning Bad check will flash on the Customer Window in Focus Order Entry A check box to indicate that the Customer is allowed to charge This option controls whether the customer will be displayed in the Customers Accounts Window The warning Allow charge will flash on the Customer Window in Focus Order Entry A check box to indicate that the Customer is a VIP The warning VIP will flash on the Customer Window in Focus Order Entry If checked the next time the Customer is used the server will be notified that a new address is needed If checked the server will be prompted to receive manager approval to continue The job right Customer Approve is required Enter the E mail Address up to 30 alphanumeric characters Enter the Company name up to 25 alphanumeric characters Enter the Customer s Birth Date up to 8 numeric characters Anniv Date Enter the Customer s Anniversary Date up to 8 numeric characters Enter the payment limit is th
443. subgroups for the report You may highlight multiple subgroups by holding the Ctrl key and clicking oth Items Select the items for the report Vendors Select the Vendors you wish to appear on the report when the Vendor option is set Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup TOP 12 3 1 12 1 Sample Inventory On Hand Report Purpose A sample Inventory On Hand Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Inventory On Hand Report Focus Cafe Inv On Hand for 5 21 200X at 5 21 200X 5 51 51 PM Page 1 Beg Stock Begin Qty Expected Item Date Unit Inv Purchases Sold On 10 Caryouts 05 21 0 0 00 0 00 4 00 4 5 15 5 Bags 05 21 0X Case 1 25 0 00 0 01 1 24 Case s 16 oz bean cups 05 21 0X 51 25 00 0 00 1 28 1 Case s 3 72 Slv s 200 Food Trays 05 21 0X Slv 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 Slv s 23 Bags 05 21 0X Case 1 75 0 00 0 01 1 74 Case s 3 Register Paper 05 21 0 Ea 48 00 0 00 0 00 48 Ea 5 300 Food Trays 05 21 0X 51 5 00 0 00 0 11 Case s 0 89 Slv 6 lb bags 05 21 0X 51 2 00 0 00 0 15 1 85 Slv s 7 oz bean cups 05 21 0 51 33440 0 00 1 48 Case s 11 52 Slv s 9 Caryouts 05 21 0 Ea 600 00 0 00 13 00 2 Case s 187 Ea 5 Apple Turnovers 05 21 0X Ea 240 00 0 00 10 00
444. sword Passive Mode X cance The name of the establishment Mail Address The e mail address you wish to appear when sending e mails Sender ADP Restaurant The restaurant code when that is exported to ADP payroll Code lt None gt Press the Delete key to disable the Internet Connection Type Internet Connection Dial Up Uses the default dialup Internet account Type Always Connected Broadband connections such as DSL and Cable Modems should choose this setting SMTP Server Specify the name of the outgoing SMTP mail server User Name Outgoing Mail sonra The user name the SMTP server requires if authentication is used Authentication SMTP Options Password Authentication The password the SMTP server requires if authentication is used Polling Options Close Day FTP 2 Address FTP 3 Address Related Topics Use Authentication Port FTP IP Address FTP User Name FTP Password Polling Days Backfill FTP IP Address Alternate Close Day Poll FTP User Name FTP Password Passive Mode FTP IP Address FTP User Name FTP Password Passive Mode Job Right Office General Purpose Turn this option on if the SMTP server requires authentication Input the Port number for the SMTP server Specify the IP address of the FTP Server Specify the user name to log in to the FTP Server The user name should match the FTP user name
445. t Figure x x Sample Media Report Focus Cafe Media Report for 4 27 200X at 5 21 200X 4 12 43 PM Page 1 Auth Check Owner Time Amount Tip Total Chk Account Date Result Code Master Card 6 ERIKA C 12 00 31 01 0 00 31 01 510840XXXXXX9871 11 11 710616 13 EDGAR A 12 18 35 56 4 44 40 00 51442 6XXXXXX8490 02 10 696388 23 SANTIAGO A 12 19 53 31 10 00 63 31 556903 4724 01 09 074874 26 2 36 20 57 2 00 22 57 536993XXXXXX0288 01 09 083806 27 HECTOR 2 39 21 94 0 00 21 94 515237 1505 01 09 027546 39 Rene 2 47 14 88 2 00 16 88 542418 448 09 0X 391406 43 ERIKA C 2 257 43 03 5 00 48 03 528722XXXXXX9015 03 09 017001 50 EDGAR 2 48 19 89 2 00 21 89 551697XXXXXX7507 01 08 169703 54 SANTIAGO A 214 55 20 5 00 60 20 558863XXXXXX5189 04 10 620947 56 Juan 217 6 77 1 50 8 27 514616 7249 04 08 50E5C3 61 EDGAR A 9 42 4 00 13 42 528722XXXXXX7015 03 09 074986 64 EDGAR A 27 21 54 3 00 24 54 545313XXXXXX9759 10 0X 068009 92 TOGO T 4 55 9 91 0 00 9 91 549122XXXXXX3060 10 09 027702 03 FERNANDO A 5 41 39 46 5 00 44 46 551697XXXXXX2426 11 0 193765 28 SARA 9 06 71 10 0 00 71 10 548955 516 08 09 9200 31 SARA 8 07 26 50 5 00 331 30 528722XXXXXX9010 01 08 137549 44 Rene A 8 51 12 67 1 76 14 43 515227XXXXXX6015 08 08 058925 49 CHAGUITO 8 27 54 37 7 60 61 97 528722XX
446. t Warnin Turn this option on if the user should be warned that the Beverage 9 Requirement has not been met but may still print the check Compulsory Display Current Check After Print Remove Check Quit Display Current Check Close Check Options Display Balance Quit Floor in Seconds Time Out Office in Minutes Number of Checkout Report Reports Epton Checkout Report Figure x x Jobs Commands Turn this option on if the Beverage Requirement must be satisfied before the check can be printed Turn this option on if the current check should remain on the screen after it has been printed Turn this option on if the current check should be removed from the screen The Total and Balance Due will remain on the screen after it has been printed Turn this option on if the user should be returned to the Entry screen after the check has been printed Turn this option on if the check is to remain on the screen after it has been closed Turn this option on to remove the check from the screen but continue to display the balance of the check after it has been closed Turn this option on to return to the Entry screen This option overrides the Job Right Return to Order Access After Close after it has been closed Enter the number of seconds up to 9999 after which the terminal will return to the Entry screen if the Station is inactive while the Order Entry screens is displayed Enter the numbers o
447. t Loyalty Plan 2 Discounted Amount Loyalty Plan 3 Discounted Amount and Loyalty Plan 4 Discounted Amount Customer Import Export Format File Name IC Focus osstomer td Available Fields Included Fields Address Comment Delivery Instructions 1 Delivery Instructions 2 Delivery Instructions 2 Fal E3 22 Procedure to Export Loyalty Information Access the Customers gt Loyalty Window Click Tools Click Export Input the File Name for the file to Export Select the fields you wish to Export Click OK Related Topics Job Right Office Loyalty TOP 7 5 7 Finding Loyalty Customers Purpose The Loyalty Find Window allows you to search for Loyalty Customers based on the criteria you are looking for Customer Filters Customer Filters Sales Loyaty Date Range Sales Customer Filters 7 CARPENTERSVELE 7 ELGIN 7 LAKE IN THE HULS 7 WEST DUNDEE EAST DUNDEE 7 CRYSTAL LAKE 7 ALGONQUIN 7 SLEEPY HOLLOW Options Spocial Occasions 7 Do Not Deliver Birthday Anniversary 7 Bad Check Dates lt None gt None D 9 Beginning 77 ii 11 7 Valid Address Ending 71 fi 8 7 E mail Address 7 Retumed 7 Require Approval Procedure for Creating Loyalty Filters Access the Customers Loyalty Find Window Enter the name of each Customer Filter in a separate Name text box Select or input the options used
448. t Cut 1500 Tip Line Text Tip Line Text Addon Tip Une X Conca Figure x x CC Voucher Fields Field Header Lines Format Disclaimer Format Footer Lines Format Other Text Format Completion Format Voucher Type Print Threshold Tip Line Text Description Enter up to four lines of 1 40 characters each that will display at the top of the Voucher Each line will be centered Enter the number of lines 0 99 that the paper will advance at the beginning of the Voucher before the Header is printed Select the Printer Format for the Header Enter the Disclaimer message up to five lines of 40 characters each which will print in the middle of the Voucher Select the Print Format for the Disclaimer Enter up to four lines of 1 40 characters each that will print at the bottom of the Voucher Each line will be centered Enter the number of lines 0 99 that the paper will advance after the Footer message on the Voucher Select the Print Format for the Footer from the list of available Formats Select the Print Format that will be used on all text relevant to the credit card approval when it is printed on the Voucher Example Approval codes Select the Print Format that will be used at the end of the Voucher i e Full Cut to automatically cut the paper Food Voucher will print tip and total lines and will allow the
449. t Payment The day of the last payment of the Account Related Topics Job Right Office Accounts TOP 7 2 Cities Purpose The Cities Window is used to establish the Cities that are selected for a Customer Pre configuring Cities facilitates quicker and more accurate entry of Customer information Up to 100 separate Cities can be established Accessing the Cities Window While in Focus Setup select Customers gt Cities Cities Name ELGIN LAKE IN THE HILLS WEST DUNDEE EAST DUNDEE CRYSTAL LAKE ALGONOUIN SLEEPY HOLLOW DUNDEE HANOVER PARK HUNTLEY GILBERTS 13 14 15 16 17 Bane X Cancel Figure x x Cities Fields Name A unique name for each City The name may be up to 20 alphanumeric characters Procedure to Name Cities Prepare list of Cities Enter the name of each City in a separate Name text box Begin with first text box and enter the City consecutively Click Save Click Cancel or press the Escape key to exit edit mode without saving the current city Click Close to close the form Related Topics none TOP 7 3 Coupons Purpose The Coupons Window is used create Coupons for the Loyalty Module Accessing the Coupons Window While in Focus Setup select Customers gt Coupons Coupons Coupons Name 2 Discount Replacement 100 1 Expiration Date Expires 1 E 899 Header Lin
450. t for Guests Checks Reprint Checks Select Location Checks Split Checks Split After Print Checks Split Display Payments Checks Split First Seat After Print Checks Split Payments Customer Approve Customer Dispatch command is executed Allows the user to approve the Delete of previously ordered items if the option Delete Last Item Restriction is on in Locations Turn this option on to allow the user to delete items on hold from a check This right also allows the user to modify the items on hold NE Turn this option on if the total should be displayed on the screen check before Subtotal or Quitting This is used for bars or counter service where the user rings up the items tells the customer the total then Deletes the items from the check The number of guests on the check cannot be changed unless this Job Right is turned on NE Turn this feature on to automatically print a copy of a guest check after editing the tip on the Edit Tips screen Turn this option on if the check should always print when it is closed regardless of whether a tip has been added The After print options does not apply when the check is printed as a result of the check being closed This is primarily a counter quick service option NE Turn this option on if the user should be prompted for the number of guests when an order is begun Allows the user to Reprint a guest check Allow the user to
451. t if the employee has the Fingerprint at Clock In option An X will print if the employee has the Fingerprint Required option Prints the employee s Skill Levels Prints all employee information TOP 6 1 5 Finding Employees The steps to find a list of employees with a particular Employment Status or Job are listed below Restrictions The Employee List can be restricted to those employees with specific Jobs or a particular Employment Status Procedure to Find Employees Access the Setup gt Employees gt Employees Window Click Find Employee Status couNrER caswier casmer To find employees with a specific Employment Status select the Status from the drop down List Active Inactive Terminated To find employees that are assigned specific Jobs select the Jobs in the Job List Note Multiple Jobs may be selected Click Ok Related Topics Job Right Employees View Employees Accessible Jobs TOP 6 1 6 Import Employees Purpose The steps to import a list of employees are listed below Restrictions The format of the file to be imported should be as follows The first line should contain the field names to be imported in quotes followed by commas The fields that may be imported are FirstName LastName Nickname ID1 ID2 Address City State Zip PhoneNumber1 2 gencyPhoneNumber Em
452. t if used Bar code printing is supported on the Guest Check If a bar code Format scanner us used at the cashier Station the Guest Check number will be accessed through the scanner Use If a Windows Font Select the Font for the Format Windows printer is to Printer be used then Size Select the Font Size for the Format Driver turn this Style Select the Style of Font for the Format option on Color Select the Color for the Format Landscape Select if the Format is to print Landscape Format Enter the hex codes for each of the Formats Cancel Enter the hex codes to cancel the Format Columns Enter the number of Columns the printer supports using this Format Lines per Page Enter the number of lines per page the printer supports using this format Procedure to Establish Printer Drivers Prepare a list of all printer types Enter the name or the printer description of each printer in a separate Name text box Enter the Bar Code Format if used Enter the hexadecimal printer control codes for the selected format Enter the number of columns Click Save Related Topics Job Right Printer Drivers TOP 9 2 Formats Purpose The Printer Formats Window allows the user to define the Formats used in Printers Drivers Accessing the Printer Formats Window While in Focus Setup select Printers gt Formats Printer Formats Printer Formats Name Initialize Normal Compress Red Reverse Expande
453. t is used in conjunction with the Par Levels setup in the Inventory Module This Report calculates the inventory on hand what needs to be ordered and the extended price of the order The Inventory Usage Analysis Report compares the actual inventory count compared to the projected or ideal inventory count Variance Report The Inventory Worksheet Report is used to take the actual inventory The Labor Percentage Report displays an overview of the labor costs The Media Report displays the Payments which have been specified in Report Setup The Overtime Limit Report is used in conjunction with the Scheduling Module to determine if an employee is going into overtime The Paid Out Report displays the Paid Outs for the specified date range The Paid Out amount and reason will be displayed No further configuration is necessary The Payroll Report displays employees hours and pay rates for the pay period specified You can export the Payroll Report to specific file formats for use with different payroll processes The Sales Accountability Report displays individual employee sales related items on one report The Sales Contest Report displays user defined criteria for Menu Item sales The Weekly Item Count Report displays the Menu Items sold for each day of the week The Employee Performance Report is a customizable report based on employee sales data A user may create custom column names fields and filters The Account Transaction Re
454. t of the Ingredient Item The starting count of goods The number of Ingredient Items purchased during the inventory period The depletion of the Ingredient Items during the inventory period Beginning Inventory plus Units Purchased minus sales for the Ingredient Item in the period The physical Ending Inventory that was counted Variance equals Actual End Inv minus Proj End Inv Proj End Inv Units multiplied by the Unit Cost Actual End Inv multiplied by the Unit Cost Variance Dollar Usage equals Actual End Inv Dollar Usage minus Proj End Inv Dollar Usage Percent Variance equals the Variance units divided by Actual End Inv Cost of Goods Sold is computed by multiplying Unit Sales by Unit Cost Cost of Goods Sold is computed by dividing Cost of Goods Sold by Net Sales Variance is computed by subtracting Cost of Goods Used from Cost of Goods Sold Related Topics 12 3 1 15 Inventory Worksheet Report Purpose The Inventory Worksheet Report is used to take the actual inventory Accessing the Inventory Worksheet Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Inventory Worksheet Report Report Setup Reports Output File format Actwy Repot _ Nm _ Atenda Repon inventory Worksheet Repor Batch Report Cobecton Report Report Options Cumulative tem Count Rep Sea Cumulative Sales Report Daly tem Count Report Daily Report Diecousts voids Report Ven
455. t the appropriate Item for the Canvas Item Press the button to the right of the Item drop down list to toggle the appropriate Item Configuration Window The number displayed represents the width of the Canvas Item in pixels Select the Screen Format that the Canvas Item will be displayed Press the button to the right of the Format drop down list to toggle to the Screen Format Window True Indicates that the Canvas Item position on the Canvas is locked and cannot be moved False Indicates that the Canvas Item position is not locked on the Canvas and can be moved you to add a Canvas Item to the Canvas NS you to Delete a Canvas Item to the Canvas 5 you to Copy a Canvas Item to the Windows Clipboard S you to Paste the previously copied Windows Clipboard Canvas Item onto the Canvas 4 to accurately position Canvas Items that have been individually placed onto a Canvas Multiple Canvas Items are aligned by selecting an anchor Canvas Item and then while holding down the Shift key selecting all other Canvas Items to be aligned with the anchor If the Anchor is de selected then no alignment will occur llows Canvas Item characteristics such as height width and spacing for a Canvas template to be defined The Template function is an easy way to create multiple Canvas Items that are already aligned to be placed on a Canvas cels the Add function after an item is selected to add but before it is placed on the Can
456. tal Accountable and Total Payments totals The total dollar amount of all Drops Refunds on payments that the employee is accountable Total Accountable equals Total Sales minus Paid Outs plus Paid Ins minus Drops plus Retained Tips plus the CC Tip Figure x x Payment Section Fields Field Gross Cash Paid Outs Advances Drops CC Tip Fee Tips Paid Out Retained Tip Pool Net Cash Non Cash Payments Description The number of cash payments and the total amount of cash collected from all payments minus cash tips minus ch The number of Paid Outs and the total dollar amount of the Paid Outs is displayed The total dollar amount of all Advances is displayed The total dollar amount of all Drops is displayed The Tip Fee on tips of Payments that the employee is accountable is displayed If the Tips option is set to Pay out all tips then all tips on non cash payments are paid out If the Tips option reduce cash If the Tips option is set to Use Manual Tip Outs then only the tip outs entered via the Tip out c The total dollar amount of the Retained Tip Pool is displayed Gross cash minus paid outs minus advances minus drops plus CC tip fee minus tips paid out plus retained tip The name of the Payment number of times the Payment was used and the total dollar amount of the Payment Note The Gratuity Section is only displayed if a Time Card has been specified Figure x x Gratuities Sections Fields Field
457. te Must have the Job Right to Enter Names Select the Taxes which are applicable to the Order Type surcharge amount These Taxes apply only Order Type if the computation type is set to Check or Check amount All Taxes that are selected will be Charge Taxes charged on the surcharge regardless of the tax eligibility of the items ordered Order Type charges that apply to items are taxed at the item s tax rate Procedure to Establish Order Types Prepare a list of Order Types Enter the name of each Order Type in a separate Name text box Select the appropriate fields Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Order Types TOP 10 6 2 Customer Purpose Customer Window is used to customize the Customer Screen Accessing the Customer Window While in focus Setup select Order Entry Order Types Customer Order Types Order Types Customer New Customer Fields OF Phone Account Search Method t Phone Number Dono v Do not display gt C Company Name Picture First Name LastName Do not display Do not display Card Number Last Name Address Match 00 not display Donotdisplay Beginning With Address 2 c C Containing Do not display Do notdisplay Exact Only State Zip Code 00 not display Do not display Zone Directions Do not display gt Do not display Comments Do Not Deliver Do not display D
458. tem recipe 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Related Topics Job Right Office Inventory Setup TOP 8 6 Adding Inventory Items Purpose The procedures to add new Inventory Items are listed below Procedure to Add Inventory Items Access the Inventory gt Inventory Items Window Click Add Note The new Inventory Item will automatically retain the fields from the previously selected Item Enter the Name of the Inventory Item Enter the fields necessary for the Inventory Item Click the Recipe Button and enter any necessary information Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Inventory Setup TOP 8 7 Subgroups Purpose The Inventory Subgroups Window is used to define the Subgroups that will be used in Inventory Items and Reports Setup Up to 100 separate Inventory Subgroups can be established The Inventory Worksheets can be setup to use the Inventory Subgroup to make the counting of Inventory easier Accessing the Inventory Subgroups Window While in Focus Setup select Inventory Inventory Subgroups Inventory Subgroups Inventory Subgroups Name Chicken Cleaning Batter amp Season Drink Mix RECIPIES Paper Other Foods Dry O F Cooler Misc SubGroup 11 SubGroup 12 SubGroup 13 SubGroup 14 SubGroup 15 SubGroup 16 SubGroup 17 SubGroup 18 v ll Close PA Save X Cancel Figure x x Inventory Subgroups Fields Field Descripti
459. ter the number of guests that if exceeded the user will be prompted to verify the number of guests in the Verify if more than text box Select the automatic Gratuity from the Gratuity drop down list that will be applied for the selected location Enter the number of guests that are required for the automatic Gratuity to be applied in the selected location in the If More Than text box If Floor Plans are used enter the Canvas number that will be used for the Floor Plan Check the time that the check was stated is to be displayed Select all of the Taxes that will be applied at the Location Click Save Related Topics Job Right Office Locations Purpose TOP 11 1 2 Menus The Menus Window is used to establish up to three Menus that can be time activated In order to create a Menu Menu Items and Canvases must first be created In most instances it is also required that Payments Discounts and Order Types must also exist in order that these Order entry functions can be made available to the Server or Cashier operators Accessing the Menus Window While in Focus Setup select Locations gt Locations gt Menus Locatons eee DRIVE THAU Lecations Menus c C Voucher Guest Check Guest Check Formats Printer Assignments Screen Layout Cash Trays Goto Modifiers Forted Menu Assignments Mun Courter Menu Name Menu Canvases V wan Deve Thru w 201 87 Menu 2 Name V P 2
460. the day with close all closed checks If al equal to the Last Check Number included in the Close Day process Cancel Exits the Close Day Window without Closing Day Procedure to Manually Close Day If you wish to close a complete day click on Close Day The last check number should be set to 0 If you wish to partially close the day enter the last check number and then click Close 55 Day Related Topics none TOP 15 3 Credit Cards Purpose The Credit Cards Options Window is used for various credit card transactions Accessing the Credit Cards Options Window While in Focus Setup select Close Day gt Credit Cards uhr IAM About Cash Tray Declare Cash Close Day Batch Daily Inventory IFACE Deposits Offline Refunds Figure x x Credit Cards Options Windows Option Description Batch Allows you to send the credit card batch to the processor IFACE Allows you to access the credit card interface to add modify or void credit card payments Allows you to put credit card processing in Offline mode in cases where the credit card process is not Offline responding Refunds Allows you to credit a credit card Related Topics none TOP 15 3 1 Batch Purpose The Batch Window is used to send the credit card batch to the payment processor and reconcile mismatched transactions Accessing the Batch Window While in Focus Setup select Close Day gt Credit Cards gt
461. the guest check if this option is selected See also the Include in item price option described above This option allows the operator to enter a decimal quantity or the weight of a scale item when an automatic scale is not provided This item will appear on inventory reports and will be appear in the recipe list so that recipe can be created for the item Specifies if a Menu Item is to be eligible for Food Stamps Compute the charge for the item based on an hourly rate Determines which Printer Group the Menu Item will be printed Determines how the Menu Item is printed on the remote chit This option allows the user to select a Price Level when ordering a Menu Item When a Price Level is selected the price of any associated Modifiers default to the same level Price as that of the main item unless Sub Extra or No are manually selected Sort Mod Unit Priority Effective From Effective To Count Cost Tare Weight Audio File Recipe File Training File Nutrition File Modifier Canvas 1 6 Min Max Free Price Times 1 6 Taxes Type Report Group Meal Stage A 1 2 character sort code for the item to be used when the Item Count reports are to be sorted by the Sort Key Examples DO Domestic B Beef IM Imported C Chicken If the Menu Item is a Modifier enter the number of Units up to 99 that count toward the Modifier Canvas Min Max Unit requirements For example a choice of 3 pizza toppings
462. the number on the deposit slip Procedure to Enter a Deposit Click on New Select the date of the Deposit Enter the amount of cash for the Deposit Enter the amount of checks for the Deposit Enter a description for the Deposit Related Topics Job Right Enter Deposits TOP 16 About Purpose The About Box displays information about the Focus software Accessing the About Box While in Focus Setup select About POS Version X XX Copyright C 2000 2007 Focus POS Systems Inc Dealer Information Box The dealer image should be dealer bmp in the images folder and is 250 pixels vide by 225 high An image vill be stretched to fit within that area text file can also be displayed with supplemental information This file P 5 5 YS TEM is dealer txt or dealer rtf A System tab in the about box displays the command line backup primary and work folders as well as list of all Stations in use including the version of softvare running and who is using the station J Close Figure x x Dealer Window Fields Filed Description Image The image displayed in the box is named dealer bmp Information Box The text in this box is obtained from a file named dealer txt or dealer rtf POS Version X XX Copyright C 2000 2007 Focus POS Systems Inc Command line C Focus Focus EXE PC Focus B setup Primary path C Focus Backup path Wor
463. the user to configure Termination Reasons Allows the user to configure Time Ranges Allows the user to configure Void Reasons Figure x x Job Rights Employees Edit Employees Add Employees Allows a user to edit and delete employees Allows the user to add employees If the user does not have this Job Right the Add button is grayed View Employees View Access Code View Jobs View Pay Rates View Employment Status View Skills Allows the user to view employees To restrict a user from viewing specific fields turn them off Allows the user to view employees Access Codes To restrict a user from viewing these fields turn it off Allows the user to view employees Jobs To restrict a user from viewing these fields turn it off Allows the user to view employees Pay Rates To restrict a user from viewing these field turn it off Allows the user to view Employees Status and Termination Reasons To restrict a user from viewing these fields turn it off Allows the user to view an employee s Skills To restrict a user from viewing these fields turn it off Figure x x Job Rights Time Manager Approve Clocks Edit Time Cards Edit Schedules Restrict Time Card Edit to Current Day Allows the user to clock in out any employee Turn this option on if the user can approve unscheduled clock ins and clock outs Allows the user to Edit Time Cards Turn this option on if the user can edit Time Cards Allows the user t
464. to filter Customers Related Topics Job Right Office Accounts TOP 7 1 4 Quick Set Customer Accounts Options Purpose The Customer Quick Set Window is used to configure options for multiple Customers at once Options Available to Quick Set Do Not Deliver Bad Check Allow Charge VIP Returned Mail Require Approval Loyalty Plans up to 4 user defined plans Loyalty Plan Statistics Current Points Total Points Coupons Discounts Issued Coupons Discounts Redeemed and Discount Amount Customer Quick Set 5 7 Do Not Deliver 7 7 Bad Check 7 Returned Allow Charge 7 Require Approval Loyalty Plans F7 10th Drink Free Instant 7 Table Service 7 Future Loyalty Plan Statistics Loyalty Plan mi Set Current Points r 0 00 Total Points 0 00 CouponsiDisc Issued r 0 CouponsiDisc Redeemed 0 Discount Amount r 0 00 Quick Set Wm Delete Procedure to Quick Set Accounts Access the Customers gt Accounts Window Click Tools Click Quick Set Note Options will be Quick Set for the list of currently displayed Customers Use the Find feature to filter Customers Select the options to Quick Set Click Quick Set Related Topics Job Right Office Accounts TOP 7 1 5 Import Customer Accounts Purpose The Customer Import Export Format Window is used to import or export various informati
465. to use alphanumeric Item Name as the secondary sort criteria Units Sold Select this option to use Item Units sold as the secondary sort criteria Sales Select this option to use Item Sales Total as the secondary sort criteria Profit Select this option to use the Profit as the secondary sort criteria Select the menu item filter that the Cumulative item report is to be used for Menu item filters ate configured i The time range you wish to view item sales The time range you wish to view item sales Select the Order Type you wish to view item sales Report The default value FOODTRAK Select this option if the report will be output to a file and imported into FOODTRAK Scannabar Select this option if the report will be output to a file and imported into Scannabar Comma Delimited Select this option if the report will be output to a comma separated value TOP The File Format Option on the Daily Item Count Report is used to select the fields you wish to export The File Fo rmat option must be set to Comma Delimited in the Report Window and the Output Type must be set to File Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Activity Report Attendance Report Batch Report Cobecbon Re Cumulative Sales Re Daily Report DistourtsVoids Report External Report Hourly Report Inventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Report liewentory US ape Analysss Inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Repon Media Report Ov
466. tom of the Bar Code Description Configure the text that will be printed on the Coupon 000 the text that will be printed on the Coupon Procedure to Establish Coupons Make a list of the Coupons that will be used A maximum of 100 names are allowed Input the appropriate information into the available fields Continue entering Coupons as necessary Click Save Related Topics none TOP 7 4 Customers Purpose The Customer Window is used to establish Customers The Customer configuration is not required before using the Customer Module The Customers are usually added at the time of purchase The fields that are required are configured in Setup gt Order Entry gt Order type gt New Customer Fields Accessing the Customers Window While in Focus Setup select Customer gt Customers Customers Customers 6 First Name Last Name Baker Phone Account Picture File Address Apt Suite Zip Code Delivery Zone Delivery Instructions Phone 2 Fay 9 Comments Charge Returned Bad Check gaye Require Approval E Mail Address Birth Date Anniv Date Charge Limit Balance Loyalty Plans US Plan 1 2 LIE 4 BPian4 Figure Customers Account Fields Field Customers First Name Last Name Phone Account Picture File Name Address Apt Suite City State Zip Code
467. tory Reorder Report Chef Inventory USape Analysis Asst Manager Inventory Worksheet Repor Joe Labor Percentage Report 13 Modia Report Paid Out Report 14 Payroll 15 Sales Accountatelty Rep 16 Sales Contest Report Weebly tem Count Report lt Employee Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep 7113111331114 vw c Ue Figure x x Overtime Limit Report Options Field Description Attendance Overtime Limit Select the Jobs to include in the Overtime Limit Report Report Options Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup TOP 12 3 1 18 1 Sample Overtime Limit Report Purpose A sample Overtime Limit Report and description of the fields are listed below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Overtime Limit Report Focus Cafe Attendance Report for 04 28 200X at 05 07 200X 5 19 12 PM Page 1 Time Time Date Tipped 8 60 Charge Declared Employee Job In Out In Out Hours Breaks Sales Sales Tips Tips Carlos R To GO 13 52 15 53 4 28 4 28 2 02 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Carlos R To GO 16 36 22 41 4 28 4 28 6 08 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 Carlos R Busboy 13 57 21 27 4 28 4 28 7 50 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 0 00 E Carlos R Busboy 13 55 23 00 4 28 4 28 8
468. total of Inclusive and Exclusive Tax Total Sales equals Net Sales plus Total Tax The total of all Paid Outs The total of all Paid Ins The total of all Gift Cards The Tip Fees of Payments that the employee is accountable If the Tips option is set to Retain Tips then all non cash tips are retained and do not reduce cash The total of all Tip Pools that have the Turn In option on If a Time Card has been specified and the Retained Ti displayed and is added to the Total Accountable and Total Payments totals The total dollar amount of all Drops Refunds on payments that the employee is accountable Total Accountable equals Total Sales minus Paid Outs plus Paid Ins minus Drops plus Retained Tips plus the CC Tip Figure x x Payment Section Fields Field Gross Cash Paid Outs Advances Drops CC Tip Fee Tips Paid Out Retained Tip Pool Net Cash Non Cash Payments Description The number of cash payments and the total amount of cash collected from all payments minus cash tips minus ch The number of Paid Outs and the total dollar amount of the Paid Outs is displayed The total dollar amount of all Advances is displayed The total dollar amount of all Drops is displayed The Tip Fee on tips of Payments that the employee is accountable is displayed If the Tips option is set to Pay out all tips then all tips on non cash payments are paid out If the Tips option reduce cash If the
469. ts Order Type Sales Description Average check is computed by dividing the total Report Group Sales by the number of checks Average guest is computed by dividing the total Report Group Sales by the number of guests Discount sales are the total Discount amount for all Item Discounts The total number of Voids and the total amount voided is displayed in the first column Report Group Sales are net of Item Discounts The combined total of Report Group Sales The Subtotal equals the total Report Group Sales plus the total Order Type Charges The total of all Inclusive Taxes The total of all Subtotal Discounts Net Sales are the total Report Group Sales plus the total Order Type Charges minus Inclusive Tax minus Subtotal D Each tax amount taxable sales and tax exempt sales are displayed The total of Inclusive and Exclusive tax Total Sales equals Net Sales plus Total Tax The total of all Paid Outs The total of all Paid Ins The Tip Fees on tips of all Payments The total amount Refunded Total Accountable equals Total Sales minus Paid Outs plus Paid Ins plus Retained Tips plus the Credit Card Tip Fee Gross Cash equals the cash collected from all Payments minus cash tips minus change back The count and total of all Paid Outs is displayed The total of all Advances is displayed The Tip Fees on tips of all Payments The Tips Paid Out if the option in Miscellaneous gt General gt Timekeeping gt Retain tips is set to Pa
470. ts Biscuit Wrap Black Bowls Clam Shells Corn Bags Corn Skewers Craver Carton Dome Lids Drink Trays Fry Bags Kids Meal Toys Large Drink Cup Large Drink Lids Medium Drink Cups Munchie Cups Napkins Pepper Bags Pie Sleeves Sandwich Wrap Small amp Large Bean Lids Small amp Meduim Drink Lid Small Dinner Box Small Drink Cup Snack Box Sporks Straws Tray Liners Water Cups Other Foods Dry Cajun Sparkle Cattlemans BBQ Sauce Chicken Batter Chicken Flour Chicken Shortening Honey Packets Jalepeno Peppers Jelly Packets Ketchup Packets Liquid Shortening Starter Pair Botl Botl Ea Botl Roll Roll Box Ea Bag Bag Bag Bag Bag Ea Box Q ro w 4U0ddu 0000 0 0 00 2 00100 8 UJ x Bo Box Box 1 4 00000 00020200 Gal Bag Lb Box Box Can Box Box Botl x x KK p X tay AS HO CON OE G0 dq 70 50 24 20 200 12 200 154 10 24 20 20 24 24 40 10 50 24 Pair Box Box Ea Box Case Box Box Case Box Box Box Box Box Ea Case Box Case Case Case Case
471. ts gt Type Local Account is turned on Will display the Customer s current balance Customers with a credit balance will be displayed negative sign Check witch plan the Customer is a member of Figure x x Loyalty Commands Close Save Add Delete Tools Find Loyalty Detail Cancel Closes and exits the Customers Window and saves changes to the current screen Saves the changes in the Customers Window without closing the dialog box Allows a new Customer to be added to the Customer list Default values are copied on the Phone Prefix area code and prefix City State Zip code and Delivery Zone of the previously selected Customer Click Delete to remove a Customer from the Customers list A message prompts the operator to confirm the deletion Click Tools to Print Print Labels Import and Export Click Find to access the Customer Filter Window In the Customer Filter Window pre configured filters can be used for searches on the Customer database Click Loyalty Detail to display a list of sales information for the Customer Click Cancel to close without saving Related Topics Job Right Office Loyalty TOP 7 5 1 Adding a Loyalty Customer Purpose The steps to add a Loyalty Customer to the system are added below Note The Cities Phone Prefixes Streets and Zones tabs should be established before this procedure can be completed Procedure to Add a Customer Access the Customers gt
472. uan M 661475 6 Juan M 163201 8 SARA B 669798 22 Juan M 012213 28 Juan M 052813 Focus Cafe Auth Check Owner Result Code 2 01 151 2 03 2 02 2 14 2226 2 27 2 26 2 04 2 IT 28 12s 19 39 Rene A 075113 41 HECTOR T 105942 41 HECTOR T 105745 42 SARA B 749475 48 ERIKA 368385 51 ERIKA C 739392 51 ERIKA C 140712 51 ERIKA C 999999 53 SARA B 118461 57 EDGAR A 162719 65 Juan M 169073 77 SANTIAGO A 154823 84 SANTIAGO A 789808 89 DANIEL 166540 91 EDGAR A 090118 92 TOGO T 02788 2 47 25 2 50 2 40 2 43 2258 298 2 17 248 39 10 252 58 25 255 33 10 57 0 00 52 2 00 52 0 00 05 0 00 252 0 00 84 2 00 42 0 00 252 1 48 37 1 00 52 1 48 75 4 00 39 2 00 18 0 00 Media Report for unt Tip 99 3 01 99 3 01 34 1 00 52 2 00 80 2 00 95 2 00 29 1 71 64 2 00 72 2 00 99 2 00 1 0 00 21 2 79 6 0 00 7 7 00 44 0 00 00 7 00 04 5 00 76 0 00 2 451 14 52 12 52 15 05 20 84 12 37 32 15 4 27 200 at 442710XXXXXX8440 07 08 441105 5472 06 08 441105 4501 02 10 432374XXXXXX3424 09 09 435603XXXXXX6047 12 09 474472XXXXXX0928 07 10 438697XXXXXX6213 07 09 435603XXXXXX5469 08 09 432374 6503 11 09 474472XXXXXX0465 03 11 432386XXXXXX7701 08 08 461046XXXXXX1632 11
473. uevos chorizo 2 00 1 98 Hugo s Special 295 00 4312 66 Ixtapa Mix 739 00 10638 38 JALISCO BURI 24 00 174 49 Jalapos 191 00 2170 90 Jamaica 230 00 407 27 Juice 7 00 13 65 Laredo 804 00 4796 02 Lemon 2 00 1 00 Lemonade 079 00 1634 89 MENUDO 218 00 1347 79 MENUDO CH 74 00 869 00 MOJARRA 44 00 384 85 MOLE ENCHILADAS 443 00 3631 28 Melon 2 00 RO Milanesa 298 00 2830 32 Milk rice 2 00 4 00 Mole Pollo 153 00 439 37 NINO CHICKEN 531 00 2554 Nachos Palenque 1176 00 9936 46 Nachos Regulares 58 00 423 00 OPEN FOOD 142 00 467 67 PASTEL 12 00 37 14 POZOLE 794 00 453 34 Papa Nachos 205 00 889 36 Parrilla Fiesta 864 00 36990 96 Parrilla Palenque 457 00 11728 67 Pechuaga Jardinera 136 00 464 20 Pechuga Monterrey 351 00 3387 2321 Pechuga Tapatia 93 00 949 12 Pechugas La Diabla 108 00 1168 22 Pico de Gallo 23 00 26 55 Pina Colada Virgen 133 00 435 75 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 16 31 23 22 19 132 45 24 00 00 00 50 00 00 00 00 00 ok 00 87 00 00 00 90 00 12 00 00 90 32 25 00 00 00 50 00 90 00 00 00 00 00 00 334 314 1
474. umutabve tem Count Rep Cumulative Sales Report Option Option Daily tem Count Report Approved By Totals C Detail Daly Report Zero Price hems on Void Report Report Report Inventory On Hand Report inventory Reorder Report Discounts Voids Replacement 100 incorrect Order linwentory Worksheet Repor Open Discount Changes Mind Labor Percentage Report Crew 50 5 Media Report Managers Meats Overtme Limit Report Crew Paid Out Report t Full t Haf Payroll FREE ITEMS Safes Accountability Rep Buy an Get 12 Sales Contest Report Senior Discount Weebly Item Count Report 10 OFF 1 ITEM Employes Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep Source Basme X Conci Figure x x Discounts Voids Report Options Option Description Approved Select this option if the report will display data sorted by who approved the by discount void OpuoOn Select this option if the report will display data sorted by type If selected all Type discounts will be displayed before any voids Totals are displayed for both discounts and voids Totals Option Zero Price Items on Void Report Discounts Voids Related Topics Select this option if the report will display all discount data sorted by source If Source selected totals of discounts will be displayed for each source Voids will not be included
475. unt of the transaction Tip The Tip for the transaction Total Amount Tip The Total Amount plus Tip for the transaction Approval Number The Approval Number of the transaction Check Number The Check Number for the transaction Figure x x Batch Detail Commands Command Description Void Voids a transaction To void a transaction highlight the transaction and click Void Sale Enter a new transaction for approval To enter a new sale click Sale and enter the credit card information Return Refund a credit card Force a credit card transaction Edit Tips Edit an existing transaction s tip amount To edit a tip highlight the transaction and click Edit Tips Summary Display a sales summary by card type Settle Settle the current batch Related Topics none TOP 15 3 2 3 1 Force Purpose The Force Command allows you to manually enter a credit card in for approval Calling the processor to gain an approval number first is necessary Accessing the Force Window While in Focus Setup select Close Day gt Credit Cards gt iFace gt Batch Detail gt Force Force Payment wt 7 Exp Date Figure x x Force Window Fields Field Description Payment Select the Payment type for the Force Account Enter the Account number of the credit card to Force Exp Date Enter the Expiration Date of the credit card to Force Enter the Amount to Force Approval
476. unt of the transaction Payments are always negative Account The Account Number of the Gift Card Employee The employee that entered the transaction Check The Check Number of the transaction Total The sum of the transactions Net Amount Adding increments and activations and subtracting redemptions compute the net amount Related Topics none TOP 12 3 1 29 Tip Pool Report Purpose The Tip Pool Report displays the amounts of the tip pools and the distribution list Accessing the Tip Pool Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports Setup and then select the Tip Pool Report Report Setup Reports Output Fite format Cumulative Sales Report Daly item Count Report Daiy Report Discounts voids Report External Report Hourly Report Inventory On Hand Report inventory Reorder Repon Inventory Usage Anshis Inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Report Modia Report Overtime Repon Out Report Payroll Report Sales Accountability Rep Sales Contest Repon Weebly tem Count Report Emgptoyee Performance Rep Account Transaction Rep Account Statement Report Menu ltem Report Ort Card Repot Figure x x Tip Pool Report Options Cumulabve tem Count Rep 4 Nime rio Poo Report Tip Pool Report OpSons Tip Pools Busser Bartender 3 Tip Pool Report Option Description Tip Pools Select the Tip Pools to be used on the report
477. up gt Employees gt Time Cards Window Select the date range for the Time Card Select the employee to edit Make the appropriate changes to the Time Card Related Topics Job Right Time Manager Edit Time Cards See also Setup Employees Time Cards TOP 6 8 2 Sample Time Card Printout Purpose A sample Time Card Printout and description of the fields are shown below Note The sample report may differ from the actual report The options used to configure the report will determine the actual output of the report Figure x x Sample Attendance Report Time Card 5 25 200X 9 32 33 AM Braswell JEREMY 5 7 200 5 20 200 Date In Out Hours Job 05 09 0X 17 22 26 4 68 Cook Break 9 13 19 47 05 10 0 16 47 22 36 5 20 Cook Break 9 21 19 58 05 11 0 18 20 23 53 4 75 Cook Break 21 39 22 27 05 12 0X 16 48 23 09 5 50 Cook Break 9 31 20 22 05 13 0X 17 04 22 00 4 05 Cook Break 9 48 20 41 05 14 0X 17 31 20 17 2 72 Cook Break 20 14 20 17 05 16 0X 16 53 20 02 2 48 Cook Break 20 02 20 42 05 16 0X 20 42 22 12 1 50 Cook 05 19 0X 08 43 12 10 2 77 Cook Break 2 10 12251 05 19 0X 12 51 15 07 2 27 Cook 05 20 0X 15 45 19 50 3 27 Cook Break 9 50 20 39 05 20 0X 20 39 22 25 1 77 Cook Total Hours 40 95 Figure x x Attendance Report Fields Option Description Date The date the employee clocked in Breaks are noted by the word Break In The time the employee clocke
478. up select Reports gt Setup and then select the Inventory Usage Analysis Report Report Setup Reports Output Fite format Report Batch Report Rep Inventory Usage Analysis tem Co Cumutative Sales Report Daily fem Count Report Daily Report Otscourtstvoids Report External Repot Hourly Report Inventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Report None Subgroup Inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Repon Media Report Overtime Limit Repon Out Report Payroll Report Saes untatety Rep Sales Contest Report Weebly tem Count Report Emmgtoves Performance Rep Transacton Rep Figure x x Inventory Usage Analysis Report Options Option Description None This option is the set by default Sort Subgroup Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup 12 3 1 14 1 Sample Inventory Usage Analysis Report Purpose A sample Inventory Usage Report and description of the fields are listed below levertory Usage Analysis Report Optons inventory Usage Analysis Select this option to sort by Subgroup Sorting by Subgroup overrides the Sort option specified the Inventory Works Inventory Worksheet with the Sort Option set to Item and the Sort Option for the report was set to Subgroup then th break totals would appear by Subgroup TOP
479. upons and Discounts redeemed by the Account Redeemed Discount Amount The cumulative amount of Discounts earned by the Account First Order The day of the first order of the Account Last Order The day of the last order of the Account of Orders The number of orders by the Account Sales The cumulative amount of sales by the Account Last Payment The day of the last payment of the Account Related Topics Job Right Office Customers 7 5 Loyalty Purpose The Loyalty Window displays a list of information for the currently selected Customer Accessing the Loyalty Window While in Focus Setup select Customers gt Loyalty Customers Loyalty Customers 0 Elest Name Last Name Phone Account Picture File Name Address 5 City Zip Code Delivery Zone Delivery Jrstructions Phene 2 Comments Do Not Deliver Allow Charge Returned Bad Check BB Require Approval Email Address Company Birth Date Anniv Date Charge Limit Balance Loyalty Pians 1 LIN 3 LE 7 1271 4 LII prid Figure x x Loyalty Fields Field Description A list of existing Customers sorted alphabetically by Last Name Select a Customer s Last Name to display all associated Customers data for the selected Customer At the top of the Customer Accounts list box the number of Customers Accounts will be displayed e g 3 First Name Required The Customer s
480. us Order Entry Related Topics Job Right Office Job TOP 6 2 1 Jobs Purpose The Jobs Window allows you to name the Jobs and assign the appropriate options for each Job Accessing the Jobs window While in Focus Setup select Employees gt Jobs Jobs Jobs Rights Timekeeping Commands ame COUNTER CASHER Labor Gro Front of House Beverage Requirement 6 None C Warning Compulsory Chef Assi Manager Close Check Options 14 Display Current Check 13 Display Balance 12 Quit 13 14 Timeout 15 Floor seconds 16 0 17 Office minutes 18 0 Im CASHIER BMP 8 Location None After Print Options Display Current Check Remove Check C Quit Checkout Report Options of Reports 1 Checkout Report Check Out Rpt cose Save Ba Copy X Cancel Figure Jobs Fields Field Description Jobs The list of available Jobs Name Required Choose a name for each Job The name may be up to 15 alphanumeric characters Image A graphic that represents the Job Labor Group Required A Labor Group selected from the list of available Labor Groups Location Beverage Requirement A Location selected from the list of available Locations If a Location is selected it overrides the Location defined for the Station Turn this option on if there is no Turn this option on if there is no Beverage Requirement Requiremen
481. us the Tip Fee on those Payments Declared Tips The tips the employee declared when they clocked out Total Hours The total hours worked for each employee are accumulated Legend The legend for the aforementioned status is displayed Related Topics none TOP 12 3 1 3 Batch Report Purpose The Batch Report displays the credit card transactions that have been processed and settled Accessing the Batch Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Batch Report Report Setup Reports Output Fife format Report Attendance Report Cotecton Report Cumulative tem Count Rep Cumulative Sales Report Daly item Count Report Daily Report Discourte Voids Report External Report Hourly Report Inventory On Hand Report Inventory Reorder Repon inventory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Report Media Report lOwertme Limit Report Paid Out Report 1 Report Sates Acc Sales 5 Weebly Item Count Report Employee Performance Rep Account Transacton Rep Figure x x Batch Report Options Option Description Text File Format Comma Delimited Used to export the information to a comma delimited value Related Topics Job Right Reports Report Setup Type Batch Report X P Batch Report Batch Report Optons File Format Tet Comma Delimited save Used for viewing and printing the report Canc
482. vas he Canvas Items based on the Canvas Sort settings the work in progress the Canvas Designer Figure x x Right Click Canvas Designer Options Option Add Description Used place a Menu or Modifier onto the Canvas Payment Used to place a Payment onto the Canvas The Image attribute is displayed only if an Image Used to place an Type has been associated with the Canvas Item Picture mie image or if the Canvas Item selected has a Screen Format of a graphic or graphic and text The text up to 50 alphanumeric characters of a Label Used t piace Caption Label type Canvas Item Labels are descriptive onto the Canvas only and are not active items on the Canvas Table Used to place a Table onto the Canvas that will be used for a Floor Plan Canvas Delete Copy Paste Align Order Type Package Discount Used to place a Quantity Quantity onto the Canvas Command Report Deletes the highlighted Canvas Item from a Canvas Copies a Canvas Item to the clipboard Quantity Used to place an Order Type onto the Canvas Used to place a Package onto the Canvas Used to place a Discount onto the Canvas Enter the number of items that will be ordered Used to place a Command onto the Canvas Used to place a Report onto the Canvas Places copied material from the clipboard onto the open workspace The Align utility is used to accurately position Can
483. vas Items that have been individually placed onto a Canvas Multiple Canvas Items are aligned by selecting an anchor Canvas Item and then while holding down the Shift key selecting all other Canvas Items to be aligned with the anchor If the Anchor is de selected then no alignment will occur Horizontal Vertical No Changes Left Sides Centers Right Sides Space Equally No Change Tops Centers Bottoms Space Equally Will not make any changes to the horizontal alignment All Canvas Items selected will be aligned with the left edge of the anchor Canvas Item All Canvas Items selected will be aligned with the center of the anchor Canvas Item All Canvas Items selected will be aligned with the right edge of the anchor Canvas Item The horizontal spaces between all Canvas Items selected will be equal The left most Canvas Item and the right most Canvas Items will not be moved regardless of the position of the anchor Canvas Item The selected Canvas Items should all be the same width in order to appear to be spaced evenly Will not make any changes to the vertical alignment The top edge of all Canvas Items selected will be aligned with the top edge of the anchor Canvas Item The centers of all Canvas Items selected will be aligned with the top edge of the anchor Canvas Item The bottom edge of all Canvas Items selected will be aligned with the bottom edge of the anch
484. ve 9939 X Cancel Select this option to automate the Close Day process Select the primary Close Day Station This option is only valid if the C Select the Alternate Close Day Station This option is only valid if the Select the time of day to start the Close Day process This option is o Select this option if all checks are to be included in the Close Day rep Select this option if only checks opened before the end of Business T their associated items will be moved into the next day s business whe onwards Select this option if the Current Date is to be used This option is mos Select this option if Tomorrow s Date is to be used This option is mo Select this option if the date of the new check file should be one day most appropriate in an environment where manual Close Day may be Select this option if the all of the employees are to be clocked out at the Close Day Select this option to automatically backup the configuration files and store them in the check file folder for t Multiple Checks on a Table Alphanumeric Table Numbers Tab Name Selection Owner of Check Select if multiple checks are allowed on the same table When selecte Select if Alphanumeric Table Numbers are allowed Alpha keys are pr affects all locations and revenue centers Select if the Tab Name Window will be used and a list of saved name enter new names Select this option in a server banking environment to prevent respon opened to make an adjust
485. ved as a Check Select if the payment amount is received as a Credit Card Select if the payment amount is to be applied to an Account such as a house charge a guest s room account Select if the payment amount is received as a Gift Certificate Select if the payment amount is received as a Local Account Credit Options Tip Fee Options Employee Meal Amex Visa Master Card Discover Carte Blanche Diners Club Other Amount Next Highest Tender Even Select if the payment amount is received as an Employee Meal Select if the payment is to be applied to American Express credit card Select if the payment is to be applied to a Visa credit card Select if the payment is to be applied to a Master Card credit card Select if the payment is to be applied to a Discover credit card Select if the payment is to be applied to a Carte Blanche credit card Select if the payment is to be applied to a Diners Club credit card Select if the payment is to be applied to a credit card that is not one of the above listed The account number range of Other cards cannot be verified during the payment process The denomination of fixed amount cash tendered and or the next highest denomination of cash Amount should be left blank for tender even See Tender even Select if the next highest amount of the cash to tender is the balance due on the check rounded to next whole dollar amount Fo
486. ves current changes Cancel Cancels changes made prior to saving Procedure to Name Phone Prefixes Prepare a list of Phone Prefixes Enter the information into the available fields Click Save Related Topics none Customer setup job right the menu option is disabled TOP 7 7 Plans Purpose The Loyalty Plans Window allows you to create Loyalty Plans and Receipts Loyalty Plans Loyalty Plans Receipt Figure x x Phone Prefix Options Field Description Loyalty Plans Used to setup Loyalty Plans for Customers Receipt Used to describe the Loyalty Plans Related Topics none TOP 7 7 1 Loyalty Plans Purpose The Loyalty Plans Window is used to setup Loyalty Plans for Customers Accessing the Loyalty Plans Window While in Focus Setup select Customer gt Plans x The linked image cannot be displayed The may have been moved renamed deleted that the link points to the correct fle and location Figure x x Loyalty Plans Fields Field Name Active Reward Type Bonus Method Bonus Level Qualifying Bonus Items Related Topics none Description Enter the name of the Loyalty Plan Turn this option on to allow the Loyalty Plan to be in effect If this option is off the points will not accumulate instant Discounts and Coupons will not be awarded Bonus Coupon Bonus Discount Instant Discount Points Sales When the award level is reach
487. w Menu Item is added A unique ID name 1 25 characters associated with the Menu Item if a scanner or the ID Lookup ID command is used in Focus Order Entry The name may be alphanumeric or can be entered via a bar code reader This field defaults to the Menu Name field when a menu item is added and is not case sensitive Inventory ID A second user defined ID field 1 25 characters This field defaults to the Menu Name field when a Menu Item is added Used to interface to external inventory software Image An image that is to display with this Menu Item Prices 1 6 Up to six Prices maximum 9999 99 may be entered for each Menu Item Prices may be activated by day and by time for each Menu Alternatively the Prices may also be defined as Price Levels Sub This price is charged if the modifier is substituted for another modifier Extra This price is charged when an extra portion of a modifier is ordered No This price is charged when a modifier is removed from an order Mod This price is charged when a modifier is ordered DbI Options Printer Group Printer Format Price Level The rate to charge a Modifier according to the price the Menu Item was entered For example if 1 100 is entered into the Dbl field and the menu item was 5 00 the Dbl will also be 5 00 Variable Price Repeat Round Kitchen Comment Follow Item Requires Beverage Satisfies Beverage Kitchen Price Out of Stock Scale
488. w Seat Revenue Center Modify Complete Customer Location Name Split Share Open Clear Tab List Preauth Capture Tax Exempt Table Check Stop Timer Paid Outs Allows the employee to associate a Name or ID to an open guest check Allows an employee to Void an item on a saved check or to void a Payment on a check Select the specific Void Reason If a Void Reason is not selected then the Void Reasons dialog appears Allows employee to add another seat to the check Allows the employee to select the desired Revenue Center This command is used along with the Modify and Modifier commands i e fast bar screen has the package settings Command Modify Modifier Rocks Command Modify Complete Allows the employee access to the Customer Search Window Select the specific Location If a Location is not selected then the user is prompted for a Location Allows the employee to enter the customer s name Allows the employee to create multiple seats on a check and to use the Split Command to move check items from one seat to another Using the Split Command the employee may also split a Menu Item or quantity and to move the item portions from one seat to another Job right or Authorization required Allows the employee to split the check by the number splits selected Allows the employee to open the cash drawer Clears the check from the screen useful in counter or quick service environments
489. with a zero priority Note If this option is off then items are printed in the order in which they were ordered If this value is not zero then items with this priority will always appear first on the check The Printer Format used to print the Item name The Printer Format used to print the Modifier name The Printer Format used to print the Printer name The Printer Format used to print the Revenue Center name The Printer Format used to print the Order Type name The Printer Format used to print the Server name The Printer Format used to print the Time Date The Printer Format used to print the Station name The Printer Format used to print the Table Tab name The Printer Format used to print the Check number The Printer Format used to print the number of Guests The Printer Format used to print the Seat Separator divider The Printer Format used to print the Dashed Line separator The Printer Format used to Complete the end of the check The Printer Format used to print Voided Items The Printer Format used to print the Recipe Procedure to Establish Remote Check Formats Enter the name for the Remote Check Enter the number of line feeds to occur at the start of the check in the Lines at top text box Enter number of line feeds to occur at the bottom of the check before auto cut if used in the Lines at bottom text box Select a modifier format from the list of available formats in the Modifier format drop
490. y Out Tips Net Cash equals Gross Cash minus Paid Outs plus the CC Tip Fee minus Tips Paid Out minus Advances plus Retaine All Payments that are not cash and that do not have a blank name are printed Total Payments equal Net Cash plus non cash Payments The number of Discounts as well as the total Discounted Amount is displayed The total of all Order Type Sales equals the Total Report Group Sales plus any non Subtotal Discounts Paid Outs The count and total for each Paid Out is displayed Paid Ins The count and total for each Paid In is displayed Deposits The description and amount is displayed for each Deposit if there is more than one Deposit for the day Related Topics none 12 3 1 7 Daily Item Count Purpose The Daily Item Count Report displays TOP Report the menu items sold during the specified time Accessing the Collection Report Options While in Focus Setup select Reports gt Setup and then select the Daily Item Count Report Report Setup Reports Output File format Report Attendance Report Cumulative t ount Rep Cumulabve Sales Report Daily Report voids Report and Report wider Report y Usape Analysis Irmeentory Worksheet Repor Labor Percentage Repon Media Report Overtime Limit Report Out Report ount Report Employee Performance Account Transacton Rep Figure x x Daily Item Count Repo Field Name Include Totals for Each Price Include Zero Price Item
491. y Thursday Board 4 V Monday 7 Friday Board 5 Tuesday Iv Saturday Board 6 v Wednesday Board 7 Board 8 Options Board 9 Active Board 10 Iv Stretch Board 11 of Seconds Board 12 30 Board 13 Board 14 Display Level Board 15 1 Board 16 v Cancel Figure x Blackboard Fields Field Blackboards Description The list of current Blackboards Name The name of the Blackboard The file you want to display the Blackboard Must be stored the Image Directory set in Locations File Name gt Stations Active Days Select the days that the Blackboard will be displayed Active Turn this option on if the blackboard should be displayed Stretch Used to skew a picture to fit the entire blackboard uS Enter the number of seconds that the blackboard will remain on the screen Seconds Displav level The Display Level for each Blackboard along with the display level set in Locations gt Stations determine play the Stations the Blackboard will appear Related Topics Job Right Office Configure Blackboards TOP 10 2 Checks Purpose The Check Window allows you to view checks from the back office computer Accessing the Check Window While in Focus Setup select Order Entry gt Checks Enter the check number 8 1 10 08 22 54 2 Check 1 0 Tabie Mike M Guests 1 TOTAL BG oe Dp Figure x x Checks Sort Options Option 7 Sort the checks Sort the checks by Check Nu
492. y to be Posted Select the Worksheet to add an Inventory Click Create Inventory 12 08 2009 Kitchen Qty Unit boat Use up and down arrow keys to move between items Figure x x Create Inventory Fields Field Description Item Select the Item and enter the Quantity Oty The number of Items in stock Unit The Unit of the Items in stock Close Allows the operator to exit the New Inventory Window Save Saves the Inventory without Posting Post Posts the Inventory Print Allows the operator to print the Inventory Reopen If an Inventory has been Posted and corrections need to be made then it can be Reopened Enter the Qty of each Inventoried Item Click Save to Save the Inventory Click Post to Post the Inventory Related Topics Job Right Office Enter Inventory TOP 8 2 Enter Invoices Purpose The Enter Invoice Window is used to enter the Invoices of purchases Restrictions Inventory Worksheets must be defined in Reports gt Setup before entering New Inventory Accessing the Enter Invoices Window While in Focus Setup select Inventory gt Enter Invoices Invoices Posted 12 08 2009 Inv Kitchen Figure x x Invoices Commands Field Description Posted list of Invoices If it the Invoice has a green check v the Invoice has been posted it can be viewed but not edited Close Exits the Invoices Window New Allows the operator to create a New Invoice
493. yalty Receipt 14 4 Screen Formats 14 5 Time Ranges 15 Close Day 15 1 Cash Tray Declare cash 15 2 Close Day 15 2 1 Status 15 2 2 Close Day 15 3 Credit Cards 15 3 1 Batch 15 3 2 IFACE 15 3 2 1 Status 15 3 2 2 Log 15 3 2 3 Batch Detail 15 3 2 3 1 Force 15 3 2 4 Reconcile 15 3 3 Offline 15 3 4 Refunds 15 3 4 1 Refunding a Credit Card 15 4 Daily Inventory 15 5 Deposits 15 5 1 Adding a New Deposit 16 About 1 Focus User Manual Setup Focus POS SYSTEMS info focuspos com www focuspos com Copyright 2007 Focus POS Systems Inc All rights reserved TOP 2 Focus Setup Purpose The Setup program is the essential Focus Module The basic function of Setup is to create and maintain the data files All of the system s user configurations and optional settings are established in Focus Setup Access to Focus Setup is strictly controlled by Job Rights Focus Setup may be run on any Station that is part of the Focus system Focus runs on one executable exe therefore allowing the user access to Focus Setup from any station running Focus Focus Setup contains twelve pull down menus across the top of the workspace Each menu consists of a window with a different yet often related series or group of options and components The menus are File Employees Customers Inventory Printers Order Entry Locations Reports Menu Miscellaneous Close Day and About Each menu brings up another menu or dialog box
494. yee s Job Skill can be matched with those required for maximum efficiency When the employee schedule is enforced all clock ins and clock outs that do not meet the Grace Period requirements must be authorized by a supervisor with the Approve Clocks Job Right Accessing the Scheduling Window While in Focus Setup select Employees gt Scheduling WA Scheduling Cashier COUNTER CASHIER Related Topics Job Right Time Clock View Schedule Job Right Time Clock Print Schedule TOP 6 5 1 Schedules Purpose The Schedules Window allows you to create a new Schedule Edit Selete or Name an existing schedule Restrictions Access to the Scheduling Module and associated functionality is strictly reserved for employees having the Edit Schedules Job Right Additionally the Scheduling Module is an option rather than a standard component of the Focus system therefore the system software key must be specially configured in order to recognize that the Scheduling Module has been purchased Should any attempt be made to access the Scheduling Module other than in demonstration mode when the Scheduling Module has not been purchased the warning message No Scheduling Key will be displayed Access to the many functions of the Scheduling Module is provided via the Schedule button when the Command Ribbon is displayed Accessing the Schedules Window While in Focus Setup select Employees gt Scheduling A
495. yments Enter Other s Tips Payments Force Payments Manual Credit Cards Payments Preauthorize Payments Reapply Payments Refunds Payments Tender Other s Checks Payments Tender Own Checks Payments Void Printing Delay Printing Edit Assignments Ring Other s Checks Ring Own Checks Ring Variable Price Items Training Mode Transfer Automatic Pending Allows the user to perform the following gift card functions Accept Payment Activate Increment and Balance Allows the user to enter tips on payments that they entered Allows the user to enter tips on other user s payments Allows the user to force authorization on credit card payments Allows the user to enter manual credit card payments not swipe Allows the user to preauthorize a credit card Allows the user to apply a payment entered on another check to the existing check Allows the user to refund a payment NE Allows the user to place payments on other user s checks Allows the user to place payments on checks they own Allows the user to Void payments Allows the user to place an order but delay it from being sent to the Remote Printer for a period of time Allows the user to edit the Printer Assignments for the current Location from the Manager Wrench in Focus Order Entry NE Turn this option on if the user may ring on checks they do not own NE Turn this option on if the use
496. you sent a Message to will receive the Message when they clock in Related Topics Job Right Time Clock Write Messages TOP 6 5 Scheduling Purpose The Scheduling Menu extends the standard Timekeeping capabilities into a highly sophisticated management tool used to control and manage labor cost in the restaurant Significant savings in labor costs can be achieved through the ability to efficiently schedule employees by Job and Skill Level to effectively staff the restaurant at any level of sales volume Using forecasted or historical Projected Sales actual labor cost and labor percentages may be modeled with ease Additional cost savings may be achieved by the strict enforcement of Clock In and Clock Out times within acceptable Grace Periods together with the option to Bump Up Early Clock Ins or Bump Back Late Clock Outs Reusable Schedules can be created for the standard work week naming specific employees or alternatively template schedules can be created which detail only Jobs and the shifts to be filled Prior year sales automatically roll forward to assist in the development of the current schedule Special event and seasonal schedules such as Administrative Professionals Week or Winter Hours can also be named and saved so that they can be reused each year Employees with the appropriate Job Rights may view or print their own schedules for the current week or for the following week at the point of sale The level of an emplo
497. ys active If within the time range the Tip Pool is calculated for that clock in period Distribution Job Select the Job to be used on the Tip Pool Report to determine the employees that are eligible to receive monies paid Active time Procedure to Establish Tip Pools Prepare list of Tip Pools and the Jobs that will contribute to the Tip Pool Verify the Rate for each Tip Pool and the Rate to be contributed Enter the name of each Tip Pool Enter the Rate 1 to 4 that will be applied to the Tip Pool for each of the four rate categories in the Rate text boxes Click on a contributing Job to select it Enter the Rate 1 to 4 for each Report Group in the Rate text box Enter the Maximum amount that will be paid into the Tip Pool by the contributing Job during a period Select the Time Range from the Active Time Click Save Related Topics none 13 Menu Purpose The Menu Options Window is used to design and customize the look and content of Canvases Up to 250 Canvases can be created and modified in these Windows The Menu Options Window is the entry point to accessing Canvases Menu Item and the Canvas designer Accessing the Menu Window While in Focus Setup select Menu Miscellaneous Close Day Canvas Designer Canvases Menu Items Figure x x Menu Options Option Description Canvas Designer Used to create Canvases for use in Focus Order Entry Canvases

Focus POS Systems - C

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents